diff options
34 files changed, 2833 insertions, 9126 deletions
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/README b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/README index d256a8a20bf..ef1214af8d1 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/README +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/README @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -powerdot v1.4a +powerdot v1.4d -------------- powerdot is a presentation class for LaTeX that allows for the quick @@ -43,8 +43,3 @@ The latest version of this license is in and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX version 2003/12/01 or later. -This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". - -This Current Maintainer of this work is Hendri Adriaens. - -This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/RunDoc b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/RunDoc index 4e50d2388be..4abc92e07e2 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/RunDoc +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/RunDoc @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ # other style name) to generate .001 and .002 files which # will be included by the documentation. -latex powerdot.dtx +latex powerdot.tex latex "\def\style{default}\input{powerdot-styleexample}" latex "\def\style{default}\input{powerdot-styleexample}" @@ -75,20 +75,22 @@ latex powerdot.dtx latex "\def\style{upen}\input{powerdot-styleexample}" dvips -i powerdot-styleexample -o powerdot-styleexample-upen.ps -latex powerdot.dtx -latex powerdot.dtx +latex powerdot.tex +latex powerdot.tex bibtex powerdot makeindex -s gglo.ist -o powerdot.gls powerdot.glo makeindex -s gind.ist -o powerdot.ind powerdot.idx -latex powerdot.dtx -latex powerdot.dtx +latex powerdot.tex +latex powerdot.tex dvips powerdot.dvi ps2pdf powerdot.ps -rm *.aux *.log *.i?? *.g?? - latex powerdotDE.tex latex powerdotDE.tex +rm *.aux *.log *.i?? *.g?? *.toc *.dvi *.blg *.ps *.bm *.bbl +rm powerdot-styleexample-* + + # If you also want to generate the source code documentation, # remove \OnlyDescription from the preamble of powerdot.dtx # prior to compiling the source. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/manifest.txt b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/manifest.txt index fc0046eecb2..1e08f6602c0 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/manifest.txt +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/manifest.txt @@ -4,10 +4,6 @@ powerdot manifest This work consists of the file: - powerdot.dtx - -and derived files: - powerdot.cls powerdot-styletest.tex powerdot-styleexample.tex @@ -73,5 +69,3 @@ CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/powerdot/distrib: official location |- powerdot-klope.sty : /tex/latex/powerdot |- powerdot-jefka.sty : /tex/latex/powerdot `- powerdot-pazik.sty : /tex/latex/powerdot - | - `- powerdot.dtx : /source/latex/powerdot diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/pdpream.ble b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/pdpream.ble deleted file mode 100644 index 370d97f565e..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/pdpream.ble +++ /dev/null @@ -1,174 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `pdpream.ble', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% powerdot.dtx (with options: `preamble') -%% -%% --------------------------------------------------------------- -%% Copyright (C) 2005-2010 Hendri Adriaens and Christopher Ellison -%% --------------------------------------------------------------- -%% -%% Version 1.4a prepared by Herbert Voss -%% -%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the -%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 -%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. -%% The latest version of this license is in -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX -%% version 2003/12/01 or later. -%% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -%% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Hendri Adriaens. -%% -%% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. -%% -\usepackage{url} -\usepackage{fourier} -\usepackage{xcolor} -\usepackage{enumitem} -\usepackage{graphicx} -\usepackage{pst-char} -\usepackage{listings} -\usepackage{array} -\usepackage{xkeyval} -\usepackage[section]{placeins} -\addtolength\textheight{2cm} -\addtolength\topmargin{-1cm} -\lstnewenvironment{command}{% - \lstset{columns=flexible,frame=single,backgroundcolor=\color{blue!20},% - xleftmargin=\fboxsep,xrightmargin=\fboxsep,escapeinside=`',gobble=1}}{} -\lstnewenvironment{example}[1][]{% - \lstset{basicstyle=\footnotesize\ttfamily,columns=flexible,frame=single,% - backgroundcolor=\color{yellow!20},xleftmargin=\fboxsep,% - xrightmargin=\fboxsep,gobble=1,% - }\lstset{#1}}{} -\def\mktitledecor{% - \rput[tl]{90}(-5.5,-26.51){% - \psline[linewidth=1pt](0,1.5)(\paperheight,1.5)% - \rput[lB](.075\paperheight,.5){\pscharpath[linecolor=blue!50,% - fillcolor=yellow!20,fillstyle=solid,linewidth=.5pt]% - {\Huge\bfseries\sffamily powerdot}% - }% - \rput[rB](.925\paperheight,.5){\pscharpath[linecolor=blue!50,% - fillcolor=yellow!20,fillstyle=solid,linewidth=.5pt]% - {\Huge\bfseries Documentation}% - }% - \psline[linewidth=1pt](0,0)(\paperheight,0)% - }% -} -\makeatletter -\def\option#1{% - \XKV@for@n{#1}\pd@tempa{% - \fcolorbox{black}{red!20}{\texttt\pd@tempa}\quad - }% - \vspace*{.2cm}% -} -\def\tableofcontents{\@starttoc{toc}} -\renewenvironment{theglossary}{% - \section*{Version history}% - For more information on bug fixes, typeset the source code - documentation (see section~\ref{sec:source}).\par\medskip - \GlossaryParms \let\item\@idxitem \ignorespaces -}{}% -\def\DescribeMacros{\leavevmode\@bsphack - \begingroup\MakePrivateLetters\Describe@Macros} -\def\Describe@Macros#1{\endgroup\strut - \marginpar{\raggedleft - \def\@tempa{#1}\count@\z@ - \XKV@for@o\@tempa\@tempa{% - \ifnum\count@>\z@\\\fi\advance\count@\@ne - \MacroFont\expandafter\string\@tempa - \expandafter\SpecialUsageIndex\expandafter{\@tempa}% - }}% - \@esphack\ignorespaces -} -\def\DescribeOption#1{\leavevmode\@bsphack - \marginpar{\raggedleft\PrintDescribeOption{#1}}% - \SpecialOptionIndex{#1}\@esphack\ignorespaces} -\def\PrintDescribeOption#1{\strut\emph{option}\\\MacroFont #1\ } -\def\SpecialOptionIndex#1{\@bsphack - \index{#1\actualchar{\protect\ttfamily#1} - (option)\encapchar usage}\@esphack} -\def\DescribeOptions#1{\leavevmode\@bsphack - \marginpar{\raggedleft\strut\emph{options}% - \@for\@tempa:=#1\do{% - \\\strut\MacroFont\@tempa\SpecialOptionIndex\@tempa - }}\@esphack\ignorespaces} -\def\SpecialEnvIndex#1{\@bsphack - \index{#1\actualchar{\protect\ttfamily#1} - (environment)\encapchar usage}\@esphack} -\def\changes@#1#2#3{% - \protected@edef\@tempa{% - \noexpand\glossary{\textbf{#1}\hfill\emph{(#2)}% - \levelchar - \ifx\saved@macroname\@empty - \space\actualchar\generalname - \else - \expandafter\@gobble\saved@macroname - \actualchar\string\verb\quotechar*% - \verbatimchar\saved@macroname\verbatimchar - \fi - :\levelchar #3}% - }% - \@tempa\endgroup\@esphack -} -\makeatother -\def\PrintChangesX{% - \begingroup - \let\efill\relax - \PrintChanges - \endgroup -} -\def\PrintIndexX{% - \begingroup - \setcounter{IndexColumns}{2} - \setlength{\columnsep}{18pt}% - \setlength{\columnseprule}{.4pt}% - \PrintIndex - \endgroup -} -\def\larg#1{{\ttfamily\char`\<}\meta{#1}{\ttfamily\char`\>}} -\def\LyX{L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@} -\def\LyXarrow{\leavevmode\,$\triangleright$\,\allowbreak} -\let\pf\textsf -\def\equals{=} -\setcounter{tocdepth}{2} -\newcolumntype{d}{c|l} -\newcolumntype{e}{c|c|c|c} -\newcolumntype{f}{l|p{8cm}} -\RecordChanges -\CodelineIndex -\newcounter{FAQ} -\def\question{% - \stepcounter{FAQ}% - \parskip4pt plus 2pt minus 1pt - \itemsep4pt plus 2pt minus 1pt - \parsep4pt plus 2pt minus 1pt - \item[\textbf{Q\arabic{FAQ}}]% -} -\def\answer{% - \parskip0pt - \itemsep0pt - \parsep0pt - \item[\textbf{A\arabic{FAQ}}]% -} -\def\styleexample#1{% - \IfFileExists{powerdot-styleexample-#1.001}{% - \IfFileExists{powerdot-styleexample-#1.002}{% - \hspace*{\stretch{1}}% - \fbox{\includegraphics[scale=.16,angle=-90,clip]% - {powerdot-styleexample-#1.001}}% - \hspace*{\stretch{2}}% - \fbox{\includegraphics[scale=.16,angle=-90,clip]% - {powerdot-styleexample-#1.002}}% - \hspace*{\stretch{1}}\par - }{\textbf{No example files found for style \pf{#1}.}}% - }{\textbf{No example files found for style \pf{#1}.}}% -} -\endinput -%% -%% End of file `pdpream.ble'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/powerdot-example1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/powerdot-example1.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2049764d1ea --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/powerdot-example1.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/powerdot-example1.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/powerdot-example1.tex index 04f70e49ad8..40c97bcc5e6 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/powerdot-example1.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/powerdot-example1.tex @@ -1,17 +1,9 @@ %% %% This is file `powerdot-example1.tex', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% powerdot.dtx (with options: `pdexample1') -%% %% --------------------------------------------------------------- %% Copyright (C) 2005-2010 Hendri Adriaens and Christopher Ellison %% --------------------------------------------------------------- %% -%% Version 1.4a prepared by Herbert Voss -%% %% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 %% of this license or (at your option) any later version. @@ -20,12 +12,6 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX %% version 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -%% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Hendri Adriaens. -%% -%% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. -%% \documentclass{powerdot} \title{powerdot example 1} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/powerdot-example2.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/powerdot-example2.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a3b1fd5ab6c --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/powerdot-example2.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/powerdot-example2.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/powerdot-example2.tex index 97d44e58853..8d8403be397 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/powerdot-example2.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/powerdot-example2.tex @@ -1,17 +1,9 @@ %% %% This is file `powerdot-example2.tex', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% powerdot.dtx (with options: `pdexample2') -%% %% --------------------------------------------------------------- %% Copyright (C) 2005-2010 Hendri Adriaens and Christopher Ellison %% --------------------------------------------------------------- %% -%% Version 1.4a prepared by Herbert Voss -%% %% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 %% of this license or (at your option) any later version. @@ -20,12 +12,6 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX %% version 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -%% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Hendri Adriaens. -%% -%% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. -%% \documentclass[ size=12pt, style=ikeda, @@ -44,6 +30,7 @@ \pdsetup{ lf=Example 2, + cf=\today, rf=for powerdot, trans=Wipe, theslide=slide~\arabic{slide}, diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/powerdot-example3.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/powerdot-example3.pdf Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ecf49830cd6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/powerdot-example3.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/powerdot-example3.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/powerdot-example3.tex index 00ae3b68c5f..fed59471afd 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/powerdot-example3.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/powerdot-example3.tex @@ -1,17 +1,10 @@ %% %% This is file `powerdot-example3.tex', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% powerdot.dtx (with options: `pdexample3') -%% + %% --------------------------------------------------------------- %% Copyright (C) 2005-2010 Hendri Adriaens and Christopher Ellison %% --------------------------------------------------------------- %% -%% Version 1.4a prepared by Herbert Voss -%% %% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 %% of this license or (at your option) any later version. @@ -20,13 +13,8 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX %% version 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -%% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Hendri Adriaens. -%% -%% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. -%% -\documentclass[style=klope,clock,hlsections]{powerdot} +\documentclass[style=klope,%clock, + hlsections]{powerdot} \usepackage{amsmath} \usepackage{pst-node} @@ -35,12 +23,12 @@ \lstnewenvironment{example}[1][]{% \lstset{basicstyle=\footnotesize\ttfamily,columns=flexible,% frame=single,backgroundcolor=\color{yellow!20},% - xleftmargin=\fboxsep,xrightmargin=\fboxsep,gobble=1% + xleftmargin=\fboxsep,xrightmargin=\fboxsep%,gobble=1 }\lstset{#1}}{} \lstnewenvironment{examplesmall}[1][]{% \lstset{basicstyle=\tiny\ttfamily,columns=flexible,% frame=single,backgroundcolor=\color{yellow!20},% - xleftmargin=\fboxsep,xrightmargin=\fboxsep,gobble=2% + xleftmargin=\fboxsep,xrightmargin=\fboxsep%,gobble=2 }\lstset{#1}}{} \title{powerdot example 3 --- verbatim and random dots} @@ -48,6 +36,7 @@ \pdsetup{ lf=Example 3, + cf=\today, rf=for powerdot, palette=Spring, randomdots, diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/powerdot-styleexample.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/powerdot-styleexample.tex index f57dd298adc..4b83a312fa9 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/powerdot-styleexample.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/powerdot-styleexample.tex @@ -1,17 +1,9 @@ %% %% This is file `powerdot-styleexample.tex', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% powerdot.dtx (with options: `pdstyleexample') -%% %% --------------------------------------------------------------- %% Copyright (C) 2005-2010 Hendri Adriaens and Christopher Ellison %% --------------------------------------------------------------- %% -%% Version 1.4a prepared by Herbert Voss -%% %% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 %% of this license or (at your option) any later version. @@ -20,11 +12,8 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX %% version 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -%% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Hendri Adriaens. +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% -%% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. %% \documentclass[paper=letterpaper,style=\style]{powerdot} \title{Example of the \style\ style} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/powerdot-styletest.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/powerdot-styletest.tex index 981adc6db0a..8473c415572 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/powerdot-styletest.tex +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/powerdot-styletest.tex @@ -1,17 +1,9 @@ %% %% This is file `powerdot-styletest.tex', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% powerdot.dtx (with options: `pdstyletest') -%% %% --------------------------------------------------------------- %% Copyright (C) 2005-2010 Hendri Adriaens and Christopher Ellison %% --------------------------------------------------------------- %% -%% Version 1.4a prepared by Herbert Voss -%% %% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 %% of this license or (at your option) any later version. @@ -20,12 +12,7 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX %% version 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -%% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Hendri Adriaens. -%% -%% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. -%% +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% %% For testing, enter your style below. %% Switch on only one paper/orient option at a time. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/powerdot.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/powerdot.pdf Binary files differindex 86007709714..8ddfc20bbf4 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/powerdot.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/powerdot.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/powerdot.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/powerdot.tex new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7b1a02bee08 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/powerdot/powerdot.tex @@ -0,0 +1,2756 @@ +%% --------------------------------------------------------------- +%% Copyright (C) 2005-2010 Hendri Adriaens and Christopher Ellison +%% --------------------------------------------------------------- +%% +%% Version 1.4d prepared by Herbert Voss +%% +%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the +%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 +%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. +%% The latest version of this license is in +%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt +%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX +%% version 2003/12/01 or later. +%% +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". +%% +\documentclass[a4paper]{ltxdoc} + +\usepackage{url} +\usepackage{fourier} +\usepackage{xcolor} +\usepackage{enumitem} +\usepackage{graphicx} +\usepackage{pst-char} +\usepackage{listings} +\usepackage{array} +\usepackage{xkeyval} +\usepackage[section]{placeins} +\addtolength\textheight{2cm} +\addtolength\topmargin{-1cm} +\lstnewenvironment{command}{% + \lstset{columns=flexible,frame=single,backgroundcolor=\color{blue!20},% + xleftmargin=\fboxsep,xrightmargin=\fboxsep,escapeinside=`',gobble=1}}{} +\lstnewenvironment{example}[1][]{% + \lstset{basicstyle=\footnotesize\ttfamily,columns=flexible,frame=single,% + backgroundcolor=\color{yellow!20},xleftmargin=\fboxsep,% + xrightmargin=\fboxsep,gobble=1,% + language=[LaTeX]TeX,keywordstyle=\color{blue},% + moretexcs=[1]{color,ProvidesPackage},% + moretexcs=[2]{onslide,pause,pdsetup,maketitle,tableofcontents},% + texcsstyle=[2]\color{red}% + }\lstset{#1}}{} +\def\mktitledecor{% + \rput[tl]{90}(-5.5,-26.51){% + \psline[linewidth=1pt](0,1.5)(\paperheight,1.5)% + \rput[lB](.075\paperheight,.5){\pscharpath[linecolor=blue!50,% + fillcolor=yellow!20,fillstyle=solid,linewidth=.5pt]% + {\Huge\bfseries\sffamily powerdot}% + }% + \rput[rB](.925\paperheight,.5){\pscharpath[linecolor=blue!50,% + fillcolor=yellow!20,fillstyle=solid,linewidth=.5pt]% + {\Huge\bfseries Documentation}% + }% + \psline[linewidth=1pt](0,0)(\paperheight,0)% + }% +} +\makeatletter +\def\option#1{% + \XKV@for@n{#1}\pd@tempa{% + \fcolorbox{black}{red!20}{\texttt\pd@tempa}\quad + }% + \vspace*{.2cm}% +} +\def\tableofcontents{\@starttoc{toc}} +\renewenvironment{theglossary}{% + \section*{Version history}% + For more information on bug fixes, typeset the source code + documentation (see section~\ref{sec:source}).\par\medskip + \GlossaryParms \let\item\@idxitem \ignorespaces +}{}% +\def\DescribeMacros{\leavevmode\@bsphack + \begingroup\MakePrivateLetters\Describe@Macros} +\def\Describe@Macros#1{\endgroup\strut + \marginpar{\raggedleft + \def\@tempa{#1}\count@\z@ + \XKV@for@o\@tempa\@tempa{% + \ifnum\count@>\z@\\\fi\advance\count@\@ne + \MacroFont\expandafter\string\@tempa + \expandafter\SpecialUsageIndex\expandafter{\@tempa}% + }}% + \@esphack\ignorespaces +} +\def\DescribeOption#1{\leavevmode\@bsphack + \marginpar{\raggedleft\PrintDescribeOption{#1}}% + \SpecialOptionIndex{#1}\@esphack\ignorespaces} +\def\PrintDescribeOption#1{\strut\emph{option}\\\MacroFont #1\ } +\def\SpecialOptionIndex#1{\@bsphack + \index{#1\actualchar{\protect\ttfamily#1} + (option)\encapchar usage}\@esphack} +\def\DescribeOptions#1{\leavevmode\@bsphack + \marginpar{\raggedleft\strut\emph{options}% + \@for\@tempa:=#1\do{% + \\\strut\MacroFont\@tempa\SpecialOptionIndex\@tempa + }}\@esphack\ignorespaces} +\def\SpecialEnvIndex#1{\@bsphack + \index{#1\actualchar{\protect\ttfamily#1} + (environment)\encapchar usage}\@esphack} +\def\changes@#1#2#3{% + \protected@edef\@tempa{% + \noexpand\glossary{\textbf{#1}\hfill\emph{(#2)}% + \levelchar + \ifx\saved@macroname\@empty + \space\actualchar\generalname + \else + \expandafter\@gobble\saved@macroname + \actualchar\string\verb\quotechar*% + \verbatimchar\saved@macroname\verbatimchar + \fi + :\levelchar #3}% + }% + \@tempa\endgroup\@esphack +} +\makeatother +\def\PrintChangesX{% + \begingroup + \let\efill\relax + \PrintChanges + \endgroup +} +\def\PrintIndexX{% + \begingroup + \setcounter{IndexColumns}{2} + \setlength{\columnsep}{18pt}% + \setlength{\columnseprule}{.4pt}% + \PrintIndex + \endgroup +} +\def\larg#1{{\ttfamily\char`\<}\meta{#1}{\ttfamily\char`\>}} +\def\LyX{L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@} +\def\LyXarrow{\leavevmode\,$\triangleright$\,\allowbreak} +\let\pf\textsf +\def\equals{=} +\setcounter{tocdepth}{2} +\newcolumntype{d}{c|l} +\newcolumntype{e}{c|c|c|c} +\newcolumntype{f}{l|p{8cm}} +\RecordChanges +\CodelineIndex +\newcounter{FAQ} +\def\question{% + \stepcounter{FAQ}% + \parskip4pt plus 2pt minus 1pt + \itemsep4pt plus 2pt minus 1pt + \parsep4pt plus 2pt minus 1pt + \item[\textbf{Q\arabic{FAQ}}]% +} +\def\answer{% + \parskip0pt + \itemsep0pt + \parsep0pt + \item[\textbf{A\arabic{FAQ}}]% +} +\def\styleexample#1{% + \IfFileExists{powerdot-styleexample-#1.001}{% + \IfFileExists{powerdot-styleexample-#1.002}{% + \hspace*{\stretch{1}}% + \fbox{\includegraphics[scale=.16,angle=-90,clip]% + {powerdot-styleexample-#1.001}}% + \hspace*{\stretch{2}}% + \fbox{\includegraphics[scale=.16,angle=-90,clip]% + {powerdot-styleexample-#1.002}}% + \hspace*{\stretch{1}}\par + }{\textbf{No example files found for style \pf{#1}.}}% + }{\textbf{No example files found for style \pf{#1}.}}% +} + +\def\fileversion{v1.4b} +\def\filedate{2010/10/07} + + \changes{v1.0}{2005/09/04}{Initial release} + \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Fixed some small bugs} + \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Added \texttt{tocsecindent} and + \texttt{tocslideindent} options} + \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Added \pf{elcolors}, \pf{aggie}, \pf{husky} + and \pf{sailor} styles} + \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Changed \texttt{size\protect\equals 10} + to \texttt{size\protect\equals 10pt}} + \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Added \LyX\ layout, description and example} + \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Added graphical examples of styles to documentation} + \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Improved section title handling} + \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{\texttt{blackslide} options adds hyperlink + to slide and section titles} + \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Extended FAQ} + \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Improved \pf{tycja}, \pf{ciment} and \pf{fyma} styles} + \changes{v1.2}{2005/10/09}{Added \pf{upen} and \pf{bframe} styles} + \changes{v1.2}{2005/10/09}{Solved some small bugs} + \changes{v1.2}{2005/10/09}{Simplified coding of most styles} + \changes{v1.2}{2005/10/09}{Speeded up compilations} + \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Solved some small bugs} + \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Improved \texttt{figure} and \texttt{table} handling} + \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added \pf{horatio}, \pf{paintings}, \pf{klope}, \pf{jefka} + and \pf{pazik} styles} + \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added palettes feature} + \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added random dots feature} + \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added optional argument to \cs{maketitle}} + \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added clock feature} + \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Updated all styles} + \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added palettes to \pf{default}, \pf{fyma} and \pf{sailor} styles} + \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Revised docs} + \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Updated \LyX\ example and information} + \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Cleaned up options} + \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added possibility to create horizontal table of contents} + \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added logo feature} + \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added examples and example file} + \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added two slide processing methods to do verbatim on slides easily} + \changes{v1.4}{2005/12/10}{Moved \texttt{lf} and \texttt{rf} keys from + \texttt{global} to \texttt{glslide} family} + \changes{v1.4}{2005/12/10}{Added \texttt{cf} option} + \changes{v1.4}{2005/12/10}{Updated styles} + \changes{v1.4}{2005/12/10}{Solved some small bugs} + \changes{v1.4}{2005/12/10}{Moved footers out of slide box in handout mode} + \changes{v1.4a}{2010/10/07}{fixed bug with geometry 5.x (hv)} + \changes{v1.4b}{2010/11/16}{fixed bug with centered footnote (hv)} + \changes{v1.4c}{2010/11/16}{fixed bug with missing macros for centered footer (hv)} + \changes{v1.4d}{2012/12/03}{fixed missleading comment header of powerdot.cls (hv)} + + +\begin{document} +%\let\Section\section\def\section*#1{\Section*{#1}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{#1}} +\title{\vspace*{-2cm}\mktitledecor The \pf{powerdot} class +\thanks{This class can be downloaded from the CTAN mirrors: +\texttt{/macros/latex/contrib/powerdot}. See \texttt{powerdot.dtx} for +information on installing \pf{powerdot} into your \LaTeX\ +distribution and for the license of this class.}} +\author{Hendri Adriaens\and Christopher Ellison} +\date{\fileversion\ (\filedate)} +\maketitle + +\begin{abstract}\noindent +\pf{powerdot} is a presentation class for \LaTeX\ that allows for +the quick and easy development of professional presentations. It +comes with many tools that enhance presentations and aid the +presenter. Examples are automatic overlays, personal notes and a +handout mode. To view a presentation, DVI, PS or PDF output can be +used. A powerful template system is available to easily develop new +styles. A \LyX\ layout file is provided. +\end{abstract} + +\begin{multicols}{2} +[\section*{Contents} +\setlength{\columnseprule}{.4pt} +\setlength{\columnsep}{18pt}] +\tableofcontents +\end{multicols} + +\newpage +\section{Introduction}\label{sec:intro} +This class gives you the possibility to easily create professionally +looking slides. The class is designed to make the development of +presentations as simple as possible so that you can concentrate on +the actual content instead of keeping yourself busy with technical +details. Of course, some knowledge of \LaTeX\ is still required +though. + +This class builds on and extends the \pf{prosper} class +\cite{prosper} and the \pf{HA-prosper} package \cite{HA-prosper}. +The \pf{HA-prosper} package was initially intended to extend +\pf{prosper} and correct some bugs and problems of that class. As +developments on that package progressed, it was found that +unfortunately, not all of the problems could be overcome with the +package. That discovery was the start of a new project set up to +make a new class to replace the \pf{prosper} plus \pf{HA-prosper} +combination. You're currently reading the result of that project. + +The remainder of this section will be devoted to giving a feel of +what the \pf{powerdot} presentation source looks like and giving an +overview of this documentation. + +The document structure of a presentation is always the same. You can +find it in the example below. + +\begin{example} + \documentclass[<class options>]{powerdot} + \pdsetup{<presentation options>} + \begin{document} + \begin{slide}{a slide} + Contents of the slide. + \end{slide} + \section{first section} + \begin{slide}[<slide options>]{another slide} + Contents of the slide. + \end{slide} + \begin{note}{personal note} + The note. + \end{note} + \end{document} +\end{example} + +There are several elements that define the document structure. First +of all, the class accepts some class options that control the output +of the class, for instance, paper type and style. These class +options will be discussed in section~\ref{sec:classopts}. Then there +are presentation specific options which control some of the elements +of the presentation globally, for instance, the footers. These will +be discussed in section~\ref{sec:pdsetup}. + +Once the setup has been decided on, you can use the slide +environment to produce slides (see section~\ref{sec:slides}) and the +note environment to produce notes that go with the slides (see +section~\ref{sec:notes}). You can use overlays to display material +in steps. This is described in section~\ref{sec:overlays}. The +|\section| command provides a way to structure your presentation. +This is discussed in section~\ref{sec:structure}. +Section~\ref{sec:styles} will show an overview of the styles that +come with this class and the characteristics of each style. +Section~\ref{sec:compiling} will tell you more about how to produce +output. This section contains important information on required +packages. + +Section~\ref{sec:writestyle} is mostly interesting for people that +want to develop their own style for this class or want to modify an +existing style. Section~\ref{sec:lyx} explains how \LyX\ +\cite{LyXWeb} can be used to create \pf{powerdot} presentations. +This documentation concludes with a section devoted to questions +(section~\ref{sec:questions}), like `Where can I find examples?'. It +also tells you where to turn to in case your questions are still not +solved. + +\section{Setting up the presentation}\label{sec:setup} +This section will describe all options that are available to control +the output of the presentation and the looks of it. + +\subsection{Document class options}\label{sec:classopts} We will +start with the class options that are typed in the |\documentclass| +command as a comma-separated list. For each option, the preset +value\footnote{The value that will be used when you don't use the +option.} will be mentioned in the description. This is the value +that will be used if you decide to not give a value to the option or +not use the option at all. + +\DescribeOption{mode} +This options controls the kind of output that we want to produce. +The preset value is |present|. +\begin{description} +\item\option{mode=present}\\ +This mode is used when you want to create the actual presentation. It +will enable overlays and transition effects. You can read more about +overlays in section~\ref{sec:overlays}. +\item\option{mode=print}\\ +This mode can be used when printing the slides including their visual +markup, but without any overlay or transition effects. +\item\option{mode=handout}\\ +This mode will produce a black and white overview of your slides that +can be used to make personal notes on, for distribution to students, +a personal guide during your talk, etcetera. +\begin{description} +\item\option{nopagebreaks}\\ +By default, the handout mode produces a document with two slides per +page. If you want to fit more slides on a page, specify this option +in the |\documentclass| command and \pf{powerdot} will let \LaTeX\ +decide on the places to insert a page break, namely when a page is +full. +\end{description} +\end{description} + +\DescribeOption{paper} This option has three possible values. The +preset value is |screen|. +\begin{description} +\item\option{paper=screen}\\ +This is a special format with screen optimized ratio (4/3). The +actual page dimensions will be 8.25 inch by 11 inch. This paper format +is not available for print or handout mode. In these modes, \pf{powerdot} +will switch to a4 paper and put a warning that it did this in the +log file of your presentation. +\item\option{paper=a4paper}\\ +A4 paper will be used for the presentation or handout. +\item\option{paper=letterpaper}\\ +Letter size paper will be used. +\end{description} +Some important information with respect to paper size, compiling and +viewing presentations is available in section~\ref{sec:compiling}. + +\DescribeOption{orient} This controls the orientation of the +presentation. The preset value is |landscape|. +\begin{description} +\item\option{orient=landscape}\\ +The presentation will be in landscape format. This value is not +available in handout mode. In that mode, \pf{powerdot} will switch +to portrait orientation and will warn you about this in the log +file. +\item\option{orient=portrait}\\ This produces slides in portrait +format. Notice that not all styles support portrait orientation. Please +refer to section~\ref{sec:styles} for information about which styles +do support the portrait orientation. +\end{description} + +\DescribeOption{display} This controls the production of slides and +notes. The preset value is |slides|. +\begin{description} +\item\option{display=slides}\\ +This will only typeset the slides in your presentation. +\item\option{display=slidesnotes}\\ +This will typeset both the slides and the notes in your +presentation. See also section~\ref{sec:notes} for more information +about notes. +\item\option{display=notes}\\ +This will typeset the notes only. +\end{description} + +Here are some more options to control the output. +\begin{description} +\item\DescribeOption{size}\option{size}\\ +This is the size of the normal text font in points. Possible values +are 8pt, 9pt, 10pt, 11pt, 12pt, 14pt, 17pt and 20pt and the preset +value is 11pt.\footnote{Note that sizes other than 10pt, 11pt and +12pt are non-standard and it is assumed that you have the +\pf{extsizes} bundle \cite{extsizes} installed, which provides these +sizes.} +\item\DescribeOption{style}\option{style}\\ +This controls the style to be loaded for the presentation. By +default, the \pf{default} style will be loaded. For more styles, see +section~\ref{sec:styles}. +\item\DescribeOption{fleqn}\option{fleqn}\\ +This option makes equations flushed left. It does the same as the +equally named option for the article class. +\item\DescribeOption{leqno}\option{leqno}\\ +Put equation numbers at the left. Also the same as in the article +class. +\item\DescribeOption{nopsheader}\option{nopsheader}\\ +By default, \pf{powerdot} will write a postscript command to the ps +file to make sure that post processors like ps2pdf know which paper +to use without the need to specify it on the command line. See also +section~\ref{sec:compiling}. If you experience problems with post +processing or printing or you want to specify the paper size in the +post processing steps yourself, use this option. +\item\DescribeOption{hlentries}\option{hlentries}\\ +This highlights table of contents entries when the entry matches +with the current slide and its preset value is |true|. See also +section~\ref{sec:structure}. If you don't want highlighting of table +of contents entries (for instance in print mode), use +|hlentries=false|. +\item\DescribeOption{hlsections}\option{hlsections}\\ +This highlights table of contents sections when the section matches +with the current section in the presentation and is preset to |false|. +See also section~\ref{sec:structure}. Specifying this +option turns highlighting of sections on. This could be useful when +you are using a style that implements a split table of contents. +\item\DescribeOption{blackslide}\option{blackslide}\\ +This option inserts a black slide in the presentation on page 1 and +will automatically advance to page 2 when opening the presentation +in a PDF viewer like Acrobat (Reader). The option also inserts a +link behind every slide or section title that brings you to the +black slide when clicked. When you click anywhere in the black +slide, you will go back to the originating slide. This option can be +used to temporarily pause a presentation, for instance, to do a +proof on the black board. +\item\DescribeOptions{clock}\option{clock}\\ +This displays a small digital clock on slides which you can use to +check the time left for your presentation. +\end{description} + +Here is an example of a |\documentclass| command. +\begin{example} + \documentclass[ + size=12pt, + paper=screen, + mode=present, + display=slidesnotes, + style=tycja, + nopagebreaks, + blackslide, + fleqn + ]{powerdot} +\end{example} +This example sets up a presentation in \pf{tycja} style, with a black +slide, normal size 12 points and flushed left equations. +\begin{example} + \documentclass[ + size=12pt, + paper=letterpaper, + mode=handout, + display=slidesnotes, + style=tycja, + nopagebreaks, + blackslide, + fleqn + ]{powerdot} +\end{example} +Changing the |paper| and |mode| options, now produces a handout with +possibly more than two slides per page due to the |nopagebreaks| +option. + +\subsection{Setup options}\label{sec:pdsetup} +\DescribeMacro{\pdsetup} +There are several extra options that can help customizing your +presentation. These options are not available via the +|\documentclass| command. This has a technical reason.\footnote{The +interested reader is referred to the section about the \pf{xkvltxp} +package in the \pf{xkeyval} package documentation \cite{xkeyval}.} +We distinguish two types of options. Options that can only be set +globally (acting for the entire presentation) using the |\pdsetup| +command and options that can be accessed both globally (via +|\pdsetup|) and locally (via slide environments, see section~\ref{sec:slides}). + +\subsubsection{Global options}\label{sec:gopts} +This section describes options that can only be used globally in the +preamble of your presentation via the |\pdsetup| command. +\begin{description} +\item\DescribeOption{palette}\option{palette}\\ +This specifies the palette to be used. A palette is a set of colors +defined by a style. To find out which palettes are defined by each +style, see section~\ref{sec:styles}. +\item\DescribeOption{theslide}\option{theslide}\\ +This option controls how the slide number appears on the slide. This +is preset to the value |\arabic{slide}~/~\pageref*{lastslide}|, +which could appear like |5/22|. Notice that the |\arabic{slide}| +typesets the number of the current slide and that +|\pageref*{lastslide}| typesets the number of the last +slide.\footnote{We use the starred version of \cs{pageref} which is +defined by \pf{hyperref} and does not create a link to the page that +it is referring to.} +\item\DescribeOption{thenote}\option{thenote}\\ +This is similar to the |theslide| option, but typesets the slide +numbers of notes. The preset value is +|note~\arabic{note}~of~slide~\arabic{slide}| and |\arabic{note}| +here typesets the number of the current note that goes with the +current slide. This could appear like |note 2 of slide 7|. +\item\DescribeOption{counters}\option{counters}\\ +The |counters| option lists counters that you might want to protect +on overlays. As material on overlays (see +section~\ref{sec:overlays}) is processed multiple times, also +\LaTeX\ counters, like the |equation| counter, might be increased +too often. To avoid that your equations get different numbers on +every overlay, use this option. The |equation|, |table|, |figure|, +|footnote| and |mpfootnote| counters are already protected for you. +If you use extra counters, for instance for theorems, list them in +this option. Example: +\begin{example} + counters={theorem,lemma} +\end{example} +\item\DescribeOption{list}\option{list}\\ +This option takes a list of options that will be passed on to the +\pf{enumitem} package that controls the layout of lists created by +the |enumerate| and |itemize| environments. Example: +\begin{example} + list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt} +\end{example} +See for more information on controlling the layout of lists the +\pf{enumitem} package \cite{enumitem}. +\item\DescribeOptions{enumerate,itemize}\option{enumerate,itemize}\\ +As the |list| option, but only control |enumerate| and |itemize| +environments respectively. +\end{description} + +\subsubsection{Global and local options}\label{sec:glopts} +This section describes options that can be used both globally via +|\pdsetup| and locally via slide environments (see section~\ref{sec:slides}). +\begin{description} +\item\DescribeOptions{lf,cf,rf}\option{lf,cf,rf}\\ +This determines the content of the left, center and right footers. +These are preset to empty. +\item\DescribeOption{trans}\option{trans}\\ +This option sets the default transition effect to be used in the +presentation. These transition effects only work after compiling the +presentation to PDF format. See also section~\ref{sec:compiling}. +The following transition effects are supported: |Split|, |Blinds|, +|Box|, |Wipe|, |Dissolve|, |Glitter| and |Replace|. When you are using +a viewer that understands PDF 1.5, you can also use |Fly|, |Push|, +|Cover|, |Uncover| or |Fade|. It is important to notice that most +viewers are case sensitive, so, for instance, |box| will not work. + +The preset effect is |Replace| which just replaces one slide with +another when browsing the slides. Note that some PDF viewers (like +Acrobat Reader 5 and higher) only produce the transition effect in +full screen mode. If you want to use a custom transition effect that +is not listed in the list above (for instance, a wipe effect with a +custom wipe direction), then that is possible. However, +\pf{powerdot} will put a warning in your log file that the effect +that you have chosen, might not work in the PDF viewer. Here is an +example that does work. +\begin{example} + trans=Wipe /Di 0 +\end{example} +In Acrobat (Reader), this wipes from left to right instead of the +default top to bottom. For more information, see a PDF Reference +Manual. +\item\DescribeOption{method}\option{method}\\ +This option can be used when a slide contains special material that +does not get treated in the `usual' way by \LaTeX. Verbatim material +is an example of this. Possible values are |normal| (the preset value), +|direct| and |file|. We will come back to this option in detail in +section~\ref{sec:verbatim}. +\item\DescribeOptions{logohook,logopos,logocmd}\option{logohook,logopos,logocmd}\\ +If |logopos| is specified, a logo defined by the value of the +|logocmd| option will be put on slides. The position can be +specified relative to the width and height of the slide. |{0,0}| is +the lower left corner of the paper and |{\slidewidth,\slideheight}| +is the upper right corner. For positioning the logo, the |\rput| +command of \pf{pstricks} \cite{PSTricksWeb,PSTricks} is used. This +command also allows to specify the point of the logo that should be +positioned there. This point can be entered via the |logohook| +option and can take the values |tl|, |t|, |tr|, |r|, |Br|, |br|, +|b|, |bl|, |Bl|, |l|, |B| and |c|. For more information about +|\rput|, consult the \pf{pstricks} documentation. Here is an example +that integrates the flower of the \pf{default} style into the +\pf{husky} style. +\begin{example} + \documentclass[style=husky]{powerdot} + \pdsetup{ + logohook=t, + logopos={.088\slidewidth,.99\slideheight}, + logocmd={\includegraphics[height=.08\slideheight]{powerdot-default.ps}} + } + \begin{document} + ... + \end{document} +\end{example} +The preset value for |logohook| is |tl|. +\end{description} + +A special feature of \pf{powerdot}, which can be used to make +presentations come alive, is the use of random dots. These dots will +be placed anywhere on your slides and use the colors defined by the +palette that you use. Overlays will carry the same dots. This +feature uses |random.tex| \cite{random}. Several options are +available to control the appearance of the random dots. +\begin{description} +\item\DescribeOption{randomdots}\option{randomdots}\\ +By default, random dots are turned off. If this option is set to +|true|, random dots will be generated. |false| will turn off the +feature. When no value is submitted to the option, |true| will be +used. +\item\DescribeOptions{dmindots,dmaxdots}\option{dmindots,dmaxdots}\\ +The number of dots per slide is also random. These options set the +minimum and maximum dots per slide. Preset values are |5| and |40|, +respectively. +\item\DescribeOptions{dminsize,dmaxsize}\option{dminsize,dmaxsize}\\ +The minimum and maximum radius of the dots. Preset values are |5pt| +and |40pt|, respectively. +\item\DescribeOptions{dminwidth,dmaxwidth,dminheight,dmaxheight} +\option{dminwidth,dmaxwidth,dminheight,dmaxheight}\\ +These options determine the area on the slide that can be used for +the random dots. These values are preset such that dots go anywhere +on the slide, but you might want to adjust these such that, for +instance, dots can only appear in the text area. The preset values +are |0pt|, |\slidewidth|, |0pt|, |\slideheight|. + +Here is an example that allows dots in a smaller rectangle on the +slide. +\begin{example} + \pdsetup{ + dminwidth=.1\slidewidth,dmaxwidth=.9\slidewidth, + dminheight=.2\slideheight,dmaxheight=.8\slideheight + } +\end{example} +\item\DescribeOption{dbright}\option{dbright}\\ +This option can be used to adjust the brightness of the dots. The +number should be an integer between -100 and 100. If the number is +negative, the color will be adjusted towards black, with -100 giving +black. If the number is positive, the color will be adjusted towards +white, with 100 giving white. With a light background, you may want +to choose |bright| to be positive. With a dark background, you may +want to set it negative. The preset value is |60|, meaning a mixture +of 40\ of the original color and 60\ white. +\item\DescribeOption{dprop}\option{dprop}\\ +This option is used for passing extra parameters to the |\psdot| +command, which creates the random dots. You could, for instance, +change the style of the dots or the line width. See for more +information about |\psdot| the \pf{pstricks} documentation +\cite{PSTricksWeb,PSTricks}. \pf{powerdot} defines two extra dot +styles that can be used for the random dots. These styles are +|ocircle| (open circle) and |osquare| (open square). +\end{description} + +Here are two examples for the use of random dots. +\begin{example} + \pdsetup{ + randomdots,dminwidth=.2\slidewidth + } +\end{example} +This turns on random dots and doesn't use the left 20\ of the slide +for placing random dots. +\begin{example} + \pdsetup{ + randomdots,dprop={dotstyle=ocircle,linewidth=.5pt}, + dminsize=500pt,dmaxsize=600pt,dmindots=2,dmaxdots=5 + } +\end{example} +This example puts at most 5 big circles on slides. These circles do +not fit on the slides and you will only see parts of them in the +shape of curves. + +\subsubsection{\cs{pdsetup} example} +Here is an example of a |\pdsetup| command that one could use to set up +the presentation. +\begin{example} + \pdsetup{ + lf=My first presentation, + rf=For some conference, + trans=Wipe, + theslide=\arabic{slide}, + randomdots,dmaxdots=80 + } +\end{example} +This sets the left and right footers and will initialize the +transition effect to |Wipe|. Further, slide numbers will not include +the number of the last slide, but only the number of the current +slide. Finally, slides will be covered with at most 80 random dots. + +A small note is necessary with respect to the appearance of footers. +The slide number (controlled by the |theslide| option) will be added +to a footer. Most styles add it too the right footer. If both the +footer and the slide number are non empty, |~--~| will be inserted +in between them to separate them. Styles might modify this default +behavior however. + +\section{Making slides}\label{sec:slides} +\subsection{The title slide}\label{sec:titleslide} +\DescribeMacro{\title} +\DescribeMacro{\author} +\DescribeMacro{\and} +\DescribeMacro{\date} +\DescribeMacro{\maketitle} +The title slide is created by the |\maketitle| command. +\begin{command} + `\cs{maketitle}\oarg{options}' +\end{command} +Its use is the same as in the standard \LaTeX\ document classes. The +optional argument \meta{options} can contain any option from +section~\ref{sec:glopts}. Specifying such an option in the +|\maketitle| command will only have an effect on the title slide and +not on other slides. See an example below. +\begin{example} + \documentclass{powerdot} + \title{Title} + \author{You \and me} + \date{October 7, 2010} + \begin{document} + \maketitle + ... + \end{document} +\end{example} +The |author|, |title| and |date| declarations provide the text to be +used when making a title page. The design of the title page is +specific to the style in use. Notice the use of |\and| for +separating multiple authors. See a \LaTeX\ manual \cite{companion} +for more information on commands such as |\title| and |\author|. + +\subsection{Other slides}\label{sec:otherslides} +\DescribeEnv{slide} The centerpiece of every presentation is the +slide. In \pf{powerdot}, the content of each slide is placed in a +|slide| environment. +\begin{command} + `\cs{begin}\texttt{\{slide\}}\oarg{options}\marg{slide title}' + `\meta{body}' + `\cs{end}\texttt{\{slide\}}' +\end{command} + +In section~\ref{sec:overlays} we'll see how to give some life to the +slides, but for now, let's look at a simple example. +\begin{example} + \begin{slide}{First slide} + Hello World. + \end{slide} +\end{example} +The slide environment has one required argument, namely the slide +title. When a slide is created, the slide title is used to create an +entry in the table of contents and in the list of bookmarks. The +table of contents is a listing of the slides and section titles in +the presentation that appears on each slide. + +The table of contents is clickable (when the presentation is +compiled into PDF) and serves as a nice way to jump from location to +location within the presentation. The bookmark list is only present +when compilation is taken all the way to the PDF file format. It +also serves as a table of contents, but this list does not appear on +\textit{any} of the slides, but in a separate window in a PDF +viewer. In the example above, the entries in both table contents and +the list of bookmarks would be titled |First slide|. + +The \meta{options} for the |slide| environment can contain any +option listed in section~\ref{sec:glopts}. Additionally, the +following options can be used. +\begin{description} +\item\DescribeOption{toc}\option{toc}\\ +When specified, the value is used for the entry in the table of +contents; otherwise, the slide title is used. If |toc=| is +specified, then no entry is created. +\item\DescribeOption{bm}\option{bm}\\ +When specified, the value is used for the bookmark entry; otherwise, +the slide title is used. If |bm=| is specified, then no entry is +created. +\end{description} + +These optional arguments are especially useful when the title of a +slide is extremely long or when the title contains \LaTeX\ commands +that do not render correctly in the bookmarks.\footnote{The +bookmarking procedure uses \cs{pdfstringdef} from the \pf{hyperref} +package, and it can process accented characters such as \cs{"i}.} +When specifying entries, be sure to hide special characters `|,|' +and `|=|' between curly brackets `|{|' and `|}|'. Let's look at an +example that uses these optional arguments. +\begin{example} + \begin{slide}[toc=,bm={LaTeX, i*i=-1}]{\color{red}\LaTeX, $i^2=-1$} + My slide contents. + \end{slide} +\end{example} + +In this example, the slide title will appear as {\color{red}\LaTeX, +$i^2=-1$}. This text will not render correctly in a bookmark entry. +An attempt is made to correct this, but often, the correction does +not produce an equivalent text. This particular title would be +rendered in the bookmark list as |redLaTeX, i2=-1|. On the other +hand, the manually specified bookmark entry is rendered as: +|LaTeX, i*i=-1|. Notice, no entry is created in the table of contents, +because of the use of |toc=|. + +In addition to the |slide| environment, each individual style can +define its own environments. Many styles have a |wideslide| +environment. The idea is that one might have information that does +not fit nicely on a slide with a table of contents listed, as this +consumes some space. In such cases, it is preferable to use a slide +that does not list the table of contents. The |wideslide| +environment provides this functionality and has more space for the +actual slide content. See section~\ref{sec:styles} for information +on the various environments provided by the styles. + +\section{Overlays}\label{sec:overlays} +It is often the case that you don't want all the information on the +slide to appear at once. Rather, the information should appear one +item at a time. In \pf{powerdot}, this is achieved with overlays. +Each slide can be comprised of many overlays, and the overlays are +displayed one at a time. + +\subsection{The \cs{pause} command}\label{sec:pause} +\DescribeMacro{\pause} The easiest way to display information +sequentially is to use the |\pause| command. +\begin{command} + `\cs{pause}\oarg{number}' +\end{command} +Below is a simple example: +\begin{example} + \begin{slide}{Simple overlay} + power\pause dot + \end{slide} +\end{example} +The slide's information is displayed and continues until the +|\pause| command is encountered. No further output within the same +slide is displayed until the click of the mouse or the touch of the +keyboard. Then, the content will continue to display until all the +information is displayed or until another |\pause| command is +encountered. In this example, |power| is displayed on the first +overlay, and |powerdot| is the displayed on the second overlay. The +|\pause| command is often used within the |itemize| and |enumerate| +environments. For example, +\begin{example} + \begin{slide}{Multiple pauses} + power\pause dot \pause + \begin{itemize} + \item Let me pause\ldots \pause + \item \ldots while I talk \pause and chew bubble gum. \pause + \item Perhaps you'll be persuaded. + \item Perhaps not. + \end{itemize} + \end{slide} +\end{example} +Since |\pause| was used before the |itemize| environment, no item +will appear until the third overlay. Then, each item will be +displayed one at a time, each on their own overlay. More information +on using lists will follow in the next section. + +The optional argument of the |\pause| command specifies the number +of overlays to pause. An example usage is: +\begin{example} + \begin{slide}{Pause longer} + \begin{itemize} + \item A \pause + \item B \pause[2] + \item C + \end{itemize} + \end{slide} +\end{example} +In the example above, item |C| will appear on the fourth overlay. +The usefulness of this option will become more apparent in the next +section; so we will revisit a similar example at that time. + +\subsection{List environments}\label{sec:lists} +The list environments, |itemize| and |enumerate|, have special +treatments in \pf{powerdot}. They have an optional argument that +will be taken care off by the \pf{enumitem} package (see +\cite{enumitem}). \pf{powerdot} supplies an extra key for this +optional argument. In the examples that follow, features will be +described using the |itemize| environment but they also apply to the +|enumerate| environment. + +Here is the typical usage of the |itemize| environment: +\begin{example} + \begin{slide}{Basic itemize} + \begin{itemize} + \item A \pause + \item B \pause + \item C + \end{itemize} + \end{slide} +\end{example} +The display is simple, each item appears one at a time with each +overlay. + +\DescribeOption{type} +Suppose we wanted every item to show, but we only wanted one item to +appear `active' at once. This can be accomplished via the |type| +option for the |itemize| environment. The preset value is |0|. +\begin{example} + \begin{slide}{Type 1 itemize} + \begin{itemize}[type=1] + \item A \pause + \item B \pause + \item C + \end{itemize} + \end{slide} +\end{example} +Now, every item will be displayed in the \emph{inactive +color}\index{inactive color|usage} (which is defined by the style +that you use), and the item's font color will become the active one +on the overlay that it would normally appear on. The default +behavior is given by |type=0|. + +Lists can also be nested to create complicated structures. When a +list is nested, it inherits the setting of the |type| option from +the `parent' list, but that can be overruled by specifying the +|type| option in the optional argument of the nested list. We +present here one example, but many more can be created by nesting +lists of different types in different ways. +\begin{example} + \begin{slide}{Nested lists} + \begin{itemize} + \item A\pause + \begin{itemize}[type=1] + \item B\pause + \end{itemize} + \item C + \end{itemize} + \end{slide} +\end{example} +This displays |A| and |B| on the first overlay, but |B| is inactive. +On overlay 2, |B| will become active and on overlay 3, |C| will +become visible. + +\subsection{The \cs{item} command} +\DescribeMacro{\item} +The |\item| command has an extra \emph{optional} argument in +\pf{powerdot} which allows for creating overlays in a more flexible +way then |\pause| provides. +\begin{command} + `\cs{item}\oarg{label}\larg{overlays}' +\end{command} +This optional argument should contain an overlay specification +stating on which overlays you want the item to appear. This +specification is a comma separated list where each item can used the +notation as in table \ref{tab:item}. +\begin{table}[htb]\centering +\begin{tabular}{d} +Syntax&Meaning\\\hline +\texttt{x}&Only overlay \texttt{x}\\ +\texttt{-x}&All overlays up to and including \texttt{x}\\ +\texttt{x-}&All overlays from \texttt{x}, including \texttt{x}\\ +\texttt{x-y}&All overlays from \texttt{x} to \texttt{y}, +including \texttt{x} and \texttt{y}\\ +\end{tabular} +\caption{\cs{item} and \cs{onslide} notation}\label{tab:item} +\end{table} +The \meta{label} argument is the standard optional argument for +|\item| in \LaTeX. A \LaTeX\ manual \cite{companion} can tell you +more about this argument. + +Here is an example. +\begin{example} + \begin{slide}{Active itemize} + \begin{itemize}[type=1] + \item<1> A + \item<2> B + \item<3> C + \end{itemize} + \end{slide} +\end{example} +Here we have said that |A| should only be active on overlay 1, |B| +should only be active on overlay 2, and |C| should only be active on +overlay 3. Again, when the item is not active, it appears in the +inactive color because of |type=1|. + +If |type=0| is specified and if each item is given an overlay +option, then each item will appear only when it is active. When the +item is not active, then it will not show on the slide at all. More +examples demonstrating the syntax for \meta{overlays} will be +discussed in the next section. + +\subsection{The \cs{onslide} command}\label{sec:onslide} +\DescribeMacro{\onslide} Overlays can also be achieved using the +|\onslide| command. +\begin{command} + `\cs{onslide}\marg{overlays}\marg{text}' +\end{command} +This command takes an \meta{overlays} specification as first +argument and the \meta{text} to apply it to as second argument. The +\meta{overlays} on which the text will appear are specified as a +comma separated list with syntax as in table \ref{tab:item}. We +start off with a simple example. +\begin{example} + \begin{slide}{Simple onslide} + \onslide{1,2}{power}\onslide{2}{dot} + \end{slide} +\end{example} +We have instructed |power| to appear on overlays one and two, and +|dot| to appear only on overlay two. As you might guess, this +example has the same output as our first |\pause| example. Yet, it +is clearly the case that our syntax is more complicated. However, +this slight ``complication'' also allows for much more flexibility. + +\DescribeMacro{\onslide+}Consider the above example with the +following modifications: +\begin{example} + \begin{slide}{Simple onslide+} + \texttt{onslide }: \onslide{1}{power}\onslide{2}{dot}\\ + \texttt{onslide+}: \onslide+{1}{power}\onslide+{2}{dot} + \end{slide} +\end{example} +The |\onslide+| command displays its content in a different manner +altogether. Now, |dot| appears on every overlay, but it is in +inactive color\index{inactive color|usage} and matches the normal +font color \textit{only} on overlay two. This is comparable to the +|type=1| behavior for lists (see section~\ref{sec:lists}). + +When executing this example, we will also notice that the |\onslide| +command does hide material, but still reserves the right amount of +space for it: on overlay 2, the |dot|s appear right above each +other. The next command does not reserve space. + +\DescribeMacro{\onslide*} Instead of hiding and reserving space +(|\onslide|) or putting \meta{text} in the inactive color +(|\onslide+|) when the overlay doesn't match \meta{overlays}, this +command just eats the material altogether. To understand the +differences, consider the following example: +\begin{example} + \begin{slide}{Simple onslide*} + \texttt{onslide }: \onslide{1}{power}\onslide{2}{dot}\\ + \texttt{onslide+}: \onslide+{1}{power}\onslide+{2}{dot}\\ + \texttt{onslide*}: \onslide*{1}{power}\onslide*{2}{dot} + \end{slide} +\end{example} +The output of the first two lines, we are already familiar with. The +third line displays |power| on overlay 1 and |dot| on overlay 2, but +no space for |power| is reserved on overlay 2. Hence |dot| will +start on the cursor position that |power| started on overlay 1 and +it is not aligned below the other two |dots|. + +We finish with an example of the syntax that is possible with +|\item| and |\onslide|. Remember that these commands take a comma +separated list for the \meta{overlays} specification and that each +element can used the syntax as explained in table \ref{tab:item}. +The various variations are demonstrated in the example below. +\begin{example} + \begin{slide}{Lists} + \onslide{10}{on overlay 10 only}\par + \onslide{-5}{on every overlay before and including overlay 5}\par + \onslide{5-}{on every overlay after and including overlay 5}\par + \onslide{2-5}{on overlays 2 through 5, inclusive}\par + \onslide{-3,5-7,9-}{on every overlay except overlays 4 and 8} + \end{slide} +\end{example} + +\subsection{Relative overlays} +Sometimes it is a pain to keep track of when an item should appear +or become active. You might, for example, just care that some text +appears on the overlay \textit{after} some other item. This +functionality is provided through the use of relative overlays which +should not be used outside list environments that use |\item|. Let's +consider a simple, illuminating example. +\begin{example} + \begin{slide}{Relative overlays} + \begin{itemize} + \item A \pause + \item B \onslide{+1}{(visible 1 overlay after B)}\pause + \item C \onslide{+2-}{(appears 2 overlays after C, visible until the end)} + \pause + \item D \onslide{+1-6}{(appears 1 overlay after D, visible until overlay 6)} + \pause + \item E \pause + \item F \pause + \item G \onslide{+1-+3}{(appears 1 overlay after G for 3 overlays)}\pause + \item H \pause + \item I \pause + \item J \pause + \item K + \End{itemize} + \end{slide} +\end{example} +As you can see, we still use |\onslide|. The only change is with the +syntax of the list of overlays. Now, we can specify a `|+|' symbol +in the list. In its simplest usage, |\onslide{+1}| will make text +display one overlay after the overlay it would \textit{normally} +appear on. You can still use the syntax in table \ref{tab:item}. +These are demonstrated in the above example. Notice, +|\onslide{+1-6}| means that the text will appear one overlay after +the overlay it would normally appear on and that the text should +remain shown until overlay seven. To make text appear for a range of +relative overlays, see the final demonstration in the above example. + +\section{Presentation structure}\label{sec:structure} +\subsection{Making sections}\label{sec:section} +\DescribeMacro{\section} +This section describes the |\section| command which provides a way +to structure a presentation. +\begin{command} + `\cs{section}\oarg{options}\marg{section title}' +\end{command} +This command will produce a slide with \meta{section title} on it +and will also use this text to create sections in the table of +contents and in the bookmarks list. There are several \meta{options} +to control its output. + +\DescribeOption{tocsection} This option controls the creation of a +section in the table of contents. The preset value is |true|. +\begin{description} +\item\option{tocsection=true}\\ +This does create a section in the table of contents. This means that +all following slides, until the next section, will be nested under +this section. +\item\option{tocsection=false}\\ +This does not create a section in the table of contents and hence +the section will be listed as an ordinary slide. +\item\option{tocsection=hidden}\\ +This does create a section in the table of contents, but this is +only visible when you view a slide that is part of this section. +This could be used to append a section to the presentation which you +can discuss if there is some extra time. +\end{description} + +\DescribeOption{slide} This option controls whether the |\section| +command creates a slide. The preset value is |true|. +\begin{description} +\item\option{slide=true}\\ +A slide is created. +\item\option{slide=false}\\ +No slide will be created. If also |tocsection| is |false|, the +|\section| command doesn't do anything. If it does create a table of +contents section (|tocsection=| |true| or |hidden|), its link will +point to the first slide in the section as the section itself +doesn't have a slide. +\end{description} + +\DescribeOption{template} This option can be used to make the +section slide with another template. By default, a normal |slide| +environment is used to create the section slide, but if a style +offers other templates that could be used for this purpose (for +instance, the |wideslide| environment), then you can use this option +to select that template. See section~\ref{sec:styles} for an +overview of the available templates with every style. + +Finally, all options available to normal slides are available to +slides created by |\section| as well (see section~\ref{sec:slides}). +However, when the section does make a |tocsection|, |toc=| or |bm=| +won't remove the table of contents entry or the bookmark +respectively. + +\subsection{Making an overview}\label{sec:tableofcontents} +\DescribeMacro{\tableofcontents} +This command creates an overview of your presentation and can only +be used on a slide. +\begin{command} + `\cs{tableofcontents}\oarg{options}' +\end{command} +There are several \meta{options} to control the output of this +command. + +\DescribeOption{type} +This option controls whether certain material (depending on the +input in the |content| option below) will be hidden or displayed in +the inactive color\index{inactive color|usage}. The preset value is +|0|. Compare with the |type| option for list environments +(section~\ref{sec:lists}). + +\begin{description} +\item\option{type=0}\\ +When material is not of the requested type as specified in the +|content| option, it will be hidden. +\item\option{type=1}\\ +As |type=0|, but instead of hiding material, it will be typeset in +the inactive color. +\end{description} + +\DescribeOption{content} +The |content| option controls which elements will be included in the +overview. The preset value is |all|. The description below assumes +that |type=0| was chosen, but the alternative text for |type=1| can +easily be deduced. + +\begin{description} +\item\option{content=all}\\ +This will display a full overview of your presentation including all +sections and slides, except the slides in hidden sections (see +section~\ref{sec:section}). +\item\option{content=sections}\\ +This displays only the sections in the presentation. +\item\option{content=currentsection}\\ +This displays the current section only. +\item\option{content=future}\\ +This displays all content starting from the current slide. +\item\option{content=futuresections}\\ +This displays all sections, starting from the current section. +\end{description} + +We finish this section with a small example that will demonstrate +how you can make a presentation that contains an overall overview of +sections in the presentation, giving a general idea of the content, +and per section a detailed overview of the slides in that section. +\begin{example} + \begin{slide}[toc=,bm=]{Overview} + \tableofcontents[content=sections] + \end{slide} + \section{First section} + \begin{slide}[toc=,bm=]{Overview of the first section} + \tableofcontents[content=currentsection,type=1] + \end{slide} + \begin{slide}{Some slide} + \end{slide} + \section{Second section} + ... +\end{example} + +\section{Miscellaneous} +\subsection{Notes}\label{sec:notes} +\DescribeEnv{note} +The |note| environment can be used to make personal notes that +accompany a slide. You can control displaying notes using the +|display| option (see section~\ref{sec:classopts}). Here is an +example. +\begin{example} + \begin{slide}{Chewing gum} + ... + \end{slide} + \begin{note}{Reminder for chewing gum} + Don't forget to mention that chewing gum is sticky. + \end{note} +\end{example} + +\subsection{Empty slides}\label{sec:emptyslides} +\DescribeEnv{emptyslide} +The |emptyslide| environment creates a totally empty slide. The text +box on the slide can be used for special things like displaying +photos. This allows for creating a dia show. Example: +\begin{example} + \begin{emptyslide}{} + \centering + \vspace{\stretch{1}} + \includegraphics[height=0.8\slideheight]{me_chewing_gum.eps} + \vspace{\stretch{1}} + \end{emptyslide} +\end{example} +The |\includegraphics| command is defined by the \pf{graphicx} +package \cite{graphics}. The |\stretch| command is used to +vertically center the picture. Both commands are described in your +favorite \LaTeX\ manual, for instance \cite{companion}. Note that +you can use the lengths |\slideheight| and |\slidewidth| to scale +pictures to fit nicely on the slide. + +\subsection{Bibliography slide}\label{sec:bib} +\DescribeEnv{thebibliography} +\pf{powerdot} redefines the standard \pf{article} +|thebibliography| environment to suppress the creation of a section +heading and running headers. All other properties are maintained. +You can do either of the next two (depending whether you are +using BiB\TeX\ or not):\\ +\begin{minipage}[t]{.49\linewidth} +\begin{example} + \begin{slide}{Slide} + \cite{someone} + \end{slide} + \begin{slide}{References} + \begin{thebibliography}{1} + \bibitem{someone} Article of someone. + \end{thebibliography} + \end{slide} +\end{example} +\end{minipage}\hfill +\begin{minipage}[t]{.49\linewidth} +\begin{example} + \begin{slide}{Slide} + \cite{someone} + \end{slide} + \begin{slide}{References} + \bibliographystyle{plain} + \bibliography{YourBib} + \end{slide} +\end{example} +\end{minipage} + +In case you have a big reference list that you want to spread over +multiple slides, have a look at the packages \pf{natbib} and +\pf{bibentry} \cite{natbib}. Using both packages allows you to do: +\begin{example} + \begin{slide}{References (1)} + \bibliographystyle{plain} + \nobibliography{YourBib} + \bibentry{someone1} + \bibentry{someone2} + \end{slide} + \begin{slide}{References (2)} + \bibentry{someone3} + \end{slide} +\end{example} +Have a look at your favorite \LaTeX\ manual for more information +about citations and bibliographies. + +\subsection{Verbatim on slides}\label{sec:verbatim}\DescribeOption{verbatim} +\pf{powerdot} has three different methods of processing slides, from +which two have mainly been developed to make the inclusion of +verbatim content\footnote{And other content that needs catcode +changes when processing.} on slides easier. These methods can be +accessed by the |method| key which is available in slide +environments and the |\pdsetup| command (see +section~\ref{sec:glopts}). +\begin{description} +\item\option{method=normal}\\ +This is the preset method for processing slides. It is fast and +allows for overlays, but it does not allow for +verbatim.\footnote{Except when it has been saved in a box outside +the slide.} +\item\option{method=direct}\\ +This method is also fast, but does not allow for overlays. Overlays +will silently be disabled. However, it does allow for verbatim +content on slides. +\item\option{method=file}\\ +This method uses a temporary file to export the slide body to and +read it back in. This method does allow for verbatim content and +overlays, but could be slow when many slides use this method because +the filesystem is used. +\end{description} + +Below is an example demonstrating the use of all three different +methods of slide processing. +\begin{example} + \documentclass{powerdot} + \usepackage{listings} + \lstnewenvironment{code}{ + \lstset{frame=single,escapeinside=`', + backgroundcolor=\color{yellow!20}, + basicstyle=\footnotesize\ttfamily} + }{} + \begin{document} + \begin{slide}{Slide 1} + Normal \pause content. + \end{slide} + \begin{slide}[method=direct]{Slide 2} + Steps 1 and 2: + \begin{code} + compute a;`\pause' + compute b; + \end{code} + \end{slide} + \begin{slide}[method=file]{Slide 3} + Steps 1 and 2: + \begin{code} + compute a;`\pause' + compute b; + \end{code} + \end{slide} + \end{document} +\end{example} +The first slide shows the default behavior for normal content. It +produces two overlays. The second slide does not produce overlays, +despite the use of the |\pause| command. This command has been +disabled by choosing the |direct| method to process the verbatim +content. The third slide has the same body as the second slide, but +now does create two overlays, because the method using a temporary +file has been chosen. Notice that we used |\pause| inside the listing, +but that it can also be used outside the listing. + +\subsection{The \cs{twocolumn} command}\label{sec:twocolumn} +\DescribeMacro{\twocolumn} +The |\twocolumn| macro allows to split content into two columns. +\begin{command} + `\cs{twocolumn}\oarg{options}\marg{left}\marg{right}' +\end{command} +This typesets \meta{left} and \meta{right} in two columns. The +dimensions of those columns can be controlled by \meta{options}. +Below are the available options. +\begin{description} +\item\DescribeOption{lineheight}\option{lineheight}\\ +If |lineheight| is specified, a line of the specified height will be +created using |\psline| in between the two columns. Example: +|lineheight=6cm|. +\item\DescribeOption{lineprop}\option{lineprop}\\ +Any \pf{pstricks} declaration to specify the line properties. Example: +\begin{example} + lineprop={linestyle=dotted,linewidth=3pt} +\end{example} +\item\DescribeOptions{lfrheight,lfrprop}\option{lfrheight,lfrprop}\\ +The first creates a frame of the specified height around the left +column. The second is as |lineprop|, but for the left frame. +\item\DescribeOptions{rfrheight,rfrprop}\option{rfrheight,rfrprop}\\ +As |lfrheight| and |lfrprop|, but for the right frame. +\item\DescribeOptions{lcolwidth,rcolwidth}\option{lcolwidth,rcolwidth}\\ +Width of the left and right columns. Both are preset to: |0.47\linewidth|. +\item\DescribeOption{frsep}\option{frsep}\\ +Space between text and the frames. Preset: |1.5mm|. +\item\DescribeOption{colsep}\option{colsep}\\ +Space between the two columns. Preset: |0.06\linewidth|. +\item\DescribeOption{topsep}\option{topsep}\\ +The extra space (additional to |\baselineskip|) between text above +the columns and the text within the columns. Preset: |0cm|. +\item\DescribeOption{bottomsep}\option{bottomsep}\\ +Idem for the bottom of the columns. Preset: |0cm|. +\item\DescribeOption{indent}\option{indent}\\ +Horizontal indent left to the left column. Preset: |0cm|. +\end{description} +The dimensions described above are represented graphically in +figure \ref{fig:twocolumndim}. +\begin{figure}[htb] +\centering +\begin{pspicture}(0,.5)(13,10.5) +\psline(0,0.5)(0,10) +\rput[tl](.05,9.95){Top} +\psframe[dimen=middle](1,9)(7,2) +\psline{C-C}(8.5,9)(11,9) +\psline{C-C}(8.5,2)(8.5,9) +\psline{C-C}(8.5,2)(11,2) +\qdisk(1.7,8.3){.1cm} +\psset{linestyle=dashed} +\psline{C-C}(1.7,8.3)(6.3,8.3) +\psline{C-C}(1.7,8.3)(1.7,3) +\psline{C-C}(6.3,5)(6.3,8.3) +\psline{C-C}(11,9)(12,9) +\psline{C-C}(11,2)(12,2) +\psline{C-C}(11,7)(12,7) +\psline{C-C}(9.2,8.3)(12,8.3) +\psline{C-C}(9.2,8.3)(9.2,3) +\rput[tl](1.75,8.25){Left column text} +\rput[tl](9.25,8.25){Right column text} +\rput[tl](.05,1){Bottom} +\psset{linestyle=dotted,dotsep=2pt} +\psline(0,8.3)(1.7,8.3) +\psline(0,9.6)(1,9.6) +\psline(0,2)(1,2) +\psline(0,1.1)(1,1.1) +\psset{linestyle=solid} +\psline{<->}(.2,8.33)(.2,9.57) +\psline{<->}(4,8.33)(4,8.97) +\psline{<->}(1.73,7)(6.27,7) +\psline{<->}(1.03,6.5)(1.67,6.5) +\psline{<->}(0.03,5.5)(1.67,5.5) +\psline{<->}(6.33,7.4)(9.17,7.4) +\psline{<->}(8.53,6.5)(9.17,6.5) +\psline{<->}(6.33,6.5)(6.97,6.5) +\psline{<->}(10.7,8.33)(10.7,8.97) +\psline{<->}(7.3,8.97)(7.3,2.03) +\psline{<->}(.2,1.13)(.2,1.97) +\psline{->}(1.7,9.3)(1.7,8.45) +\psline{<-}(9.23,7)(11,7) +\cput(4,6.6){\small 1} +\cput(11.1,6.6){\small 2} +\cput(8,7){\small 3} +\cput(7.7,3){\small 4} +\cput(4.4,8.65){\small 5} +\cput(1.35,6.1){\small 5} +\cput(8.85,6.1){\small 5} +\cput(11.1,8.65){\small 5} +\cput(6.65,6.1){\small 5} +\cput(0.6,8.95){\small 6} +\cput(0.6,5.1){\small 7} +\cput(0.6,1.55){\small 8} +\cput(1.7,9.6){\small 9} +\end{pspicture} +\begin{tabular}{c p{4cm}cl} +\multicolumn{4}{c}{Meaning of the labels}\\\hline +1&|lcolwidth|&5&|frsep|\\ +2&|rcolwidth|&6&|topsep|\\ +3&|colsep|&7&|indent|\\ +4&|lfrheight|, |rfrheight|,&8&|bottomsep|\\ +&|lineheight|&9&Reference point +\end{tabular} +\caption{Two-column dimensions.}\label{fig:twocolumndim} +\end{figure} +Important to notice is that the |\twocolumn| macro uses the current +cursor position as the reference point to position the first line of +text of the left column (see also figure \ref{fig:twocolumndim}). This +means that optional frames can extend to the text on the previous +line. Use for instance |topsep=0.3cm| in that case to add extra +space between the two lines of text. The preset value of |topsep| +is based on the situation that there is no text on top of the two +columns. In that case, it is best to locate the first line of text +of the left column at the same spot as text that is not created by +|\twocolumn| on other slides. The setting |topsep=0cm| does exactly +this. However, with a combination of |topsep| and |indent| you can +change this behavior and position the first line of text of the left +column anywhere you want. + +The |\twocolumn| macro computes the height of the construction to +position text below the construction correctly. The computation is +done by taking the maximum height of |lfrheight|, |rfrheight|, +|lineheight| (if specified) and the left and right column content. +Hence when frames nor a line is requested, |bottomsep| is the +vertical space between the lowest line of text in the columns and +the text below the columns (additional to |\baselineskip|). Here is +an example. +\begin{example} + \begin{slide}{Two columns} + Here are two columns. + \twocolumn[ + lfrprop={linestyle=dotted,linewidth=3pt}, + lfrheight=4cm,rfrheight=5cm,lineheight=3cm,topsep=0.3cm + ]{left}{right} + Those were two columns. + \end{slide} +\end{example} +Note that the use of the \pf{xkeyval} commands |\savevalue| and +|\usevalue| \index{savevalue=\verb!*+\savevalue+|usage} +\index{usevalue=\verb!*+\usevalue+|usage} could be handy here, for +instance for copying the properties of the left frame to the right +frame. This avoids typing them twice and avoids making errors +resulting in different frames. See an example below. +\begin{example} + \twocolumn[ + \savevalue{lfrheight}=3cm, + \savevalue{lfrprop}={ + linestyle=dotted,framearc=.2,linewidth=3pt}, + rfrheight=\usevalue{lfrheight}, + rfrprop=\usevalue{lfrprop} + ]{left}{right} +\end{example} +See the \pf{xkeyval} documentation \cite{xkeyval} for more +information about |\savevalue| and |\usevalue|. + +\section{Available styles}\label{sec:styles} +\pf{powerdot} comes with a number of styles which are listed in the +overview below. The characteristics of each style are described +shortly and a sample of a title slide and a normal slide is provided +for each style. Styles support the |wideslide| environment, have a +table of contents on the left part of the paper in landscape +orientation and on the bottom part in portrait orientation and +support portrait orientation unless states otherwise. +\begin{description} +\item\pf{default}\\ +This style provides six different palettes. A flower in the top left +corner decorates the slides for all palettes. The default palette is +\texttt{blue} which has as main colors light blue and white. You can +see an example of that palette below. Other available palettes are +\texttt{red}, \texttt{green}, \texttt{yellow}, \texttt{brown} and +\texttt{purple}.\\ +\styleexample{default} +\item\pf{simple}\\ +This is a simple style in black and white. This style could be +useful if you want to print your slides.\\ +\styleexample{simple} +\item\pf{tycja}\\ +This style is set in shades of yellow and dark blue. The table of +contents on slides is on the right side of the paper in landscape +orientation and on the bottom part in portrait.\\ +\styleexample{tycja} +\item\pf{ikeda}\\ +This style uses dark shades of red and blue and a light text color. +It has nice patterns on the slide for decoration.\\ +\styleexample{ikeda} +\item\pf{fyma}\\ +This style was originally created by Laurent Jacques for +\pf{prosper}. Based on that style, he created a version for +\pf{HA-prosper} with extended features. With his kind permission, +this style has been converted by Shun'ichi J. Amano for +\pf{powerdot}. The style has an elegant design with a light blue and +white gradient background in the default \texttt{blue} palette. +Other available palettes are \texttt{green}, \texttt{gray}, +\texttt{brown} and \texttt{orange}. It has special templates for +sections on slides and sections on wide slides. Below is a sample of +the blue palette.\\ +\styleexample{fyma} +\item\pf{ciment}\\ +This style was originally created by Mathieu Goutelle for +\pf{prosper} and \pf{HA-prosper}. With his kind permission, this style +has been converted for \pf{powerdot}. The style has a background +that is hatched with light gray horizontal lines. Titles and table +of contents highlighting are done with dark red.\\ +\styleexample{ciment} +\item\pf{elcolors}\\ +This is a style using light shades of the elementary colors red, +blue and yellow.\\ +\styleexample{elcolors} +\item\pf{aggie}\\ +This style was created by Jack Stalnaker for \pf{HA-prosper} and he +has converted this style for \pf{powerdot}. The style uses dark red +and light brown colors.\\ +\styleexample{aggie} +\item\pf{husky}\\ +This style is created by Jack Stalnaker and has a background of +light gray sun beams combined with dark red highlights.\\ +\styleexample{husky} +\item\pf{sailor}\\ +This style is contributed by Mael Hill\'ereau and supplies five +different palettes: \texttt{Sea} (the default), \texttt{River}, +\texttt{Wine}, \texttt{Chocolate} and \texttt{Cocktail}. Below is a +sample of the palette \texttt{Sea}.\\ +\styleexample{sailor} +\item\pf{upen}\\ +This style has a nice dark blue background and text in yellow. It is +contributed by Piskala Upendran.\\ +\styleexample{upen} +\item\pf{bframe}\\ +The \pf{bframe} style has blue frames on the slide in which text is +positioned. The style is contributed by Piskala Upendran.\\ +\styleexample{bframe} +\item\pf{horatio}\\ +The \pf{horatio} style has been contributed by Michael Lundholm and +is a more conservative blue style.\\ +\styleexample{horatio} +\item\pf{paintings}\\ +This is a simple style without a table of contents on slides. It has +been contributed by Thomas Koepsell and provides 10 different +palettes. The colors used in the palettes are drawn from famous +paintings.\footnote{The style defines a color \texttt{pdcolor7} +which is not used in the style but comes from the same painting and +complements the other colors. It can be used, for example, to +highlight text against the main background color.} If you are +interested, open the style file to read which paintings have been +used. The available palettes are: \texttt{Syndics} (the default), +\texttt{Skater}, \texttt{GoldenGate}, \texttt{Lamentation}, +\texttt{HolyWood}, \texttt{Europa}, \texttt{Moitessier}, +\texttt{MayThird}, \texttt{PearlEarring} and \texttt{Charon} (all +case sensitive). Below is a sample of the \texttt{Syndics} +palette.\\ +\styleexample{paintings} +\item\pf{klope}\\ +The \pf{klope} style implements a horizontal table of contents that +only lists the sections. The style is available in the following +palettes: \texttt{Spring}, \texttt{PastelFlower}, \texttt{BlueWater} +and \texttt{BlackWhite}. The \texttt{Spring} palette is the default +and you can see a sample of that below.\\ +\styleexample{klope} +\item\pf{jefka}\\ +The \pf{jefka} style comes with four palettes: \texttt{brown} (the +default), \texttt{seagreen}, \texttt{blue} and \texttt{white}. Below +you see a sample of the \texttt{brown} palette.\\ +\styleexample{jefka} +\item\pf{pazik}\\ +This style is available in two palettes: \texttt{red} and +\texttt{brown}. Below is a sample of the default \texttt{red} +palette.\\ +\styleexample{pazik} +\end{description} + +\section{Compiling your presentation}\label{sec:compiling} +\subsection{Dependencies}\label{sec:dependencies} +In table \ref{tab:dependencies} is a list of packages that +\pf{powerdot} uses to perform specific tasks. Dependencies of +packages in this table are not listed. In the table, `required' +means that you should have a version \emph{at least} as new as +listed and `tested' means that \pf{powerdot} was tested with this +version, but that it could equally well work with an older or newer +version than the one listed in the table. So, when trying to solve +an error, first concentrate on solving version issues for the +`required' packages. To find out which version of a package you are +currently using, put |\listfiles| on the first line of your +document, run it with \LaTeX, open the |.log| file and read the file +list (see a \LaTeX\ manual for more information). If you need to +update a package, you can get it from CTAN \cite{CTAN}. +\begin{table}[htb] +\centering +\begin{tabular}{e} +Package/file & Version & Date & Required/tested\\\hline +\pf{xkeyval} \cite{xkeyval} & 2.5c & 2005/07/10 & required\\ +\texttt{pstricks.sty} \cite{PSTricksWeb,PSTricks} & 0.2l & 2004/05/12 & required\\ +\pf{xcolor} \cite{xcolor} & 1.11 & 2004/05/09 & required\\ +\pf{enumitem} \cite{enumitem} & 1.0 & 2004/07/19 & required\\ +\pf{article} class & 1.4f & 2004/02/16 & tested\\ +\pf{geometry} \cite{geometry} & 5.x & 2010/10/07 & tested\\ +\pf{hyperref} \cite{hyperref} & 6.74m & 2003/11/30 & tested\\ +\pf{graphicx} \cite{graphics} & 1.0f & 1999/02/16 & tested\\ +\pf{verbatim} & 1.5q & 2003/08/22 & tested +\end{tabular} +\caption{Dependencies}\label{tab:dependencies} +\end{table} + +\subsection{Creating and viewing output}\label{sec:creation} +To compile your presentation, run it with \LaTeX. The DVI that is +produced this way can be viewed with MiK\TeX's DVI viewer +YAP.\footnote{Unless you are using \pf{pstricks-add} which distorts +the coordinate system in DVI.} Unfortunately, xdvi and kdvi (kile) +do not support all PostScript specials and hence these will display +the presentation incorrectly. If your DVI viewer does support +this, make sure that your DVI display settings match that of the +presentation. In case you are using the |screen| paper, you should +set the DVI display setting to using the letter paper format. If +your DVI viewer allows for custom paper formats, use 8.25 inch by 11 +inch. + +Note that certain things that are produced with PostScript or PDF +techniques will not work in a DVI viewer. Examples are hiding of +material via postscript layers (as is done, for instance, by +|\pause|, see section~\ref{sec:overlays}) and hyperlinks, for +instance in the table of contents. + +If you want to produce a postscript document, run dvips over the DVI +\emph{without any particular command line options related to +orientation or paper size}. \pf{powerdot} will write information to +the DVI file that helps dvips and ps2pdf (ghostscript) to create a +proper document. If you have some reason that this does not work for +you and you want to specify the paper and orientation yourself, you +should use the |nopsheader| option that is described in +section~\ref{sec:setup}. The PostScript document could, for +instance, be used to put multiple slides on a page using the |psnup| +utility. + +To create a PDF document for your presentation, run ps2pdf over the +PS file created with dvips. Also here, you can \emph{leave out any +command line arguments related to paper size or orientation}. If +this is problematic for you somehow, use the |nopsheader| option as +before and specify the paper and orientation at each intermediate +step yourself. + +\section{Creating your own style}\label{sec:writestyle} +\subsection{General information} +Writing or customizing \pf{powerdot} styles is simple. If you want +to modify a style or build a new one, locate the style that you want +to use as basis in your \TeX\ tree (styles are named as +|powerdot-<style_name>.sty|), copy that and rename it as to avoid +license\footnote{The \LaTeX\ Public Project License requires +renaming files when modifying them, see +\url{http://www.latex-project.org/lppl}.} or naming conflicts. You +might want to install the new style in your local \TeX\ tree to be +able to access it from any place on your hard drive. See your +\LaTeX\ distribution for more information. + +Once that has been taken care of, we can start creating the style. +We strongly recommend to study a style file (for example, +|powerdot-default.sty|) while reading the remainder of this section +as it provides good examples for the content of this section. + +A style has several components. We describe these components below. +\begin{description} +\item\textbf{Identification and packages}\\ +This identifies the package in the log of a presentation and loads +all required packages. The \pf{default} style contains something like: +\begin{example} + \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01] + \ProvidesPackage{powerdot-default}[2005/10/09 v1.2 default style (HA)] + \RequirePackage{pifont} +\end{example} +See for more information about these commands a \LaTeX\ manual, for +instance \cite{companion}. +\item\textbf{Palette or color definitions}\\ +This section contains the definitions of palettes or colors that you +want to use in the style. \pf{powerdot} uses \pf{xcolor} (via +\pf{pstricks}). Hence, for more information about colors, see the +\pf{xcolor} documentation. We will discuss palettes in more detail +in section~\ref{sec:defpals}. +\item\textbf{Template definitions}\\ +We will come back to this in sections~\ref{sec:deftemps} +to~\ref{sec:defbg}. +\item\textbf{Custom declarations}\\ +These can include anything that you want to be part of the style. +The \pf{default} style, for instance, includes definitions for the labels +in list environments like |itemize| and some initializations for +lists in general (done with |\pdsetup|, see +section~\ref{sec:pdsetup}). This part could also include some +customizations as described in section~\ref{sec:specialtemps}. +\item\textbf{Font initializations}\\ +This initializes font definitions (which can be done by +loading a package like \pf{helvet}). +\end{description} + +\subsection{Defining palettes}\label{sec:defpals} +We will be defining templates formally in +section~\ref{sec:deftemps}. For now, it's enough to have the general +idea that a template controls the design of a slide. Palettes are +sets of colors that color a template or design. A palette does not +change the overall design of a template. + +\DescribeMacro{\pddefinepalettes} +The following command can be used to define palettes for your style. +\begin{command} + `\cs{pddefinepalettes}\marg{name1}\marg{cmds1}\dots' +\end{command} +This macro takes \emph{any} even number of mandatory arguments with +a minimum of two. For every \meta{name}, a set of \meta{commands} +can be given which define the palette with name \meta{name}. These +commands can define colors with names |pdcolor1|, |pdcolor2|, +etcetera. These colors can be used when designing the template (see +section~\ref{sec:deftemps}). |pdcolor1| will always be used as text +color. + +The user can access these palettes via the |palette| key for the +|\pdsetup| command (see section~\ref{sec:pdsetup}). If the user does +not specify a palette, the first palette defined when compiling the +presentation, will be used. Here is an example for defining 2 +palettes. +\begin{example} + \pddefinepalettes{reds}{ + \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{1,0,0} + \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{1,.1,0} + \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{1,.2,0} + }{greens}{ + \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{0,1,0} + \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.1,1,0} + \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.2,1,0} + } +\end{example} +In this example, the |reds| palette is the default one. For more +information about |\definecolor|, see the documentation of the +\pf{xcolor} package \cite{xcolor}. + +Notice that it is not necessary to use the names |pdcolor2|, +|pdcolor3| etcetera as color names. But if these colors are defined, +\pf{powerdot} will use them, for instance, in the random dots +feature (see section~\ref{sec:glopts}). The flexibility adds extra +possibilities in setting up templates and palettes. See for an +example of its use, the \pf{klope} style. + +\subsection{Defining templates}\label{sec:deftemps} +We start off with a definition of what a template is. A template is +a collection of settings for slide components together with custom +definitions, which controls the visual appearance of a slide. A +style can contain multiple templates. + +\begin{command} + `\cs{pddefinetemplate}\oarg{basis}\marg{name}\marg{options}\marg{commands}' +\end{command} +\DescribeMacro{\pddefinetemplate} +This defines the environment \meta{name} to produce a slide with +characteristics determined by \meta{basis}, \meta{options} and +\meta{commands}. We will discuss these elements in more detail +in the coming sections. + +If you want to create several templates that differ only slightly +from each other, define a \meta{basis} template, and then use it to +define other templates. All \meta{options} and \meta{commands} for +the new template \meta{name} will be appended to the existing list +of \meta{options} and \meta{commands} from the \meta{basis} +template. + +Make sure you choose a \emph{proper} name for the template, and +avoid redefining existing templates or environments. \pf{powerdot} +defines |blackslide|, |note| and |emptyslide| internally, so you +shouldn't use these names unless you know what you're doing. +Furthermore, each style needs to define at least the templates +|slide| and |titleslide|. The |titleslide| environment will be used +to create the title slide and |slide| will (by default) also be used +to create section slides. Titles and sections are a bit special in +the way they use the \meta{options} and will be discussed in more +detail in section~\ref{sec:specialtemps}. + +\subsection{Controlling setup} +\DescribeOption{ifsetup} +The \meta{options} (keys) are described in the following sections. +You can control how these options apply to the various setups by +using the |ifsetup| key. Any key appearing before the first +|ifsetup| declaration in \meta{options} will apply to every possible +setup. Once the |ifsetup| key is used, then all subsequent key +declarations will apply \textit{only} to the setups declared in the +|ifsetup| key. The |ifsetup| key can be used multiple times. + +By possible setups, we mean the allowed values of the |mode|, +|paper|, |orient|, and |display| keys that are described in +section~\ref{sec:classopts}. If a value (or values!) for any of +these four keys is not specified in a |ifsetup| declaration, then +all subsequent key declarations will apply to any layout of that +type. Consider the following as an example. +\begin{example}[numbers=left,numberstyle=\tiny\ttfamily, + escapeinside=`',numbersep=1em,xleftmargin=1em] + ... + textpos={.2\slidewidth,.3\slideheight}, + ifsetup={portrait,screen}, + textpos={.3\slidewidth,.2\slideheight} + ... + ifsetup=landscape, + ... + ifsetup, + ... +\end{example} +Assuming there was no |ifsetup| declaration before the first +|textpos| declaration, this first |textpos| will apply to every +possible setup. However, for the screen format in portrait +orientation, the next |textpos| declaration will be used. In fact, +all declarations that appear until we switch to the next |ifsetup| +(which specifies all paper sorts and only landscape orientation) +will be used in the portrait screen layout. All keys after the next +|ifsetup| declaration will be used in landscape orientation, +\emph{with any paper, mode and display}. If, after declaring some +specializations, you want to switch back to settings that apply to +all possible setups, set |ifsetup| to empty as is done in the +example. All subsequent declarations will then again be applied +under any setup. + +The following command is a stand-alone implementation of the +mechanism described above. It allows you to control the setup +outside the \meta{options} argument of the |\pddefinetemplate| +command. +\begin{command} + `\cs{pdifsetup}\marg{desired}\marg{true}\marg{false}' +\end{command} +\DescribeMacro{\pdifsetup} +This macro executes \meta{true} when the setup that the user chose +matches with the \meta{desired} setup, \meta{false} in all other cases. +For instance, if the user has chosen landscape, then +\begin{example} + \pdifsetup{landscape}{yes}{no} +\end{example} +will typeset |yes|. If the user would have chosen portrait instead, +then |no| would have been typeset. + +This macro can be used to check setup requests from the user and, +for instance, generate an error if a certain setup is not supported +by your style. \pf{powerdot} provides one predefined error message +which can be used in one of the first lines of your style. +\begin{command} + `\cs{pd@noportrait}' +\end{command} +\DescribeMacro{\pd@noportrait} +This macro generates an error when the user requests portrait +orientation. Notice that the handout mode only works in portrait +orientation. This macro takes that into account and doesn't generate +an error in the case that the user requested a handout. + +\subsection{Main components}\label{sec:maincomps} +The \meta{options} control several key components of a slide. Every +component has several properties. A key that can be used in the +\meta{options} argument is the name of the component postfixed by +its property that you want to control. + +The components |title|, |text|, |toc|, |stoc| and |ntoc| have +properties |hook|, |pos|, |width| and |font|. Additionally, the +|text| component has a |height| property. The components |lf|, |cf| and +|rf| have properties |hook|, |pos|, |temp| and |font|. Hence, +examples of valid keys are |titlefont|, |tocpos| and |lftemp|. All +components and properties will be discussed below. + +Here is an overview of the components that can be controlled from +the \meta{options} argument in |\pddefinetemplate|. +\begin{description} +\item\DescribeOption{title-}\option{title-}\\ +The slide title. +\item\DescribeOption{text-}\option{text-}\\ +The main text box on the slide. +\item\DescribeOption{toc-}\option{toc-}\\ +The (full) table of contents on a slide containing sections and +slides. +\item\DescribeOption{stoc-}\option{stoc-}\\ +This is a table of contents containing only the sections. See also +|ntoc| below. +\item\DescribeOption{ntoc-}\option{ntoc-}\\ +This is a table of contents containing only the entries for the +active section. Together with |stoc|, this can be used to create a +split table of contents. In a particular template, one would usually +have a |toc|, a combination of |stoc| and |ntoc| or no table of +contents at all. +\item\DescribeOptions{lf-,cf-,rf-}\option{lf-,cf-,rf-}\\ +The left, center and right footers. +\end{description} + +Notice that all positioning of components described above will be +done with |\rput| from \pf{pstricks} \cite{PSTricksWeb,PSTricks} +internally. See the \pf{pstricks} documentation for more information +about this command. It should also be noted that all components +(except |lf|, |cf| and |rf|) put their content in a |minipage| +environment. + +Now we list all properties of the components listed above and +describe what they mean. Remember that keys are formed by combining +a component name and a property. + +\begin{description} +\item\DescribeOption{-hook}\option{-hook}\\ +This option defines the |\rput| hook that will be used when +positioning the item. This can be |tl|, |t|, |tr|, |r|, |Br|, |br|, +|b|, |bl|, |Bl|, |l|, |B| and |c|. See the \pf{pstricks} +documentation for more information. +\item\DescribeOption{-pos}\option{-pos}\\ +This defines the position of the |hook| on the paper. The lower left +corner of the paper is given by the point |{0,0}| and the upper right +corner by the point |{\slidewidth,\slideheight}|. So if you want to +position the main text box at 20\ from the left edge and 30\ from +the top edge of the paper, you have to do the following. +\begin{example} + textpos={.2\slidewidth,.7\slideheight} +\end{example} +If the position of any component has not been specified, this +component will not be placed on the slide. This gives an opportunity +to design slides without footers or table of contents, for instance. +\item\DescribeOption{-width}\option{-width}\\ +The width of the component. All component positioned by +\pf{powerdot} will be put in a surrounding |minipage| environment. +The |width| property determines the width of the |minipage|. Example: +\begin{example} + textwidth=.7\slidewidth +\end{example} +This property does not exist for the |lf|, |cf| and |rf| components. +\item\DescribeOption{-height}\option{-height}\\ +This option is only available for the |text| component. In other +words, for this property, there is only one key, namely +|textheight|. This can be used to specify the height of the +|minipage| used for the main text. This does not imply that users +are restricted to this length or that \pf{powerdot} does automatic +slide breaking. This height is only used for vertical alignments of +material, for instance by footnotes. The preset value is +|\slideheight|. +\item\DescribeOption{-font}\option{-font}\\ +This will be inserted just before the text that is about to be +typeset. This can be used to declare deviations from the main text +font and color. It can be a font declaration, like +|\large\bfseries|, but can also contain other things like +|\color{red}| or |\raggedright|. +\item\DescribeOption{-temp}\option{-temp}\\ +This property is only available for the footers (|lf|, |cf| and |rf|) and +can be used to change the template of the footers. This means that +you can, for instance, add content to the footer, besides the +content specified by the user. The default declaration by +\pf{powerdot} is the following. +\begin{example} + rftemp=\pd@@rf\ifx\pd@@rf\@empty + \else\ifx\theslide\@empty\else\ -- \fi\fi\theslide +\end{example} +Here |\pd@@rf| will contain the content of the right footer defined +by the user via the |\pdsetup| command. Similarly, |\pd@@lf| +contains the content of the left footer. The above declaration +checks whether the footer and |\theslide| are both non-empty and if +so, it inserts | -- | to separate both. +\item\DescribeOption{-orient}\option{-orient}\\ +This property is only available for the |toc|, |stoc| and |ntoc| +components. This property can be |h| or |v| and determines the +orientation of the table of contents. The preset is |v|. See +also section~\ref{sec:slidetoc} for more information about the +construction of the table of contents. +\end{description} + +\subsection{Slide toc}\label{sec:slidetoc} +The small table of contents that is placed on slides can be +controlled by four macros and several options. + +\DescribeMacro{\pd@tocslide} +\DescribeMacro{\pd@tocsection} +These macros take one argument. When building the table of contents, +\pf{powerdot} first passes the content through |\pd@tocslide| or +|\pd@tocsection|, depending on the type of entry that it is building +at that moment. You could, for instance, do +\begin{example} + \def\pd@tocslide#1{$\bullet$\ #1} + \def\pd@tocsection#1{#1} +\end{example} +which will prefix all normal entries (not the sections) with a +bullet. By default, these two macros are defined to just pass on +their argument. + +\DescribeMacro{\pd@tocdisplay} +\DescribeMacro{\pd@tochighlight} +These two macros also take one argument. After processing an entry +with the command |\pd@tocslide| or |\pd@tocsection|, \pf{powerdot} +continues building the entry by passing it through |\pd@tocdisplay|, +when the entry needs to be displayed only, or |\pd@tochighlight|, +when the entry needs to be highlighted. These macros are a little +more involved and take care of putting the content in the proper +font and color in a |minipage|. Further, |\pd@tochighlight| also +puts a box around the item. + +Notice, that by default, both the separate table of contents entries +as well as the table of contents as a whole are typeset in +|minipage| environments by these macros, in case the table of +contents is vertical. The |-width| properties then determines the +width of the table of contents and, together with |tocsecindent| and +|tocslideindent| (see below) the width of the individual entries. If +it is horizontal, only the separate entries will be in |minipage|s +and the table of contents itself not and the |-width| properties +determine only the width of the individual entries (together with +|tocsecindent| and |tocslideindent|). + +Several aspects of the process of generating the table of contents +can be controlled via the keys that are available in the +|\pddefinetemplate| command that will be described below. If these +keys do not provide enough handles to do what you want, you might +need to have a look at the two macros in the source and decide to +rewrite them in your style as to fit your needs. An example can be +found in the \pf{fyma} style. + +\begin{description} +\item\DescribeOption{tocfrsep}\option{tocfrsep}\\ +This length is the distance between the box around the content +created by the |minipage| and the highlight frame box created by +|\pd@tochighlight|. Preset: |0.5mm|. +\item\DescribeOption{tocsecsep}\option{tocsecsep}\\ +The distance inserted before a section (unless it is the +first element in the table of contents). Preset: |2ex|. +Notice that if the orientation of the table of contents is set to +vertical, this length creates a vertical skip, otherwise, it creates +a horizontal skip. +\item\DescribeOption{tocslidesep}\option{tocslidesep}\\ +The distance inserted before other entries (unless it is the +first element in the table of contents). Preset: |0ex|. Like +|tocsecsep|, the effect of this length depends on the orientation of +the table of contents. +\item\DescribeOption{tocsecindent}\option{tocsecindent}\\ +The horizontal space left to a section entry. Preset: |0pt|. +\item\DescribeOption{tocslideindent}\option{tocslideindent}\\ +The horizontal space left to a slide entry. The horizontal skip will +not be inserted left to slide entries that appear before the first +section. Preset: |0pt|. +\item\DescribeOption{tocsecm}\option{tocsecm}\\ +This is inserted just before typesetting a section. This can be used +to mark a section, for instance with a line as in the \pf{default} +style. Preset: empty. +\item\DescribeOption{toctcolor}\option{toctcolor}\\ +This is the text color used for non-highlighted elements in the +table of contents. Preset: |black|. +\item\DescribeOption{tochltcolor}\option{tochltcolor}\\ +This is the text color used for highlighted elements in the table of +contents. Preset: |white|. +\item\DescribeOption{tochlcolor}\option{tochlcolor}\\ +This is the color used for the frame behind highlighted elements. +Preset: |black|. +\end{description} + +\subsection{Miscellaneous options}\label{sec:miscoptions} +There are some options that fall outside of the scope of the previous +sections. These will be discussed here. + +\begin{description} +\item\DescribeOption{iacolor}\option{iacolor}\\ +The |iacolor| option can be used to specify the color that is used +for inactive things, produced for instance by |\onslide|, |\pause| +(see section~\ref{sec:overlays}) and |\tableofcontents| (see +section~\ref{sec:tableofcontents}). As \pf{xcolor} is used by +\pf{powerdot}, one can use special notation here, like +\begin{example} + iacolor=black!20 +\end{example} +The preset value for this key is |lightgray|. +\end{description} + +The following options control the digital clock (see +section~\ref{sec:classopts}). The clock is a form text field with +dynamic content, driven by a javascript via \pf{hyperref} text +fields. Some options for the clock work similarly as for, for +instance, the title component, but there are also special options. +\begin{description} +\item\DescribeOptions{clockhook,clockpos}\option{clockhook,clockpos}\\ +These work in the same way as the |-hook| and |-pos| properties +discussed in section~\ref{sec:maincomps}. The preset value of +|clockhook| is |tr|. +\item\DescribeOptions{clockwidth,clockheight}\option{clockwidth,clockheight}\\ +These control the width and height of the text field containing the +clock. Preset values come from \pf{hyperref} and are |3cm| and +|\baselineskip|, respectively. +\item\DescribeOption{clockcharsize}\option{clockcharsize}\\ +The size of characters of the clock. Preset: |14pt|. +\item\DescribeOption{clockalign}\option{clockalign}\\ +The alignment of the clock in the text field. |0| is left-aligned, +|1| is centered and |2| is right aligned. Preset is |2|. +\item\DescribeOption{clockcolor}\option{clockcolor}\\ +This determines the text color of the clock. The value should be a +named color. The preset value is |black|. +\end{description} + +\subsection{Template presets} +Below, we have copied the preset setting for the keys described +above. These will be used if you didn't supply other input for these +keys in a particular template. If the preset value meets your +needs, you don't have to specify it again in your style. +\begin{example} + titlehook=Bl,titlepos=,titlewidth=\slidewidth, + titlefont=\raggedright,texthook=tl,textpos=, + textwidth=\slidewidth,textfont=\raggedright, + textheight=\slideheight, + tochook=tl,tocpos=,tocwidth=.2\slidewidth, + tocfont=\tiny\raggedright, + stochook=tl,stocpos=,stocwidth=.2\slidewidth, + stocfont=\tiny\raggedright, + ntochook=tl,ntocpos=,ntocwidth=.2\slidewidth, + ntocfont=\tiny\raggedright, + tocorient=v,stocorient=v,ntocorient=v, + tocfrsep=.5mm,tocsecsep=2ex,tocslidesep=0ex, + tocsecm=,toctcolor=black,tochlcolor=black,tochltcolor=white, + tocsecindent=0pt,tocslideindent=0pt, + lfhook=Bl,lfpos=,lffont=\scriptsize,lftemp=\pd@@lf, + cfhook=B,cfpos=,cffont=\scriptsize,cftemp=\pd@@cf, + rfhook=Br,rfpos=,rffont=\scriptsize,rftemp=\pd@@rf\ifx\pd@@rf + \@empty\else\ifx\theslide\@empty\else\ -- \fi\fi\theslide, + iacolor=lightgray, + clockhook=tr,clockpos=,clockwidth=3cm,clockheight=\baselineskip, + clockcharsize=14pt,clockalign=2,clockcolor=black +\end{example} + +\subsection{The background}\label{sec:defbg} +This leaves only one argument of the |\pddefinetemplate| macro +undiscussed. This is the \meta{commands} argument. This argument can +contain any code that you want to execute \textit{after} setting the +options and \textit{before} building the slide components like the +slide title, main text, and footers. This argument is designed to +contain declarations that will build the background of a template +using, for instance, \pf{pstricks}, but it can also hold other +commands you might need for building your template. + +Important to notice is that these commands may not create \TeX\ +material as that might destroy the construction of the slide. So, if +you want to place the word `Hello' in the bottom left corner of the +slide, don't type `Hello', but make its width, height and depth +equal to zero, for instance by using \pf{pstricks}' |\rput|. +\begin{example} + \rput[bl](0,0){Hello} +\end{example} + +\subsection{Title slide, titles and sections}\label{sec:specialtemps} +As mentioned before, the style that you write needs to define at +least the templates |slide| and |titleslide|. The latter treats some +of the keys in a special way. Besides, a section slide is also done +in a special way. + +The title slide (made with |\maketitle|) puts the title with +author(s) and date in the main text box. This means that you have to +supply a position for the main text box (|textpos|). It will use the +main text font for the text (together with declarations in the +|textfont| key) for the author(s) and the date. But it will use the +declarations in |titlefont| for the title of the presentation. This +is done so that title and author(s) form a coherent block and to +make sure that long titles can push down the author(s) instead of +overwriting it. + +\DescribeMacro{\pd@slidetitle} +The |\pd@slidetitle| macro is used to typeset the slide title on +slides. This macro is comparable to for instance |\pd@tocslide|. The +macro takes one argument which is the slide title in the right font +and formatting. By default, this macro just passes on the content +for typesetting, but you could redefine this macro so do something +with its input prior to typesetting it. An example is in the +\pf{fyma} style which underlines the title after putting it in a +|minipage| to support multi line titles. + +\DescribeMacros{\pd@title,\pd@sectiontitle} +These macros are similar to |\pd@slidetitle| and typeset the title +on the title slide and the title on section slides respectively. By +default, these also pass there argument (which is the presentation +title or section title), but these can be redefined to do something +with the input prior to typesetting it, just as |\pd@slidetitle|. + +\DescribeOptions{sectemp,widesectemp} +The |\section| command uses (by default) the |slide| environment and +puts the section title in the title box with font |titlefont|. If +you want to change the default use of the |slide| environment for +sections to, for instance, the |sectionslide| environment or any +other especially designed section template, change the section +template preset in your style, using +\begin{example} + \setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide} +\end{example} +This means that if the user asks for |template=slide| in the +|\section| command, the |sectionslide| environment will be used +silently. To avoid surprises, |sectionslide| should preferably be +based on the |slide| environment. + +A similar option is available in case the user asks for +|template=wideslide|. One could for instance do the following. +\begin{example} + \setkeys[pd]{section}{widesectemp=sectionwideslide} +\end{example} +Whenever the user requests a |wideslide| to be used for a +|\section|, instead, the |sectionwideslide| environment will be +used. Other input to the |template| key by the user does not get a +special treatment. + +Notice that these keys are available in the |section| family of keys +and that you cannot use them in the |\pddefinetemplate| command. + +\subsection{Testing the style}\label{sec:styletest} +\pf{powerdot} has a test file that should test most of the style. +This test file can be produced by running \LaTeX\ over +|powerdot.dtx|. This generates |powerdot-styletest.tex| which will +help you with the testing job. Feel free to contact us when you +would like to contribute your style to \pf{powerdot}. See also +section~\ref{sec:questions}. + +\section{Using \LyX\ for presentations}\label{sec:lyx} +\LyX\ \cite{LyXWeb} is a WYSIWYM (What You See Is What You Mean) +document processor based on \LaTeX. It supports standard \LaTeX\ +classes but needs special files, called layout files, in order to +support non-standard classes such as \pf{powerdot}. + +To start using \LyX\ for \pf{powerdot} presentations, copy the +layout file |powerdot.layout| to the \LyX\ layout directory. You can +find this file in the doc tree of your \LaTeX\ installation: +\url{texmf/doc/latex/powerdot}. If you can't find it there, download +it from \url{CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/powerdot}. Once that is +done, reconfigure \LyX\ (\texttt{Edit\LyXarrow Reconfigure} and +restart \LyX\ afterwards). Now you can use the \pf{powerdot} +document class as any other supported class. Go to +\texttt{Layout\LyXarrow Document} and select \texttt{powerdot +presentation} as document class. For more information, see the \LyX\ +documentation, which is accessible from the |Help| menu. + +\subsection{How to use the layout} +The \pf{powerdot} \LyX\ layout provides some environments\footnote{Don't +confuse these with \LaTeX\ environments.} which can be used in \LyX. +Some of these environments (for instance |Title| or |Itemize|) are +natural to use since they exist also in the standard document +classes such as \pf{article}. For more information on these standard +environments, see the \LyX\ documentation. + +This section will explain how to use the \pf{powerdot} specific +environments |Slide|, |WideSlide|, |EmptySlide| and |Note|. These +environments correspond to the \pf{powerdot} environments |slide|, +|emptyslide|, |wideslide| and |note|. + +We start with a simple example. The following \LaTeX\ code +\begin{example} + \begin{slide}{Slide title} + Slide content. + \end{slide} +\end{example} +can be obtained using the following \LyX\ environments. The right +column represents the text typed into the \LyX\ window and the left +column represents the environment applied to this text). +\begin{example} + Slide Slide title + Standard Slide content. + EndSlide +\end{example} +Some remarks concerning this example. +\begin{itemize}[leftmargin=0pt,itemsep=0pt,parsep=0pt] +\item You can use the environment menu (under the menu bar, top-left +corner) to change the environment applied to text. +\item The slide title should be typed on the line of the |Slide| +environment. +\item |EndSlide| finishes the slide and its line is left blank. +\end{itemize} + +In the \LyX\ window, the |Slide| environment (that is, the slide +title) is displayed in magenta, the |WideSlide| style in green, the +|EmptySlide| style in cyan and the |Note| style in red and hence +these are easily identifiable. + +Here is another example. +\begin{example} + \begin{slide}{First slide title} + The first slide. + \end{slide} + \begin{note}{First note title} + The first note, concerning slide 1. + \end{note} + \begin{slide}{Second slide title} + The second slide. + \end{slide} +\end{example} +This can be done in \LyX\ in the following way. +\begin{example} + Slide First slide title + Standard The first slide. + Note First note title + Standard The first note, concerning slide 1. + Slide Second slide title + Standard The second slide. + EndSlide +\end{example} +This example demonstrates that it is often sufficient to insert the +|EndSlide| style after the last slide or note only. Only when you +want certain material not to be part of a slide, you need to finish +the preceding slide manually using the |EndSlide| style. Example: +\begin{example} + Slide First slide title + Standard The first slide. + EndSlide + [ERT box with some material] + Slide Second slide title + ... +\end{example} + +Options can be passed to slide environments by using +\texttt{Insert\LyXarrow Short title} in front of the slide title. +The following example uses the |direct| method (see +section~\ref{sec:verbatim}) in the short title argument (delimited by +square brackets) to allow for a |lstlisting| environment (defined by +the \pf{listings} package) within the slide content. +\begin{example} + Slide [method=direct]Example of LaTeX source code + Standard Here's the \HelloWorld command: + [ERT box: + \lstset{language=[LaTeX]TeX} + \begin{lstlisting} + \newcommand{\HelloWorld}{Hello World!} + \end{lstlisting} + ] + EndSlide +\end{example} +Note that you are not obliged to use a |verbatim| environment to +type the |\HelloWord| text into the \LyX\ window because \LyX\ +directly supports standard verbatim.\footnote{\LyX\ translates +special characters into their corresponding \LaTeX\ command. For +instance, the backslash character is translated into +\cs{textbackslash{}}. Resulting, the font is not the same as in true +verbatim and you might want to change that via the +\texttt{Layout\LyXarrow Character} dialog.} Consequently, the use of +the slide processing methods |direct| and |file| is not necessary +when you need standard verbatim, but it is necessary when doing more +advanced things, like in the example above. + +\subsection{Support of syntax} +This section lists options, commands and environments that are +supported through the \LyX\ interface directly, without using an ERT +box (\TeX-mode). + +All class options (see section~\ref{sec:classopts}) are supported +via the \texttt{Layout\LyXarrow Document} dialog (|Layout| pane). +Options for the |\pdsetup| command (see section~\ref{sec:setup}) +should be specified in the |Preamble| pane of the +\texttt{Layout\LyXarrow Document} dialog. + +Table \ref{tab:lyxcommands} lists the \pf{powerdot} commands that +are supported in \LyX. +\begin{table}[htb] +\centering +\begin{tabular}{f} +Command & Method in \LyX\\\hline +\cs{title} & Use \texttt{Title} environment.\\ +\cs{author} & Use \texttt{Author} environment.\\ +\cs{date} & Use \texttt{Date} environment.\\ +\cs{maketitle} & Managed directly by \LyX.\\ +\cs{section} & Use the \texttt{Section} environment. Options to this +command (see section~\ref{sec:section}) can be specified using +\texttt{Insert\LyXarrow Short title} in front of the section title.\\ +\cs{tableofcontents} & Use \texttt{Insert\LyXarrow Lists \& +TOC\LyXarrow Table of contents}. You will need an ERT box if you +want to use the optional argument, see below. +\end{tabular} +\caption{Supported \pf{powerdot} commands in \LyX}\label{tab:lyxcommands} +\end{table} +Table \ref{tab:lyxenvs} lists the \pf{powerdot} environments that, +besides the earlier discussed |slide|, |wideslide|, |note| and +|emptyslide| environments, are supported in \LyX. +\begin{table}[htb] +\centering +\begin{tabular}{f} +Environment & Method in \LyX\\\hline +\texttt{itemize} & Use \texttt{Itemize} and \texttt{ItemizeType1} +environments. The latter will create a list with |type=1| (see +section~\ref{sec:lists}).\\ +\texttt{enumerate} & Use \texttt{Enumerate} and +\texttt{EnumerateType1} environments.\\ +\texttt{thebibliography} & Use \texttt{Bibliography} environment. +\end{tabular} +\caption{Supported \pf{powerdot} environments in \LyX}\label{tab:lyxenvs} +\end{table} +Table \ref{tab:lyxERT} lists commands that can only be done by using +an ERT box (via \texttt{Insert\LyXarrow TeX}). +\begin{table}[ht] +\centering +\begin{tabular}{f} +Command & Method in \LyX\\\hline +\cs{and} & Within \texttt{Author} environment.\\ +\cs{pause} & \\ +\cs{item} & An ERT box is only required for the optional argument, +not mandatory for overlays specifications.\\ +\cs{onslide} & And the versions \cs{onslide+} and \cs{onslide*}.\\ +\cs{twocolumn} & \\ +\cs{tableofcontents} & Only when using the optional argument. +\end{tabular} +\caption{\pf{powerdot} commands needing an ERT box in \LyX}\label{tab:lyxERT} +\end{table} +Note that you may use the clipboard in order to repeat often used +commands like |\pause|. Finally, table \ref{tab:lyxadd} lists +additional commands and environments that are supported by the layout. +\begin{table}[htb] +\centering +\begin{tabular}{f} +Env./Command & Method in \LyX\\\hline +\texttt{quote} & Use \texttt{Quote} environment.\\ +\texttt{quotation} & Use \texttt{Quotation} environment.\\ +\texttt{verse} & Use \texttt{Verse} environment.\\ +\cs{caption} & Use \texttt{Caption} environment within standard +float environments. +\end{tabular} +\caption{Additional environments for \LyX}\label{tab:lyxadd} +\end{table} + +\subsection{Compiling with \LyX} +First of all, make sure that you have also read +section~\ref{sec:compiling}. Then, in order to get a proper +PostScript or PDF file, you have to set your \LyX\ document +properties depending on which paper and orientation you want. When +your \LyX\ document is open, go to the \texttt{Layout\LyXarrow +Document} dialog. In the \texttt{Layout} pane, put the |nopsheader|, +|orient| and |paper| keys as class options (see +section~\ref{sec:classopts} for a description). Then, go to the +|Paper| pane and select corresponding paper size and orientation +(you may choose |letter| paper in the case you set |paper=screen| in +the class options). Finally, go to the |View| (or +\texttt{File\LyXarrow Export}) menu and select your output +(PostScript or PDF). + +\subsection{Extending the layout} +If you have created a custom style (see section~\ref{sec:writestyle}) +which defines custom templates, you may want to extend the layout +file\footnote{The LPPL dictates to rename a file if you modify it as +to avoid confusion.} so that these templates are also supported in +\LyX. The explanation below assumes that you have defined a template +called |sunnyslide|. + +To support this new template in \LyX, you have to use the following +command. +\begin{command} + `\cs{pddefinelyxtemplate}\meta{cs}\marg{template}' +\end{command} +\DescribeMacro{\pddefinelyxtemplate} +This will define the control sequence \meta{cs} such that it will +create a slide with template \meta{template} (which has been defined +using |\pddefinetemplate|. This new control sequence can be used in +the layout file as follows. +\begin{example} + # SunnySlide environment definition + Style SunnySlide + CopyStyle Slide + LatexName lyxend\lyxsunnyslide + Font + Color Yellow + EndFont + Preamble + \pddefinelyxtemplate\lyxsunnyslide{sunnyslide} + EndPreamble + End +\end{example} +Note that you must begin the |LatexName| field with |lyxend|. The +definition of the \LyX\ template has been inserted in between +|Preamble| and |EndPreamble| which assures that the new \LyX\ +environment will work in every presentation. After modifying the +layout file, don't forget to restart \LyX. See for more information +about creating \LyX\ environments, the documentation of \LyX\ in the +|Help| menu. + +\section{Questions}\label{sec:questions} +\subsection{Frequently Asked Questions}\label{sec:FAQ} +This section is devoted to Frequently Asked Questions. Please read +it carefully; your problem might be solved by this section. +\begin{itemize}[leftmargin=0pt] +\question +Does \pf{powerdot} have example files? Where can I find them? +\answer +\pf{powerdot} comes with several examples that should be in the doc +tree of your \LaTeX\ installation. More precisely: +\url{texmf/doc/latex/powerdot}. If you can't find them there, +download them from \url{CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/powerdot} +\cite{CTAN}. +\question I'm getting errors or unexpected output when compiling +the simplest example! +\answer Did you read section~\ref{sec:compiling}? +\question I made a typo in the slide code, ran the file, got an +error, corrected the typo and reran, but now get an error that +doesn't go away. +\answer Remove the |.bm| and |.toc| files and try again. +\question |\pause| does not work in the |align|\footnote{There are +several environments doing similar things as \texttt{align}. Another +example is the \texttt{split} environment, but more (often from the +\pf{amsmath} package) can cause similar trouble for \cs{pause}.} +environment. +\answer |align| does several tricky things, which make it impossible +to use |\pause|. Use |\onslide| instead. See +section~\ref{sec:onslide}. +\question My \pf{pstricks} nodes appear on all overlays. Also: color +doesn't seem to work with |\onslide|. +\answer Some PostScript tricks like nodes and color do not work with +|\onslide|. Use |\onslide*| instead. See an example below. +\begin{example} + \documentclass{powerdot} + \usepackage{pst-node} + \begin{document} + \begin{slide}{Color} + \onslide*{2}{\cnode(0,-5pt){2pt}{A}} + This is {\onslide*{2-}{\color{red}} red} text. + \onslide*{2}{\cnode(0,-5pt){2pt}{B}} + \onslide{2}{\ncline{A}{B}} + \end{slide} + \end{document} +\end{example} +\question Do I need to edit style files to change a style a bit? +\answer No, you do not need to edit any style file. You can change +any part of a certain style using the |\pddefinetemplate| and +|\pddefinepalettes| commands. Here is an example that removes the +left and right footers from the \pf{default} style, places the slide +number in the center footer and adds another palette. +\begin{example} + \documentclass{powerdot} + \pddefinetemplate[slide]{slide}{ + lfpos=,rfpos=,cftemp=\theslide + }{} + \pddefinepalettes{mypalette}{ + \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.27,.31,.44} + \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.85,.85,.92} + \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.8,.75,.98} + } + \pdsetup{palette=mypalette} + \begin{document} + \begin{slide}{Title} + \end{slide} + \end{document} +\end{example} +See section~\ref{sec:writestyle} for more information about these +two commands. +\question Can I contribute to this project? +\answer +Certainly. If you find bugs\footnote{Make sure that you confirm that +the bug is really caused by \pf{powerdot} and not by another package +that you use.} or typos, please send a message to the mailinglist +(see section~\ref{sec:mailinglist}). If you have developed your own +style that is distinct from existing styles and would like to see it +included in \pf{powerdot}, please inform us by private e-mail and we +will consider your contribution. Notice that included contributions +will fall under the overall \pf{powerdot} license and copyright +notice, but that your name will be included in the documentation +when you make a contribution. This is done to guarantee that we can +adapt files if maintenance is needed. +\end{itemize} + +If your question has not been answered at this point, advance to the +next section to read where to find more answers. + +\subsection{Mailinglist}\label{sec:mailinglist} +\pf{powerdot} has a mailinglist from \url{freelists.org} and has its +website here: +\begin{center} +\url{http://www.freelists.org/list/powerdot} +\end{center} +There is a link to `List Archive'. Please search this archive before +posting a question. Your problem might already have been solved in +the past. + +If that is not the case, use the box on the page to type your e-mail +address, choose the action `Subscribe' and click `Go!'. Then follow +the instructions that arrive to you by e-mail. At a certain moment, +you can login for the first time using an authorization code sent to +you by e-mail. After logging in, you can create a password for +future sessions using the `Main Menu' button. The other buttons +provide you some info and options for your account. + +When you are all set, you can write to the list by sending an e-mail +to +\begin{center} +\url{powerdot [at] freelists [dot] org} +\end{center} + +When writing to the list, please keep in mind the following very +important issues. +\begin{enumerate}[leftmargin=0pt,itemsep=0pt,parsep=0pt] +\item We are volunteers! +\item Keep your questions related to \pf{powerdot}. +\item Always supply a \emph{minimal} example demonstrating your +problem. +\item Don't send big files over the list. +\end{enumerate} + +We hope you will enjoy this service. + +\section{Source code documentation}\label{sec:source} +In case you want regenerate the package files from the source or +want to have a look at the source code description, locate +|powerdot.dtx|, search in the file for |\OnlyDescription| and remove +that and do +\begin{example} + latex powerdot.dtx + latex powerdot.dtx + bibtex powerdot + makeindex -s gglo.ist -o powerdot.gls powerdot.glo + makeindex -s gind.ist -o powerdot.ind powerdot.idx + latex powerdot.dtx + latex powerdot.dtx +\end{example} + +\StopEventually{} + +\section{Implementation}\label{sec:imple} +\subsection{General construction} +This section explains the general idea of the class, how paper +dimensions are chosen and how slides are created. We start with the +paper. + +This class uses the same idea as \pf{prosper} and \pf{HA-prosper}, +namely that we create a background with \pf{pstricks} and position +text on it using |\rput| and some |minipage| environments. This is +easier than writing a dedicated output routine that can handle all +the material, but doesn't break pages when we don't want that. So, +when starting to write the class, we first investigated how to deal +with landscape slides and paper dimensions. + +The job of making landscape slides can be done using \pf{geometry}. +The paper dimension was more of a problem. As \LaTeX\ doesn't have +the huge fonts that we need for presentations, we need to scale the +usual fonts somehow. This could be done by using unusual paper +dimensions (as \pf{beamer} does) and hence relying on ps2pdf to cut +off all the redundant material. But this doesn't produce a usable +DVI or PS file. Instead, it was chosen to use DVI magnification. The +entire slide is magnified by a factor of 2 and only the top left +quarter of the paper is used (but you will never notice that due to +the magnification). As we already decided to place all material in +|minipage|s using |\rput|, we didn't need the page anymore and it +was easiest to use \pf{geometry} to just remove the page margins +altogether so that the bottom left corner would be |(0,0)| and the +top right corner |(\slidewidth,\slideheight)|. + +One extra remark on the paper type is necessary. We found that most +common configurations of dvips use the |A4size| code when A4 +dimensions are found. This code doesn't write an explicit PostScript +paper command in the PS document and hence programs using this PS +(like ps2pdf) don't know what paper to use and revert to the +default, which is letter paper in most cases. This, of course, is +something that we don't want and hence, \pf{powerdot} will write +these commands to the PS itself as to guarantee proper post +processing of the PS. + +Now that we made the decisions on how to create proper DVI, PS and +PDF output, the next task was to create an easy interface to +overlays. To avoid counting the overlays as is necessary with +\pf{prosper}, we implemented a system that first collects the entire +body of an environment in a macro which can be reused multiple +times. During execution of the body, the overlay commands like +|\onslide| will keep a record of the biggest number that they find +and that is the number of overlays to produce. Getting the body of +the environment is done by collecting all material up to the next +|\end| occurrence. If that control sequence has the proper argument +(namely the slide that we started with), then we stop scanning and +start processing the slide. With normal use, you will not notice +this, but when doing special tricks like hiding |\end{slide}| in a +macro, the process will fail as it relies on finding |\end{slide}| +in the input stream without doing expansions. Often a work around +can be found though. Have a look for instance at how |\section| +creates a slide. + +The next task was to provide a simple way to create templates. As +the class is based on the idea of having a background with some +material spread out over it, the template system follows this idea. +One argument can be used to create the background, the other +argument controls, via keys and options, several properties of the +material that should be placed. By adding an |ifsetup| key, full +control could be gained over the design of the template in every +possible setup chosen by the user. + +The final task for the class was to fill in all the `details'. All +the mechanisms were present, but sometimes they should not be +active. For instance, overlays should not be created in handout +mode. Other things to add to the class were counter protection on +overlays, handles to the layout of the slide number, footnotes, a +bibliography environment, empty slides, etcetera. + +We hope that this section has made clear a little bit what you will +be seeing when reading the next section with coding and why we chose +to do it this way. + +\bibliographystyle{plain} +\bibliography{powerdot} + +\section*{Acknowledgements} +The authors are grateful to Mael Hill\'ereau for contributing the +\LyX\ layout file and description. Further, we like to thank all +style contributors (see section~\ref{sec:styles}). Moreover, we wish +to thank everyone who contributed to this package in any other +way.\\[1em] +\hspace*{\stretch{1}} +\begin{minipage}{.9\linewidth} +Ramon van den Akker, Pavel \v C\'i\v zek, Darren Dale, Hans Marius +Eikseth, Morten H\o gholm, Andr\'as Horv\'ath, Laurent Jacques, Akira +Kakuto, Uwe Kern, Kyanh, Theo Stewart, Don P. Story and Herbert Vo\ss. +\end{minipage} +\hspace*{\stretch{1}}\\[1em] +We hope not to have forgotten anyone. + +\PrintChangesX\PrintIndexX + +\end{document} + diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/powerdot/powerdot.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/powerdot/powerdot.dtx deleted file mode 100644 index 1e416ea1c24..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/powerdot/powerdot.dtx +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8625 +0,0 @@ -% \iffalse meta-comment -% -% powerdot class by Hendri Adriaens and Christopher Ellison. -% -% Extract package files and create documentation: -% latex powerdot.dtx -% latex powerdot.dtx -% bibtex powerdot -% makeindex -s gglo.ist -o powerdot.gls powerdot.glo -% makeindex -s gind.ist -o powerdot.ind powerdot.idx -% latex powerdot.dtx -% latex powerdot.dtx -% -% If you also want to generate the source code documentation, -% remove \OnlyDescription from the preamble of powerdot.dtx -% prior to compiling the source. -% -% To generate style examples, do -% (after extracting powerdot-styleexample.tex): -% latex "\def\style{default}\input{powerdot-styleexample}" -% latex "\def\style{default}\input{powerdot-styleexample}" -% dvips -i powerdot-styleexample -o powerdot-styleexample-default.ps -% Do this for all available styles (replace `default' by any -% other style name) to generate .001 and .002 files which -% will be included by the documentation. -% -%% --------------------------------------------------------------- -%% Copyright (C) 2005-2010 Hendri Adriaens and Christopher Ellison -%% --------------------------------------------------------------- -%% -%% Version 1.4a prepared by Herbert Voss -%% -%% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the -%% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 -%% of this license or (at your option) any later version. -%% The latest version of this license is in -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX -%% version 2003/12/01 or later. -%% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -%% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Hendri Adriaens. -%% -%% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. -%% -% \fi -% -% \iffalse -%<*batchfile> -\begingroup -\input docstrip -\keepsilent -\preamble -\endpreamble -\askforoverwritefalse -\generate{ - \file{powerdot.cls}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{powerdot}} - \file{powerdot-default.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pddefault}} - \file{powerdot-tycja.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdtycja}} - \file{powerdot-ikeda.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdikeda}} - \file{powerdot-fyma.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdfyma}} - \file{powerdot-simple.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdsimple}} - \file{powerdot-ciment.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdciment}} - \file{powerdot-elcolors.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdelcolors}} - \file{powerdot-aggie.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdaggie}} - \file{powerdot-husky.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdhusky}} - \file{powerdot-sailor.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdsailor}} - \file{powerdot-upen.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdupen}} - \file{powerdot-bframe.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdbframe}} - \file{powerdot-horatio.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdhoratio}} - \file{powerdot-paintings.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdpaintings}} - \file{powerdot-klope.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdklope}} - \file{powerdot-jefka.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdjefka}} - \file{powerdot-pazik.sty}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdpazik}} - \file{powerdot-styletest.tex}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdstyletest}} - \file{powerdot-styleexample.tex}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdstyleexample}} - \file{powerdot-example1.tex}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdexample1}} - \file{powerdot-example2.tex}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdexample2}} - \file{powerdot-example3.tex}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{pdexample3}} - \file{pdpream.ble}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{preamble}} - \file{powerdot.bib}{\from{powerdot.dtx}{bib}} -} -\endgroup -%</batchfile> -%<*driver> -\documentclass[a4paper]{ltxdoc} -\input{pdpream.ble} -\OnlyDescription -%\EnableCrossrefs -\def\fileversion{v1.4a} -\def\filedate{2010/10/07} -\begin{document} -\DocInput{powerdot.dtx} -\let\Section\section\def\section*#1{\Section*{#1}\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{#1}} -\bibliographystyle{plain} -\bibliography{powerdot} -\section*{Acknowledgements} -The authors are grateful to Mael Hill\'ereau for contributing the -\LyX\ layout file and description. Further, we like to thank all -style contributors (see section~\ref{sec:styles}). Moreover, we wish -to thank everyone who contributed to this package in any other -way.\\[1em] -\hspace*{\stretch{1}} -\begin{minipage}{.9\linewidth} -Ramon van den Akker, Pavel \v C\'i\v zek, Darren Dale, Hans Marius -Eikseth, Morten H\o gholm, Andr\'as Horv\'ath, Laurent Jacques, Akira -Kakuto, Uwe Kern, Kyanh, Theo Stewart, Don P. Story and Herbert Vo\ss. -\end{minipage} -\hspace*{\stretch{1}}\\[1em] -We hope not to have forgotten anyone. - -\PrintChangesX\PrintIndexX -\end{document} -%</driver> -% \fi -% -% \changes{v1.0}{2005/09/04}{Initial release} -% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Fixed some small bugs} -% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Added \texttt{tocsecindent} and -% \texttt{tocslideindent} options} -% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Added \pf{elcolors}, \pf{aggie}, \pf{husky} -% and \pf{sailor} styles} -% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Changed \texttt{size\protect\equals 10} -% to \texttt{size\protect\equals 10pt}} -% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Added \LyX\ layout, description and example} -% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Added graphical examples of styles to documentation} -% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Improved section title handling} -% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{\texttt{blackslide} options adds hyperlink -% to slide and section titles} -% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Extended FAQ} -% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Improved \pf{tycja}, \pf{ciment} and \pf{fyma} styles} -% \changes{v1.2}{2005/10/09}{Added \pf{upen} and \pf{bframe} styles} -% \changes{v1.2}{2005/10/09}{Solved some small bugs} -% \changes{v1.2}{2005/10/09}{Simplified coding of most styles} -% \changes{v1.2}{2005/10/09}{Speeded up compilations} -% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Solved some small bugs} -% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Improved \texttt{figure} and \texttt{table} handling} -% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added \pf{horatio}, \pf{paintings}, \pf{klope}, \pf{jefka} -% and \pf{pazik} styles} -% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added palettes feature} -% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added random dots feature} -% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added optional argument to \cs{maketitle}} -% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added clock feature} -% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Updated all styles} -% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added palettes to \pf{default}, \pf{fyma} and \pf{sailor} styles} -% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Revised docs} -% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Updated \LyX\ example and information} -% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Cleaned up options} -% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added possibility to create horizontal table of contents} -% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added logo feature} -% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added examples and example file} -% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Added two slide processing methods to do verbatim on slides easily} -% \changes{v1.4}{2005/12/10}{Moved \texttt{lf} and \texttt{rf} keys from -% \texttt{global} to \texttt{glslide} family} -% \changes{v1.4}{2005/12/10}{Added \texttt{cf} option} -% \changes{v1.4}{2005/12/10}{Updated styles} -% \changes{v1.4}{2005/12/10}{Solved some small bugs} -% \changes{v1.4}{2005/12/10}{Moved footers out of slide box in handout mode} -% \changes{v1.4a}{2010/10/07}{fixed bug with geometry 5.x (hv)} -% -% -% \CharacterTable -% {Upper-case \A\B\C\D\E\F\G\H\I\J\K\L\M\N\O\P\Q\R\S\T\U\V\W\X\Y\Z -% Lower-case \a\b\c\d\e\f\g\h\i\j\k\l\m\n\o\p\q\r\s\t\u\v\w\x\y\z -% Digits \0\1\2\3\4\5\6\7\8\9 -% Exclamation \! Double quote \" Hash (number) \# -% Dollar \$ Percent \% Ampersand \& -% Acute accent \' Left paren \( Right paren \) -% Asterisk \* Plus \+ Comma \, -% Minus \- Point \. Solidus \/ -% Colon \: Semicolon \; Less than \< -% Equals \= Greater than \> Question mark \? -% Commercial at \@ Left bracket \[ Backslash \\ -% Right bracket \] Circumflex \^ Underscore \_ -% Grave accent \` Left brace \{ Vertical bar \| -% Right brace \} Tilde \~} -% -%\title{\vspace*{-2cm}\mktitledecor The \pf{powerdot} class -%\thanks{This class can be downloaded from the CTAN mirrors: -%\texttt{/macros/latex/contrib/powerdot}. See \texttt{powerdot.dtx} for -%information on installing \pf{powerdot} into your \LaTeX\ -%distribution and for the license of this class.}} -%\author{Hendri Adriaens\and Christopher Ellison} -%\date{\fileversion\ (\filedate)} -%\maketitle -% -%\begin{abstract}\noindent -%\pf{powerdot} is a presentation class for \LaTeX\ that allows for -%the quick and easy development of professional presentations. It -%comes with many tools that enhance presentations and aid the -%presenter. Examples are automatic overlays, personal notes and a -%handout mode. To view a presentation, DVI, PS or PDF output can be -%used. A powerful template system is available to easily develop new -%styles. A \LyX\ layout file is provided. -%\end{abstract} -% -%\begin{multicols}{2} -%[\section*{Contents} -%\setlength{\columnseprule}{.4pt} -%\setlength{\columnsep}{18pt}] -%\tableofcontents -%\end{multicols} -% -%\newpage -%\section{Introduction}\label{sec:intro} -%This class gives you the possibility to easily create professionally -%looking slides. The class is designed to make the development of -%presentations as simple as possible so that you can concentrate on -%the actual content instead of keeping yourself busy with technical -%details. Of course, some knowledge of \LaTeX\ is still required -%though. -% -%This class builds on and extends the \pf{prosper} class -%\cite{prosper} and the \pf{HA-prosper} package \cite{HA-prosper}. -%The \pf{HA-prosper} package was initially intended to extend -%\pf{prosper} and correct some bugs and problems of that class. As -%developments on that package progressed, it was found that -%unfortunately, not all of the problems could be overcome with the -%package. That discovery was the start of a new project set up to -%make a new class to replace the \pf{prosper} plus \pf{HA-prosper} -%combination. You're currently reading the result of that project. -% -%The remainder of this section will be devoted to giving a feel of -%what the \pf{powerdot} presentation source looks like and giving an -%overview of this documentation. -% -%The document structure of a presentation is always the same. You can -%find it in the example below. -% -%\begin{example} -% \documentclass[<class options>]{powerdot} -% \pdsetup{<presentation options>} -% \begin{document} -% \begin{slide}{a slide} -% Contents of the slide. -% \end{slide} -% \section{first section} -% \begin{slide}[<slide options>]{another slide} -% Contents of the slide. -% \end{slide} -% \begin{note}{personal note} -% The note. -% \end{note} -% \end{document} -%\end{example} -% -%There are several elements that define the document structure. First -%of all, the class accepts some class options that control the output -%of the class, for instance, paper type and style. These class -%options will be discussed in section~\ref{sec:classopts}. Then there -%are presentation specific options which control some of the elements -%of the presentation globally, for instance, the footers. These will -%be discussed in section~\ref{sec:pdsetup}. -% -%Once the setup has been decided on, you can use the slide -%environment to produce slides (see section~\ref{sec:slides}) and the -%note environment to produce notes that go with the slides (see -%section~\ref{sec:notes}). You can use overlays to display material -%in steps. This is described in section~\ref{sec:overlays}. The -%|\section| command provides a way to structure your presentation. -%This is discussed in section~\ref{sec:structure}. -%Section~\ref{sec:styles} will show an overview of the styles that -%come with this class and the characteristics of each style. -%Section~\ref{sec:compiling} will tell you more about how to produce -%output. This section contains important information on required -%packages. -% -%Section~\ref{sec:writestyle} is mostly interesting for people that -%want to develop their own style for this class or want to modify an -%existing style. Section~\ref{sec:lyx} explains how \LyX\ -%\cite{LyXWeb} can be used to create \pf{powerdot} presentations. -%This documentation concludes with a section devoted to questions -%(section~\ref{sec:questions}), like `Where can I find examples?'. It -%also tells you where to turn to in case your questions are still not -%solved. -% -%\section{Setting up the presentation}\label{sec:setup} -%This section will describe all options that are available to control -%the output of the presentation and the looks of it. -% -%\subsection{Document class options}\label{sec:classopts} We will -%start with the class options that are typed in the |\documentclass| -%command as a comma-separated list. For each option, the preset -%value\footnote{The value that will be used when you don't use the -%option.} will be mentioned in the description. This is the value -%that will be used if you decide to not give a value to the option or -%not use the option at all. -% -%\DescribeOption{mode} -%This options controls the kind of output that we want to produce. -%The preset value is |present|. -%\begin{description} -%\item\option{mode=present}\\ -%This mode is used when you want to create the actual presentation. It -%will enable overlays and transition effects. You can read more about -%overlays in section~\ref{sec:overlays}. -%\item\option{mode=print}\\ -%This mode can be used when printing the slides including their visual -%markup, but without any overlay or transition effects. -%\item\option{mode=handout}\\ -%This mode will produce a black and white overview of your slides that -%can be used to make personal notes on, for distribution to students, -%a personal guide during your talk, etcetera. -%\begin{description} -%\item\option{nopagebreaks}\\ -%By default, the handout mode produces a document with two slides per -%page. If you want to fit more slides on a page, specify this option -%in the |\documentclass| command and \pf{powerdot} will let \LaTeX\ -%decide on the places to insert a page break, namely when a page is -%full. -%\end{description} -%\end{description} -% -%\DescribeOption{paper} This option has three possible values. The -%preset value is |screen|. -%\begin{description} -%\item\option{paper=screen}\\ -%This is a special format with screen optimized ratio (4/3). The -%actual page dimensions will be 8.25 inch by 11 inch. This paper format -%is not available for print or handout mode. In these modes, \pf{powerdot} -%will switch to a4 paper and put a warning that it did this in the -%log file of your presentation. -%\item\option{paper=a4paper}\\ -%A4 paper will be used for the presentation or handout. -%\item\option{paper=letterpaper}\\ -%Letter size paper will be used. -%\end{description} -%Some important information with respect to paper size, compiling and -%viewing presentations is available in section~\ref{sec:compiling}. -% -%\DescribeOption{orient} This controls the orientation of the -%presentation. The preset value is |landscape|. -%\begin{description} -%\item\option{orient=landscape}\\ -%The presentation will be in landscape format. This value is not -%available in handout mode. In that mode, \pf{powerdot} will switch -%to portrait orientation and will warn you about this in the log -%file. -%\item\option{orient=portrait}\\ This produces slides in portrait -%format. Notice that not all styles support portrait orientation. Please -%refer to section~\ref{sec:styles} for information about which styles -%do support the portrait orientation. -%\end{description} -% -%\DescribeOption{display} This controls the production of slides and -%notes. The preset value is |slides|. -%\begin{description} -%\item\option{display=slides}\\ -%This will only typeset the slides in your presentation. -%\item\option{display=slidesnotes}\\ -%This will typeset both the slides and the notes in your -%presentation. See also section~\ref{sec:notes} for more information -%about notes. -%\item\option{display=notes}\\ -%This will typeset the notes only. -%\end{description} -% -%Here are some more options to control the output. -%\begin{description} -%\item\DescribeOption{size}\option{size}\\ -%This is the size of the normal text font in points. Possible values -%are 8pt, 9pt, 10pt, 11pt, 12pt, 14pt, 17pt and 20pt and the preset -%value is 11pt.\footnote{Note that sizes other than 10pt, 11pt and -%12pt are non-standard and it is assumed that you have the -%\pf{extsizes} bundle \cite{extsizes} installed, which provides these -%sizes.} -%\item\DescribeOption{style}\option{style}\\ -%This controls the style to be loaded for the presentation. By -%default, the \pf{default} style will be loaded. For more styles, see -%section~\ref{sec:styles}. -%\item\DescribeOption{fleqn}\option{fleqn}\\ -%This option makes equations flushed left. It does the same as the -%equally named option for the article class. -%\item\DescribeOption{leqno}\option{leqno}\\ -%Put equation numbers at the left. Also the same as in the article -%class. -%\item\DescribeOption{nopsheader}\option{nopsheader}\\ -%By default, \pf{powerdot} will write a postscript command to the ps -%file to make sure that post processors like ps2pdf know which paper -%to use without the need to specify it on the command line. See also -%section~\ref{sec:compiling}. If you experience problems with post -%processing or printing or you want to specify the paper size in the -%post processing steps yourself, use this option. -%\item\DescribeOption{hlentries}\option{hlentries}\\ -%This highlights table of contents entries when the entry matches -%with the current slide and its preset value is |true|. See also -%section~\ref{sec:structure}. If you don't want highlighting of table -%of contents entries (for instance in print mode), use -%|hlentries=false|. -%\item\DescribeOption{hlsections}\option{hlsections}\\ -%This highlights table of contents sections when the section matches -%with the current section in the presentation and is preset to |false|. -%See also section~\ref{sec:structure}. Specifying this -%option turns highlighting of sections on. This could be useful when -%you are using a style that implements a split table of contents. -%\item\DescribeOption{blackslide}\option{blackslide}\\ -%This option inserts a black slide in the presentation on page 1 and -%will automatically advance to page 2 when opening the presentation -%in a PDF viewer like Acrobat (Reader). The option also inserts a -%link behind every slide or section title that brings you to the -%black slide when clicked. When you click anywhere in the black -%slide, you will go back to the originating slide. This option can be -%used to temporarily pause a presentation, for instance, to do a -%proof on the black board. -%\item\DescribeOptions{clock}\option{clock}\\ -%This displays a small digital clock on slides which you can use to -%check the time left for your presentation. -%\end{description} -% -%Here is an example of a |\documentclass| command. -%\begin{example} -% \documentclass[ -% size=12pt, -% paper=screen, -% mode=present, -% display=slidesnotes, -% style=tycja, -% nopagebreaks, -% blackslide, -% fleqn -% ]{powerdot} -%\end{example} -%This example sets up a presentation in \pf{tycja} style, with a black -%slide, normal size 12 points and flushed left equations. -%\begin{example} -% \documentclass[ -% size=12pt, -% paper=letterpaper, -% mode=handout, -% display=slidesnotes, -% style=tycja, -% nopagebreaks, -% blackslide, -% fleqn -% ]{powerdot} -%\end{example} -%Changing the |paper| and |mode| options, now produces a handout with -%possibly more than two slides per page due to the |nopagebreaks| -%option. -% -%\subsection{Setup options}\label{sec:pdsetup} -%\DescribeMacro{\pdsetup} -%There are several extra options that can help customizing your -%presentation. These options are not available via the -%|\documentclass| command. This has a technical reason.\footnote{The -%interested reader is referred to the section about the \pf{xkvltxp} -%package in the \pf{xkeyval} package documentation \cite{xkeyval}.} -%We distinguish two types of options. Options that can only be set -%globally (acting for the entire presentation) using the |\pdsetup| -%command and options that can be accessed both globally (via -%|\pdsetup|) and locally (via slide environments, see section~\ref{sec:slides}). -% -%\subsubsection{Global options}\label{sec:gopts} -%This section describes options that can only be used globally in the -%preamble of your presentation via the |\pdsetup| command. -%\begin{description} -%\item\DescribeOption{palette}\option{palette}\\ -%This specifies the palette to be used. A palette is a set of colors -%defined by a style. To find out which palettes are defined by each -%style, see section~\ref{sec:styles}. -%\item\DescribeOption{theslide}\option{theslide}\\ -%This option controls how the slide number appears on the slide. This -%is preset to the value |\arabic{slide}~/~\pageref*{lastslide}|, -%which could appear like |5/22|. Notice that the |\arabic{slide}| -%typesets the number of the current slide and that -%|\pageref*{lastslide}| typesets the number of the last -%slide.\footnote{We use the starred version of \cs{pageref} which is -%defined by \pf{hyperref} and does not create a link to the page that -%it is referring to.} -%\item\DescribeOption{thenote}\option{thenote}\\ -%This is similar to the |theslide| option, but typesets the slide -%numbers of notes. The preset value is -%|note~\arabic{note}~of~slide~\arabic{slide}| and |\arabic{note}| -%here typesets the number of the current note that goes with the -%current slide. This could appear like |note 2 of slide 7|. -%\item\DescribeOption{counters}\option{counters}\\ -%The |counters| option lists counters that you might want to protect -%on overlays. As material on overlays (see -%section~\ref{sec:overlays}) is processed multiple times, also -%\LaTeX\ counters, like the |equation| counter, might be increased -%too often. To avoid that your equations get different numbers on -%every overlay, use this option. The |equation|, |table|, |figure|, -%|footnote| and |mpfootnote| counters are already protected for you. -%If you use extra counters, for instance for theorems, list them in -%this option. Example: -%\begin{example} -% counters={theorem,lemma} -%\end{example} -%\item\DescribeOption{list}\option{list}\\ -%This option takes a list of options that will be passed on to the -%\pf{enumitem} package that controls the layout of lists created by -%the |enumerate| and |itemize| environments. Example: -%\begin{example} -% list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt} -%\end{example} -%See for more information on controlling the layout of lists the -%\pf{enumitem} package \cite{enumitem}. -%\item\DescribeOptions{enumerate,itemize}\option{enumerate,itemize}\\ -%As the |list| option, but only control |enumerate| and |itemize| -%environments respectively. -%\end{description} -% -%\subsubsection{Global and local options}\label{sec:glopts} -%This section describes options that can be used both globally via -%|\pdsetup| and locally via slide environments (see section~\ref{sec:slides}). -%\begin{description} -%\item\DescribeOptions{lf,cf,rf}\option{lf,cf,rf}\\ -%This determines the content of the left, center and right footers. -%These are preset to empty. -%\item\DescribeOption{trans}\option{trans}\\ -%This option sets the default transition effect to be used in the -%presentation. These transition effects only work after compiling the -%presentation to PDF format. See also section~\ref{sec:compiling}. -%The following transition effects are supported: |Split|, |Blinds|, -%|Box|, |Wipe|, |Dissolve|, |Glitter| and |Replace|. When you are using -%a viewer that understands PDF 1.5, you can also use |Fly|, |Push|, -%|Cover|, |Uncover| or |Fade|. It is important to notice that most -%viewers are case sensitive, so, for instance, |box| will not work. -% -%The preset effect is |Replace| which just replaces one slide with -%another when browsing the slides. Note that some PDF viewers (like -%Acrobat Reader 5 and higher) only produce the transition effect in -%full screen mode. If you want to use a custom transition effect that -%is not listed in the list above (for instance, a wipe effect with a -%custom wipe direction), then that is possible. However, -%\pf{powerdot} will put a warning in your log file that the effect -%that you have chosen, might not work in the PDF viewer. Here is an -%example that does work. -%\begin{example} -% trans=Wipe /Di 0 -%\end{example} -%In Acrobat (Reader), this wipes from left to right instead of the -%default top to bottom. For more information, see a PDF Reference -%Manual. -%\item\DescribeOption{method}\option{method}\\ -%This option can be used when a slide contains special material that -%does not get treated in the `usual' way by \LaTeX. Verbatim material -%is an example of this. Possible values are |normal| (the preset value), -%|direct| and |file|. We will come back to this option in detail in -%section~\ref{sec:verbatim}. -%\item\DescribeOptions{logohook,logopos,logocmd}\option{logohook,logopos,logocmd}\\ -%If |logopos| is specified, a logo defined by the value of the -%|logocmd| option will be put on slides. The position can be -%specified relative to the width and height of the slide. |{0,0}| is -%the lower left corner of the paper and |{\slidewidth,\slideheight}| -%is the upper right corner. For positioning the logo, the |\rput| -%command of \pf{pstricks} \cite{PSTricksWeb,PSTricks} is used. This -%command also allows to specify the point of the logo that should be -%positioned there. This point can be entered via the |logohook| -%option and can take the values |tl|, |t|, |tr|, |r|, |Br|, |br|, -%|b|, |bl|, |Bl|, |l|, |B| and |c|. For more information about -%|\rput|, consult the \pf{pstricks} documentation. Here is an example -%that integrates the flower of the \pf{default} style into the -%\pf{husky} style. -%\begin{example} -% \documentclass[style=husky]{powerdot} -% \pdsetup{ -% logohook=t, -% logopos={.088\slidewidth,.99\slideheight}, -% logocmd={\includegraphics[height=.08\slideheight]{powerdot-default.ps}} -% } -% \begin{document} -% ... -% \end{document} -%\end{example} -%The preset value for |logohook| is |tl|. -%\end{description} -% -%A special feature of \pf{powerdot}, which can be used to make -%presentations come alive, is the use of random dots. These dots will -%be placed anywhere on your slides and use the colors defined by the -%palette that you use. Overlays will carry the same dots. This -%feature uses |random.tex| \cite{random}. Several options are -%available to control the appearance of the random dots. -%\begin{description} -%\item\DescribeOption{randomdots}\option{randomdots}\\ -%By default, random dots are turned off. If this option is set to -%|true|, random dots will be generated. |false| will turn off the -%feature. When no value is submitted to the option, |true| will be -%used. -%\item\DescribeOptions{dmindots,dmaxdots}\option{dmindots,dmaxdots}\\ -%The number of dots per slide is also random. These options set the -%minimum and maximum dots per slide. Preset values are |5| and |40|, -%respectively. -%\item\DescribeOptions{dminsize,dmaxsize}\option{dminsize,dmaxsize}\\ -%The minimum and maximum radius of the dots. Preset values are |5pt| -%and |40pt|, respectively. -%\item\DescribeOptions{dminwidth,dmaxwidth,dminheight,dmaxheight} -%\option{dminwidth,dmaxwidth,dminheight,dmaxheight}\\ -%These options determine the area on the slide that can be used for -%the random dots. These values are preset such that dots go anywhere -%on the slide, but you might want to adjust these such that, for -%instance, dots can only appear in the text area. The preset values -%are |0pt|, |\slidewidth|, |0pt|, |\slideheight|. -% -%Here is an example that allows dots in a smaller rectangle on the -%slide. -%\begin{example} -% \pdsetup{ -% dminwidth=.1\slidewidth,dmaxwidth=.9\slidewidth, -% dminheight=.2\slideheight,dmaxheight=.8\slideheight -% } -%\end{example} -%\item\DescribeOption{dbright}\option{dbright}\\ -%This option can be used to adjust the brightness of the dots. The -%number should be an integer between -100 and 100. If the number is -%negative, the color will be adjusted towards black, with -100 giving -%black. If the number is positive, the color will be adjusted towards -%white, with 100 giving white. With a light background, you may want -%to choose |bright| to be positive. With a dark background, you may -%want to set it negative. The preset value is |60|, meaning a mixture -%of 40\% of the original color and 60\% white. -%\item\DescribeOption{dprop}\option{dprop}\\ -%This option is used for passing extra parameters to the |\psdot| -%command, which creates the random dots. You could, for instance, -%change the style of the dots or the line width. See for more -%information about |\psdot| the \pf{pstricks} documentation -%\cite{PSTricksWeb,PSTricks}. \pf{powerdot} defines two extra dot -%styles that can be used for the random dots. These styles are -%|ocircle| (open circle) and |osquare| (open square). -%\end{description} -% -%Here are two examples for the use of random dots. -%\begin{example} -% \pdsetup{ -% randomdots,dminwidth=.2\slidewidth -% } -%\end{example} -%This turns on random dots and doesn't use the left 20\% of the slide -%for placing random dots. -%\begin{example} -% \pdsetup{ -% randomdots,dprop={dotstyle=ocircle,linewidth=.5pt}, -% dminsize=500pt,dmaxsize=600pt,dmindots=2,dmaxdots=5 -% } -%\end{example} -%This example puts at most 5 big circles on slides. These circles do -%not fit on the slides and you will only see parts of them in the -%shape of curves. -% -%\subsubsection{\cs{pdsetup} example} -%Here is an example of a |\pdsetup| command that one could use to set up -%the presentation. -%\begin{example} -% \pdsetup{ -% lf=My first presentation, -% rf=For some conference, -% trans=Wipe, -% theslide=\arabic{slide}, -% randomdots,dmaxdots=80 -% } -%\end{example} -%This sets the left and right footers and will initialize the -%transition effect to |Wipe|. Further, slide numbers will not include -%the number of the last slide, but only the number of the current -%slide. Finally, slides will be covered with at most 80 random dots. -% -%A small note is necessary with respect to the appearance of footers. -%The slide number (controlled by the |theslide| option) will be added -%to a footer. Most styles add it too the right footer. If both the -%footer and the slide number are non empty, |~--~| will be inserted -%in between them to separate them. Styles might modify this default -%behavior however. -% -%\section{Making slides}\label{sec:slides} -%\subsection{The title slide}\label{sec:titleslide} -%\DescribeMacro{\title} -%\DescribeMacro{\author} -%\DescribeMacro{\and} -%\DescribeMacro{\date} -%\DescribeMacro{\maketitle} -%The title slide is created by the |\maketitle| command. -%\begin{command} -% `\cs{maketitle}\oarg{options}' -%\end{command} -%Its use is the same as in the standard \LaTeX\ document classes. The -%optional argument \meta{options} can contain any option from -%section~\ref{sec:glopts}. Specifying such an option in the -%|\maketitle| command will only have an effect on the title slide and -%not on other slides. See an example below. -%\begin{example} -% \documentclass{powerdot} -% \title{Title} -% \author{You \and me} -% \date{October 7, 2010} -% \begin{document} -% \maketitle -% ... -% \end{document} -%\end{example} -%The |author|, |title| and |date| declarations provide the text to be -%used when making a title page. The design of the title page is -%specific to the style in use. Notice the use of |\and| for -%separating multiple authors. See a \LaTeX\ manual \cite{companion} -%for more information on commands such as |\title| and |\author|. -% -%\subsection{Other slides}\label{sec:otherslides} -%\DescribeEnv{slide} The centerpiece of every presentation is the -%slide. In \pf{powerdot}, the content of each slide is placed in a -%|slide| environment. -%\begin{command} -% `\cs{begin}\texttt{\{slide\}}\oarg{options}\marg{slide title}' -% `\meta{body}' -% `\cs{end}\texttt{\{slide\}}' -%\end{command} -% -%In section~\ref{sec:overlays} we'll see how to give some life to the -%slides, but for now, let's look at a simple example. -%\begin{example} -% \begin{slide}{First slide} -% Hello World. -% \end{slide} -%\end{example} -%The slide environment has one required argument, namely the slide -%title. When a slide is created, the slide title is used to create an -%entry in the table of contents and in the list of bookmarks. The -%table of contents is a listing of the slides and section titles in -%the presentation that appears on each slide. -% -%The table of contents is clickable (when the presentation is -%compiled into PDF) and serves as a nice way to jump from location to -%location within the presentation. The bookmark list is only present -%when compilation is taken all the way to the PDF file format. It -%also serves as a table of contents, but this list does not appear on -%\textit{any} of the slides, but in a separate window in a PDF -%viewer. In the example above, the entries in both table contents and -%the list of bookmarks would be titled |First slide|. -% -%The \meta{options} for the |slide| environment can contain any -%option listed in section~\ref{sec:glopts}. Additionally, the -%following options can be used. -%\begin{description} -%\item\DescribeOption{toc}\option{toc}\\ -%When specified, the value is used for the entry in the table of -%contents; otherwise, the slide title is used. If |toc=| is -%specified, then no entry is created. -%\item\DescribeOption{bm}\option{bm}\\ -%When specified, the value is used for the bookmark entry; otherwise, -%the slide title is used. If |bm=| is specified, then no entry is -%created. -%\end{description} -% -%These optional arguments are especially useful when the title of a -%slide is extremely long or when the title contains \LaTeX\ commands -%that do not render correctly in the bookmarks.\footnote{The -%bookmarking procedure uses \cs{pdfstringdef} from the \pf{hyperref} -%package, and it can process accented characters such as \cs{"i}.} -%When specifying entries, be sure to hide special characters `|,|' -%and `|=|' between curly brackets `|{|' and `|}|'. Let's look at an -%example that uses these optional arguments. -%\begin{example} -% \begin{slide}[toc=,bm={LaTeX, i*i=-1}]{\color{red}\LaTeX, $i^2=-1$} -% My slide contents. -% \end{slide} -%\end{example} -% -%In this example, the slide title will appear as {\color{red}\LaTeX, -%$i^2=-1$}. This text will not render correctly in a bookmark entry. -%An attempt is made to correct this, but often, the correction does -%not produce an equivalent text. This particular title would be -%rendered in the bookmark list as |redLaTeX, i2=-1|. On the other -%hand, the manually specified bookmark entry is rendered as: -%|LaTeX, i*i=-1|. Notice, no entry is created in the table of contents, -%because of the use of |toc=|. -% -%In addition to the |slide| environment, each individual style can -%define its own environments. Many styles have a |wideslide| -%environment. The idea is that one might have information that does -%not fit nicely on a slide with a table of contents listed, as this -%consumes some space. In such cases, it is preferable to use a slide -%that does not list the table of contents. The |wideslide| -%environment provides this functionality and has more space for the -%actual slide content. See section~\ref{sec:styles} for information -%on the various environments provided by the styles. -% -%\section{Overlays}\label{sec:overlays} -%It is often the case that you don't want all the information on the -%slide to appear at once. Rather, the information should appear one -%item at a time. In \pf{powerdot}, this is achieved with overlays. -%Each slide can be comprised of many overlays, and the overlays are -%displayed one at a time. -% -%\subsection{The \cs{pause} command}\label{sec:pause} -%\DescribeMacro{\pause} The easiest way to display information -%sequentially is to use the |\pause| command. -%\begin{command} -% `\cs{pause}\oarg{number}' -%\end{command} -%Below is a simple example: -%\begin{example} -% \begin{slide}{Simple overlay} -% power\pause dot -% \end{slide} -%\end{example} -%The slide's information is displayed and continues until the -%|\pause| command is encountered. No further output within the same -%slide is displayed until the click of the mouse or the touch of the -%keyboard. Then, the content will continue to display until all the -%information is displayed or until another |\pause| command is -%encountered. In this example, |power| is displayed on the first -%overlay, and |powerdot| is the displayed on the second overlay. The -%|\pause| command is often used within the |itemize| and |enumerate| -%environments. For example, -%\begin{example} -% \begin{slide}{Multiple pauses} -% power\pause dot \pause -% \begin{itemize} -% \item Let me pause\ldots \pause -% \item \ldots while I talk \pause and chew bubble gum. \pause -% \item Perhaps you'll be persuaded. -% \item Perhaps not. -% \end{itemize} -% \end{slide} -%\end{example} -%Since |\pause| was used before the |itemize| environment, no item -%will appear until the third overlay. Then, each item will be -%displayed one at a time, each on their own overlay. More information -%on using lists will follow in the next section. -% -%The optional argument of the |\pause| command specifies the number -%of overlays to pause. An example usage is: -%\begin{example} -% \begin{slide}{Pause longer} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item A \pause -% \item B \pause[2] -% \item C -% \end{itemize} -% \end{slide} -%\end{example} -%In the example above, item |C| will appear on the fourth overlay. -%The usefulness of this option will become more apparent in the next -%section; so we will revisit a similar example at that time. -% -%\subsection{List environments}\label{sec:lists} -%The list environments, |itemize| and |enumerate|, have special -%treatments in \pf{powerdot}. They have an optional argument that -%will be taken care off by the \pf{enumitem} package (see -%\cite{enumitem}). \pf{powerdot} supplies an extra key for this -%optional argument. In the examples that follow, features will be -%described using the |itemize| environment but they also apply to the -%|enumerate| environment. -% -%Here is the typical usage of the |itemize| environment: -%\begin{example} -% \begin{slide}{Basic itemize} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item A \pause -% \item B \pause -% \item C -% \end{itemize} -% \end{slide} -%\end{example} -%The display is simple, each item appears one at a time with each -%overlay. -% -%\DescribeOption{type} -%Suppose we wanted every item to show, but we only wanted one item to -%appear `active' at once. This can be accomplished via the |type| -%option for the |itemize| environment. The preset value is |0|. -%\begin{example} -% \begin{slide}{Type 1 itemize} -% \begin{itemize}[type=1] -% \item A \pause -% \item B \pause -% \item C -% \end{itemize} -% \end{slide} -%\end{example} -%Now, every item will be displayed in the \emph{inactive -%color}\index{inactive color|usage} (which is defined by the style -%that you use), and the item's font color will become the active one -%on the overlay that it would normally appear on. The default -%behavior is given by |type=0|. -% -%Lists can also be nested to create complicated structures. When a -%list is nested, it inherits the setting of the |type| option from -%the `parent' list, but that can be overruled by specifying the -%|type| option in the optional argument of the nested list. We -%present here one example, but many more can be created by nesting -%lists of different types in different ways. -%\begin{example} -% \begin{slide}{Nested lists} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item A\pause -% \begin{itemize}[type=1] -% \item B\pause -% \end{itemize} -% \item C -% \end{itemize} -% \end{slide} -%\end{example} -%This displays |A| and |B| on the first overlay, but |B| is inactive. -%On overlay 2, |B| will become active and on overlay 3, |C| will -%become visible. -% -%\subsection{The \cs{item} command} -%\DescribeMacro{\item} -%The |\item| command has an extra \emph{optional} argument in -%\pf{powerdot} which allows for creating overlays in a more flexible -%way then |\pause| provides. -%\begin{command} -% `\cs{item}\oarg{label}\larg{overlays}' -%\end{command} -%This optional argument should contain an overlay specification -%stating on which overlays you want the item to appear. This -%specification is a comma separated list where each item can used the -%notation as in table \ref{tab:item}. -%\begin{table}[htb]\centering -%\begin{tabular}{d} -%Syntax&Meaning\\\hline -%\texttt{x}&Only overlay \texttt{x}\\ -%\texttt{-x}&All overlays up to and including \texttt{x}\\ -%\texttt{x-}&All overlays from \texttt{x}, including \texttt{x}\\ -%\texttt{x-y}&All overlays from \texttt{x} to \texttt{y}, -%including \texttt{x} and \texttt{y}\\ -%\end{tabular} -%\caption{\cs{item} and \cs{onslide} notation}\label{tab:item} -%\end{table} -%The \meta{label} argument is the standard optional argument for -%|\item| in \LaTeX. A \LaTeX\ manual \cite{companion} can tell you -%more about this argument. -% -%Here is an example. -%\begin{example} -% \begin{slide}{Active itemize} -% \begin{itemize}[type=1] -% \item<1> A -% \item<2> B -% \item<3> C -% \end{itemize} -% \end{slide} -%\end{example} -%Here we have said that |A| should only be active on overlay 1, |B| -%should only be active on overlay 2, and |C| should only be active on -%overlay 3. Again, when the item is not active, it appears in the -%inactive color because of |type=1|. -% -%If |type=0| is specified and if each item is given an overlay -%option, then each item will appear only when it is active. When the -%item is not active, then it will not show on the slide at all. More -%examples demonstrating the syntax for \meta{overlays} will be -%discussed in the next section. -% -%\subsection{The \cs{onslide} command}\label{sec:onslide} -%\DescribeMacro{\onslide} Overlays can also be achieved using the -%|\onslide| command. -%\begin{command} -% `\cs{onslide}\marg{overlays}\marg{text}' -%\end{command} -%This command takes an \meta{overlays} specification as first -%argument and the \meta{text} to apply it to as second argument. The -%\meta{overlays} on which the text will appear are specified as a -%comma separated list with syntax as in table \ref{tab:item}. We -%start off with a simple example. -%\begin{example} -% \begin{slide}{Simple onslide} -% \onslide{1,2}{power}\onslide{2}{dot} -% \end{slide} -%\end{example} -%We have instructed |power| to appear on overlays one and two, and -%|dot| to appear only on overlay two. As you might guess, this -%example has the same output as our first |\pause| example. Yet, it -%is clearly the case that our syntax is more complicated. However, -%this slight ``complication'' also allows for much more flexibility. -% -%\DescribeMacro{\onslide+}Consider the above example with the -%following modifications: -%\begin{example} -% \begin{slide}{Simple onslide+} -% \texttt{onslide }: \onslide{1}{power}\onslide{2}{dot}\\ -% \texttt{onslide+}: \onslide+{1}{power}\onslide+{2}{dot} -% \end{slide} -%\end{example} -%The |\onslide+| command displays its content in a different manner -%altogether. Now, |dot| appears on every overlay, but it is in -%inactive color\index{inactive color|usage} and matches the normal -%font color \textit{only} on overlay two. This is comparable to the -%|type=1| behavior for lists (see section~\ref{sec:lists}). -% -%When executing this example, we will also notice that the |\onslide| -%command does hide material, but still reserves the right amount of -%space for it: on overlay 2, the |dot|s appear right above each -%other. The next command does not reserve space. -% -%\DescribeMacro{\onslide*} Instead of hiding and reserving space -%(|\onslide|) or putting \meta{text} in the inactive color -%(|\onslide+|) when the overlay doesn't match \meta{overlays}, this -%command just eats the material altogether. To understand the -%differences, consider the following example: -%\begin{example} -% \begin{slide}{Simple onslide*} -% \texttt{onslide }: \onslide{1}{power}\onslide{2}{dot}\\ -% \texttt{onslide+}: \onslide+{1}{power}\onslide+{2}{dot}\\ -% \texttt{onslide*}: \onslide*{1}{power}\onslide*{2}{dot} -% \end{slide} -%\end{example} -%The output of the first two lines, we are already familiar with. The -%third line displays |power| on overlay 1 and |dot| on overlay 2, but -%no space for |power| is reserved on overlay 2. Hence |dot| will -%start on the cursor position that |power| started on overlay 1 and -%it is not aligned below the other two |dots|. -% -%We finish with an example of the syntax that is possible with -%|\item| and |\onslide|. Remember that these commands take a comma -%separated list for the \meta{overlays} specification and that each -%element can used the syntax as explained in table \ref{tab:item}. -%The various variations are demonstrated in the example below. -%\begin{example} -% \begin{slide}{Lists} -% \onslide{10}{on overlay 10 only}\par -% \onslide{-5}{on every overlay before and including overlay 5}\par -% \onslide{5-}{on every overlay after and including overlay 5}\par -% \onslide{2-5}{on overlays 2 through 5, inclusive}\par -% \onslide{-3,5-7,9-}{on every overlay except overlays 4 and 8} -% \end{slide} -%\end{example} -% -%\subsection{Relative overlays} -%Sometimes it is a pain to keep track of when an item should appear -%or become active. You might, for example, just care that some text -%appears on the overlay \textit{after} some other item. This -%functionality is provided through the use of relative overlays which -%should not be used outside list environments that use |\item|. Let's -%consider a simple, illuminating example. -%\begin{example} -% \begin{slide}{Relative overlays} -% \begin{itemize} -% \item A \pause -% \item B \onslide{+1}{(visible 1 overlay after B)}\pause -% \item C \onslide{+2-}{(appears 2 overlays after C, visible until the end)} -% \pause -% \item D \onslide{+1-6}{(appears 1 overlay after D, visible until overlay 6)} -% \pause -% \item E \pause -% \item F \pause -% \item G \onslide{+1-+3}{(appears 1 overlay after G for 3 overlays)}\pause -% \item H \pause -% \item I \pause -% \item J \pause -% \item K -% \End{itemize} -% \end{slide} -%\end{example} -%As you can see, we still use |\onslide|. The only change is with the -%syntax of the list of overlays. Now, we can specify a `|+|' symbol -%in the list. In its simplest usage, |\onslide{+1}| will make text -%display one overlay after the overlay it would \textit{normally} -%appear on. You can still use the syntax in table \ref{tab:item}. -%These are demonstrated in the above example. Notice, -%|\onslide{+1-6}| means that the text will appear one overlay after -%the overlay it would normally appear on and that the text should -%remain shown until overlay seven. To make text appear for a range of -%relative overlays, see the final demonstration in the above example. -% -%\section{Presentation structure}\label{sec:structure} -%\subsection{Making sections}\label{sec:section} -%\DescribeMacro{\section} -%This section describes the |\section| command which provides a way -%to structure a presentation. -%\begin{command} -% `\cs{section}\oarg{options}\marg{section title}' -%\end{command} -%This command will produce a slide with \meta{section title} on it -%and will also use this text to create sections in the table of -%contents and in the bookmarks list. There are several \meta{options} -%to control its output. -% -%\DescribeOption{tocsection} This option controls the creation of a -%section in the table of contents. The preset value is |true|. -%\begin{description} -%\item\option{tocsection=true}\\ -%This does create a section in the table of contents. This means that -%all following slides, until the next section, will be nested under -%this section. -%\item\option{tocsection=false}\\ -%This does not create a section in the table of contents and hence -%the section will be listed as an ordinary slide. -%\item\option{tocsection=hidden}\\ -%This does create a section in the table of contents, but this is -%only visible when you view a slide that is part of this section. -%This could be used to append a section to the presentation which you -%can discuss if there is some extra time. -%\end{description} -% -%\DescribeOption{slide} This option controls whether the |\section| -%command creates a slide. The preset value is |true|. -%\begin{description} -%\item\option{slide=true}\\ -%A slide is created. -%\item\option{slide=false}\\ -%No slide will be created. If also |tocsection| is |false|, the -%|\section| command doesn't do anything. If it does create a table of -%contents section (|tocsection=| |true| or |hidden|), its link will -%point to the first slide in the section as the section itself -%doesn't have a slide. -%\end{description} -% -%\DescribeOption{template} This option can be used to make the -%section slide with another template. By default, a normal |slide| -%environment is used to create the section slide, but if a style -%offers other templates that could be used for this purpose (for -%instance, the |wideslide| environment), then you can use this option -%to select that template. See section~\ref{sec:styles} for an -%overview of the available templates with every style. -% -%Finally, all options available to normal slides are available to -%slides created by |\section| as well (see section~\ref{sec:slides}). -%However, when the section does make a |tocsection|, |toc=| or |bm=| -%won't remove the table of contents entry or the bookmark -%respectively. -% -%\subsection{Making an overview}\label{sec:tableofcontents} -%\DescribeMacro{\tableofcontents} -%This command creates an overview of your presentation and can only -%be used on a slide. -%\begin{command} -% `\cs{tableofcontents}\oarg{options}' -%\end{command} -%There are several \meta{options} to control the output of this -%command. -% -%\DescribeOption{type} -%This option controls whether certain material (depending on the -%input in the |content| option below) will be hidden or displayed in -%the inactive color\index{inactive color|usage}. The preset value is -%|0|. Compare with the |type| option for list environments -%(section~\ref{sec:lists}). -% -%\begin{description} -%\item\option{type=0}\\ -%When material is not of the requested type as specified in the -%|content| option, it will be hidden. -%\item\option{type=1}\\ -%As |type=0|, but instead of hiding material, it will be typeset in -%the inactive color. -%\end{description} -% -%\DescribeOption{content} -%The |content| option controls which elements will be included in the -%overview. The preset value is |all|. The description below assumes -%that |type=0| was chosen, but the alternative text for |type=1| can -%easily be deduced. -% -%\begin{description} -%\item\option{content=all}\\ -%This will display a full overview of your presentation including all -%sections and slides, except the slides in hidden sections (see -%section~\ref{sec:section}). -%\item\option{content=sections}\\ -%This displays only the sections in the presentation. -%\item\option{content=currentsection}\\ -%This displays the current section only. -%\item\option{content=future}\\ -%This displays all content starting from the current slide. -%\item\option{content=futuresections}\\ -%This displays all sections, starting from the current section. -%\end{description} -% -%We finish this section with a small example that will demonstrate -%how you can make a presentation that contains an overall overview of -%sections in the presentation, giving a general idea of the content, -%and per section a detailed overview of the slides in that section. -%\begin{example} -% \begin{slide}[toc=,bm=]{Overview} -% \tableofcontents[content=sections] -% \end{slide} -% \section{First section} -% \begin{slide}[toc=,bm=]{Overview of the first section} -% \tableofcontents[content=currentsection,type=1] -% \end{slide} -% \begin{slide}{Some slide} -% \end{slide} -% \section{Second section} -% ... -%\end{example} -% -%\section{Miscellaneous} -%\subsection{Notes}\label{sec:notes} -%\DescribeEnv{note} -%The |note| environment can be used to make personal notes that -%accompany a slide. You can control displaying notes using the -%|display| option (see section~\ref{sec:classopts}). Here is an -%example. -%\begin{example} -% \begin{slide}{Chewing gum} -% ... -% \end{slide} -% \begin{note}{Reminder for chewing gum} -% Don't forget to mention that chewing gum is sticky. -% \end{note} -%\end{example} -% -%\subsection{Empty slides}\label{sec:emptyslides} -%\DescribeEnv{emptyslide} -%The |emptyslide| environment creates a totally empty slide. The text -%box on the slide can be used for special things like displaying -%photos. This allows for creating a dia show. Example: -%\begin{example} -% \begin{emptyslide}{} -% \centering -% \vspace{\stretch{1}} -% \includegraphics[height=0.8\slideheight]{me_chewing_gum.eps} -% \vspace{\stretch{1}} -% \end{emptyslide} -%\end{example} -%The |\includegraphics| command is defined by the \pf{graphicx} -%package \cite{graphics}. The |\stretch| command is used to -%vertically center the picture. Both commands are described in your -%favorite \LaTeX\ manual, for instance \cite{companion}. Note that -%you can use the lengths |\slideheight| and |\slidewidth| to scale -%pictures to fit nicely on the slide. -% -%\subsection{Bibliography slide}\label{sec:bib} -%\DescribeEnv{thebibliography} -%\pf{powerdot} redefines the standard \pf{article} -%|thebibliography| environment to suppress the creation of a section -%heading and running headers. All other properties are maintained. -%You can do either of the next two (depending whether you are -%using BiB\TeX\ or not):\\ -%\begin{minipage}[t]{.49\linewidth} -%\begin{example} -% \begin{slide}{Slide} -% \cite{someone} -% \end{slide} -% \begin{slide}{References} -% \begin{thebibliography}{1} -% \bibitem{someone} Article of someone. -% \end{thebibliography} -% \end{slide} -%\end{example} -%\end{minipage}\hfill -%\begin{minipage}[t]{.49\linewidth} -%\begin{example} -% \begin{slide}{Slide} -% \cite{someone} -% \end{slide} -% \begin{slide}{References} -% \bibliographystyle{plain} -% \bibliography{YourBib} -% \end{slide} -%\end{example} -%\end{minipage} -% -%In case you have a big reference list that you want to spread over -%multiple slides, have a look at the packages \pf{natbib} and -%\pf{bibentry} \cite{natbib}. Using both packages allows you to do: -%\begin{example} -% \begin{slide}{References (1)} -% \bibliographystyle{plain} -% \nobibliography{YourBib} -% \bibentry{someone1} -% \bibentry{someone2} -% \end{slide} -% \begin{slide}{References (2)} -% \bibentry{someone3} -% \end{slide} -%\end{example} -%Have a look at your favorite \LaTeX\ manual for more information -%about citations and bibliographies. -% -%\subsection{Verbatim on slides}\label{sec:verbatim}\DescribeOption{verbatim} -%\pf{powerdot} has three different methods of processing slides, from -%which two have mainly been developed to make the inclusion of -%verbatim content\footnote{And other content that needs catcode -%changes when processing.} on slides easier. These methods can be -%accessed by the |method| key which is available in slide -%environments and the |\pdsetup| command (see -%section~\ref{sec:glopts}). -%\begin{description} -%\item\option{method=normal}\\ -%This is the preset method for processing slides. It is fast and -%allows for overlays, but it does not allow for -%verbatim.\footnote{Except when it has been saved in a box outside -%the slide.} -%\item\option{method=direct}\\ -%This method is also fast, but does not allow for overlays. Overlays -%will silently be disabled. However, it does allow for verbatim -%content on slides. -%\item\option{method=file}\\ -%This method uses a temporary file to export the slide body to and -%read it back in. This method does allow for verbatim content and -%overlays, but could be slow when many slides use this method because -%the filesystem is used. -%\end{description} -% -%Below is an example demonstrating the use of all three different -%methods of slide processing. -%\begin{example} -% \documentclass{powerdot} -% \usepackage{listings} -% \lstnewenvironment{code}{% -% \lstset{frame=single,escapeinside=`', -% backgroundcolor=\color{yellow!20}, -% basicstyle=\footnotesize\ttfamily} -% }{} -% \begin{document} -% \begin{slide}{Slide 1} -% Normal \pause content. -% \end{slide} -% \begin{slide}[method=direct]{Slide 2} -% Steps 1 and 2: -% \begin{code} -% compute a;`\pause' -% compute b; -% \end{code} -% \end{slide} -% \begin{slide}[method=file]{Slide 3} -% Steps 1 and 2: -% \begin{code} -% compute a;`\pause' -% compute b; -% \end{code} -% \end{slide} -% \end{document} -%\end{example} -%The first slide shows the default behavior for normal content. It -%produces two overlays. The second slide does not produce overlays, -%despite the use of the |\pause| command. This command has been -%disabled by choosing the |direct| method to process the verbatim -%content. The third slide has the same body as the second slide, but -%now does create two overlays, because the method using a temporary -%file has been chosen. Notice that we used |\pause| inside the listing, -%but that it can also be used outside the listing. -% -%\subsection{The \cs{twocolumn} command}\label{sec:twocolumn} -%\DescribeMacro{\twocolumn} -%The |\twocolumn| macro allows to split content into two columns. -%\begin{command} -% `\cs{twocolumn}\oarg{options}\marg{left}\marg{right}' -%\end{command} -%This typesets \meta{left} and \meta{right} in two columns. The -%dimensions of those columns can be controlled by \meta{options}. -%Below are the available options. -%\begin{description} -%\item\DescribeOption{lineheight}\option{lineheight}\\ -%If |lineheight| is specified, a line of the specified height will be -%created using |\psline| in between the two columns. Example: -%|lineheight=6cm|. -%\item\DescribeOption{lineprop}\option{lineprop}\\ -%Any \pf{pstricks} declaration to specify the line properties. Example: -%\begin{example} -% lineprop={linestyle=dotted,linewidth=3pt} -%\end{example} -%\item\DescribeOptions{lfrheight,lfrprop}\option{lfrheight,lfrprop}\\ -%The first creates a frame of the specified height around the left -%column. The second is as |lineprop|, but for the left frame. -%\item\DescribeOptions{rfrheight,rfrprop}\option{rfrheight,rfrprop}\\ -%As |lfrheight| and |lfrprop|, but for the right frame. -%\item\DescribeOptions{lcolwidth,rcolwidth}\option{lcolwidth,rcolwidth}\\ -%Width of the left and right columns. Both are preset to: |0.47\linewidth|. -%\item\DescribeOption{frsep}\option{frsep}\\ -%Space between text and the frames. Preset: |1.5mm|. -%\item\DescribeOption{colsep}\option{colsep}\\ -%Space between the two columns. Preset: |0.06\linewidth|. -%\item\DescribeOption{topsep}\option{topsep}\\ -%The extra space (additional to |\baselineskip|) between text above -%the columns and the text within the columns. Preset: |0cm|. -%\item\DescribeOption{bottomsep}\option{bottomsep}\\ -%Idem for the bottom of the columns. Preset: |0cm|. -%\item\DescribeOption{indent}\option{indent}\\ -%Horizontal indent left to the left column. Preset: |0cm|. -%\end{description} -%The dimensions described above are represented graphically in -%figure \ref{fig:twocolumndim}. -%\begin{figure}[htb] -%\centering -%\begin{pspicture}(0,.5)(13,10.5) -%\psline(0,0.5)(0,10) -%\rput[tl](.05,9.95){Top} -%\psframe[dimen=middle](1,9)(7,2) -%\psline{C-C}(8.5,9)(11,9) -%\psline{C-C}(8.5,2)(8.5,9) -%\psline{C-C}(8.5,2)(11,2) -%\qdisk(1.7,8.3){.1cm} -%\psset{linestyle=dashed} -%\psline{C-C}(1.7,8.3)(6.3,8.3) -%\psline{C-C}(1.7,8.3)(1.7,3) -%\psline{C-C}(6.3,5)(6.3,8.3) -%\psline{C-C}(11,9)(12,9) -%\psline{C-C}(11,2)(12,2) -%\psline{C-C}(11,7)(12,7) -%\psline{C-C}(9.2,8.3)(12,8.3) -%\psline{C-C}(9.2,8.3)(9.2,3) -%\rput[tl](1.75,8.25){Left column text} -%\rput[tl](9.25,8.25){Right column text} -%\rput[tl](.05,1){Bottom} -%\psset{linestyle=dotted,dotsep=2pt} -%\psline(0,8.3)(1.7,8.3) -%\psline(0,9.6)(1,9.6) -%\psline(0,2)(1,2) -%\psline(0,1.1)(1,1.1) -%\psset{linestyle=solid} -%\psline{<->}(.2,8.33)(.2,9.57) -%\psline{<->}(4,8.33)(4,8.97) -%\psline{<->}(1.73,7)(6.27,7) -%\psline{<->}(1.03,6.5)(1.67,6.5) -%\psline{<->}(0.03,5.5)(1.67,5.5) -%\psline{<->}(6.33,7.4)(9.17,7.4) -%\psline{<->}(8.53,6.5)(9.17,6.5) -%\psline{<->}(6.33,6.5)(6.97,6.5) -%\psline{<->}(10.7,8.33)(10.7,8.97) -%\psline{<->}(7.3,8.97)(7.3,2.03) -%\psline{<->}(.2,1.13)(.2,1.97) -%\psline{->}(1.7,9.3)(1.7,8.45) -%\psline{<-}(9.23,7)(11,7) -%\cput(4,6.6){\small 1} -%\cput(11.1,6.6){\small 2} -%\cput(8,7){\small 3} -%\cput(7.7,3){\small 4} -%\cput(4.4,8.65){\small 5} -%\cput(1.35,6.1){\small 5} -%\cput(8.85,6.1){\small 5} -%\cput(11.1,8.65){\small 5} -%\cput(6.65,6.1){\small 5} -%\cput(0.6,8.95){\small 6} -%\cput(0.6,5.1){\small 7} -%\cput(0.6,1.55){\small 8} -%\cput(1.7,9.6){\small 9} -%\end{pspicture} -%\begin{tabular}{c p{4cm}cl} -%\multicolumn{4}{c}{Meaning of the labels}\\\hline -%1&|lcolwidth|&5&|frsep|\\ -%2&|rcolwidth|&6&|topsep|\\ -%3&|colsep|&7&|indent|\\ -%4&|lfrheight|, |rfrheight|,&8&|bottomsep|\\ -%&|lineheight|&9&Reference point -%\end{tabular} -%\caption{Two-column dimensions.}\label{fig:twocolumndim} -%\end{figure} -%Important to notice is that the |\twocolumn| macro uses the current -%cursor position as the reference point to position the first line of -%text of the left column (see also figure \ref{fig:twocolumndim}). This -%means that optional frames can extend to the text on the previous -%line. Use for instance |topsep=0.3cm| in that case to add extra -%space between the two lines of text. The preset value of |topsep| -%is based on the situation that there is no text on top of the two -%columns. In that case, it is best to locate the first line of text -%of the left column at the same spot as text that is not created by -%|\twocolumn| on other slides. The setting |topsep=0cm| does exactly -%this. However, with a combination of |topsep| and |indent| you can -%change this behavior and position the first line of text of the left -%column anywhere you want. -% -%The |\twocolumn| macro computes the height of the construction to -%position text below the construction correctly. The computation is -%done by taking the maximum height of |lfrheight|, |rfrheight|, -%|lineheight| (if specified) and the left and right column content. -%Hence when frames nor a line is requested, |bottomsep| is the -%vertical space between the lowest line of text in the columns and -%the text below the columns (additional to |\baselineskip|). Here is -%an example. -%\begin{example} -% \begin{slide}{Two columns} -% Here are two columns. -% \twocolumn[ -% lfrprop={linestyle=dotted,linewidth=3pt}, -% lfrheight=4cm,rfrheight=5cm,lineheight=3cm,topsep=0.3cm -% ]{left}{right} -% Those were two columns. -% \end{slide} -%\end{example} -%Note that the use of the \pf{xkeyval} commands |\savevalue| and -%|\usevalue| \index{savevalue=\verb!*+\savevalue+|usage} -%\index{usevalue=\verb!*+\usevalue+|usage} could be handy here, for -%instance for copying the properties of the left frame to the right -%frame. This avoids typing them twice and avoids making errors -%resulting in different frames. See an example below. -%\begin{example} -% \twocolumn[ -% \savevalue{lfrheight}=3cm, -% \savevalue{lfrprop}={ -% linestyle=dotted,framearc=.2,linewidth=3pt}, -% rfrheight=\usevalue{lfrheight}, -% rfrprop=\usevalue{lfrprop} -% ]{left}{right} -%\end{example} -%See the \pf{xkeyval} documentation \cite{xkeyval} for more -%information about |\savevalue| and |\usevalue|. -% -%\section{Available styles}\label{sec:styles} -%\pf{powerdot} comes with a number of styles which are listed in the -%overview below. The characteristics of each style are described -%shortly and a sample of a title slide and a normal slide is provided -%for each style. Styles support the |wideslide| environment, have a -%table of contents on the left part of the paper in landscape -%orientation and on the bottom part in portrait orientation and -%support portrait orientation unless states otherwise. -%\begin{description} -%\item\pf{default}\\ -%This style provides six different palettes. A flower in the top left -%corner decorates the slides for all palettes. The default palette is -%\texttt{blue} which has as main colors light blue and white. You can -%see an example of that palette below. Other available palettes are -%\texttt{red}, \texttt{green}, \texttt{yellow}, \texttt{brown} and -%\texttt{purple}.\\ -%\styleexample{default} -%\item\pf{simple}\\ -%This is a simple style in black and white. This style could be -%useful if you want to print your slides.\\ -%\styleexample{simple} -%\item\pf{tycja}\\ -%This style is set in shades of yellow and dark blue. The table of -%contents on slides is on the right side of the paper in landscape -%orientation and on the bottom part in portrait.\\ -%\styleexample{tycja} -%\item\pf{ikeda}\\ -%This style uses dark shades of red and blue and a light text color. -%It has nice patterns on the slide for decoration.\\ -%\styleexample{ikeda} -%\item\pf{fyma}\\ -%This style was originally created by Laurent Jacques for -%\pf{prosper}. Based on that style, he created a version for -%\pf{HA-prosper} with extended features. With his kind permission, -%this style has been converted by Shun'ichi J. Amano for -%\pf{powerdot}. The style has an elegant design with a light blue and -%white gradient background in the default \texttt{blue} palette. -%Other available palettes are \texttt{green}, \texttt{gray}, -%\texttt{brown} and \texttt{orange}. It has special templates for -%sections on slides and sections on wide slides. Below is a sample of -%the blue palette.\\ -%\styleexample{fyma} -%\item\pf{ciment}\\ -%This style was originally created by Mathieu Goutelle for -%\pf{prosper} and \pf{HA-prosper}. With his kind permission, this style -%has been converted for \pf{powerdot}. The style has a background -%that is hatched with light gray horizontal lines. Titles and table -%of contents highlighting are done with dark red.\\ -%\styleexample{ciment} -%\item\pf{elcolors}\\ -%This is a style using light shades of the elementary colors red, -%blue and yellow.\\ -%\styleexample{elcolors} -%\item\pf{aggie}\\ -%This style was created by Jack Stalnaker for \pf{HA-prosper} and he -%has converted this style for \pf{powerdot}. The style uses dark red -%and light brown colors.\\ -%\styleexample{aggie} -%\item\pf{husky}\\ -%This style is created by Jack Stalnaker and has a background of -%light gray sun beams combined with dark red highlights.\\ -%\styleexample{husky} -%\item\pf{sailor}\\ -%This style is contributed by Mael Hill\'ereau and supplies five -%different palettes: \texttt{Sea} (the default), \texttt{River}, -%\texttt{Wine}, \texttt{Chocolate} and \texttt{Cocktail}. Below is a -%sample of the palette \texttt{Sea}.\\ -%\styleexample{sailor} -%\item\pf{upen}\\ -%This style has a nice dark blue background and text in yellow. It is -%contributed by Piskala Upendran.\\ -%\styleexample{upen} -%\item\pf{bframe}\\ -%The \pf{bframe} style has blue frames on the slide in which text is -%positioned. The style is contributed by Piskala Upendran.\\ -%\styleexample{bframe} -%\item\pf{horatio}\\ -%The \pf{horatio} style has been contributed by Michael Lundholm and -%is a more conservative blue style.\\ -%\styleexample{horatio} -%\item\pf{paintings}\\ -%This is a simple style without a table of contents on slides. It has -%been contributed by Thomas Koepsell and provides 10 different -%palettes. The colors used in the palettes are drawn from famous -%paintings.\footnote{The style defines a color \texttt{pdcolor7} -%which is not used in the style but comes from the same painting and -%complements the other colors. It can be used, for example, to -%highlight text against the main background color.} If you are -%interested, open the style file to read which paintings have been -%used. The available palettes are: \texttt{Syndics} (the default), -%\texttt{Skater}, \texttt{GoldenGate}, \texttt{Lamentation}, -%\texttt{HolyWood}, \texttt{Europa}, \texttt{Moitessier}, -%\texttt{MayThird}, \texttt{PearlEarring} and \texttt{Charon} (all -%case sensitive). Below is a sample of the \texttt{Syndics} -%palette.\\ -%\styleexample{paintings} -%\item\pf{klope}\\ -%The \pf{klope} style implements a horizontal table of contents that -%only lists the sections. The style is available in the following -%palettes: \texttt{Spring}, \texttt{PastelFlower}, \texttt{BlueWater} -%and \texttt{BlackWhite}. The \texttt{Spring} palette is the default -%and you can see a sample of that below.\\ -%\styleexample{klope} -%\item\pf{jefka}\\ -%The \pf{jefka} style comes with four palettes: \texttt{brown} (the -%default), \texttt{seagreen}, \texttt{blue} and \texttt{white}. Below -%you see a sample of the \texttt{brown} palette.\\ -%\styleexample{jefka} -%\item\pf{pazik}\\ -%This style is available in two palettes: \texttt{red} and -%\texttt{brown}. Below is a sample of the default \texttt{red} -%palette.\\ -%\styleexample{pazik} -%\end{description} -% -%\section{Compiling your presentation}\label{sec:compiling} -%\subsection{Dependencies}\label{sec:dependencies} -%In table \ref{tab:dependencies} is a list of packages that -%\pf{powerdot} uses to perform specific tasks. Dependencies of -%packages in this table are not listed. In the table, `required' -%means that you should have a version \emph{at least} as new as -%listed and `tested' means that \pf{powerdot} was tested with this -%version, but that it could equally well work with an older or newer -%version than the one listed in the table. So, when trying to solve -%an error, first concentrate on solving version issues for the -%`required' packages. To find out which version of a package you are -%currently using, put |\listfiles| on the first line of your -%document, run it with \LaTeX, open the |.log| file and read the file -%list (see a \LaTeX\ manual for more information). If you need to -%update a package, you can get it from CTAN \cite{CTAN}. -%\begin{table}[htb] -%\centering -%\begin{tabular}{e} -%Package/file & Version & Date & Required/tested\\\hline -%\pf{xkeyval} \cite{xkeyval} & 2.5c & 2005/07/10 & required\\ -%\texttt{pstricks.sty} \cite{PSTricksWeb,PSTricks} & 0.2l & 2004/05/12 & required\\ -%\pf{xcolor} \cite{xcolor} & 1.11 & 2004/05/09 & required\\ -%\pf{enumitem} \cite{enumitem} & 1.0 & 2004/07/19 & required\\ -%\pf{article} class & 1.4f & 2004/02/16 & tested\\ -%\pf{geometry} \cite{geometry} & 5.x & 2010/10/07 & tested\\ -%\pf{hyperref} \cite{hyperref} & 6.74m & 2003/11/30 & tested\\ -%\pf{graphicx} \cite{graphics} & 1.0f & 1999/02/16 & tested\\ -%\pf{verbatim} & 1.5q & 2003/08/22 & tested -%\end{tabular} -%\caption{Dependencies}\label{tab:dependencies} -%\end{table} -% -%\subsection{Creating and viewing output}\label{sec:creation} -%To compile your presentation, run it with \LaTeX. The DVI that is -%produced this way can be viewed with MiK\TeX's DVI viewer -%YAP.\footnote{Unless you are using \pf{pstricks-add} which distorts -%the coordinate system in DVI.} Unfortunately, xdvi and kdvi (kile) -%do not support all PostScript specials and hence these will display -%the presentation incorrectly. If your DVI viewer does support -%this, make sure that your DVI display settings match that of the -%presentation. In case you are using the |screen| paper, you should -%set the DVI display setting to using the letter paper format. If -%your DVI viewer allows for custom paper formats, use 8.25 inch by 11 -%inch. -% -%Note that certain things that are produced with PostScript or PDF -%techniques will not work in a DVI viewer. Examples are hiding of -%material via postscript layers (as is done, for instance, by -%|\pause|, see section~\ref{sec:overlays}) and hyperlinks, for -%instance in the table of contents. -% -%If you want to produce a postscript document, run dvips over the DVI -%\emph{without any particular command line options related to -%orientation or paper size}. \pf{powerdot} will write information to -%the DVI file that helps dvips and ps2pdf (ghostscript) to create a -%proper document. If you have some reason that this does not work for -%you and you want to specify the paper and orientation yourself, you -%should use the |nopsheader| option that is described in -%section~\ref{sec:setup}. The PostScript document could, for -%instance, be used to put multiple slides on a page using the |psnup| -%utility. -% -%To create a PDF document for your presentation, run ps2pdf over the -%PS file created with dvips. Also here, you can \emph{leave out any -%command line arguments related to paper size or orientation}. If -%this is problematic for you somehow, use the |nopsheader| option as -%before and specify the paper and orientation at each intermediate -%step yourself. -% -%\section{Creating your own style}\label{sec:writestyle} -%\subsection{General information} -%Writing or customizing \pf{powerdot} styles is simple. If you want -%to modify a style or build a new one, locate the style that you want -%to use as basis in your \TeX\ tree (styles are named as -%|powerdot-<style_name>.sty|), copy that and rename it as to avoid -%license\footnote{The \LaTeX\ Public Project License requires -%renaming files when modifying them, see -%\url{http://www.latex-project.org/lppl}.} or naming conflicts. You -%might want to install the new style in your local \TeX\ tree to be -%able to access it from any place on your hard drive. See your -%\LaTeX\ distribution for more information. -% -%Once that has been taken care of, we can start creating the style. -%We strongly recommend to study a style file (for example, -%|powerdot-default.sty|) while reading the remainder of this section -%as it provides good examples for the content of this section. -% -%A style has several components. We describe these components below. -%\begin{description} -%\item\textbf{Identification and packages}\\ -%This identifies the package in the log of a presentation and loads -%all required packages. The \pf{default} style contains something like: -%\begin{example} -% \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01] -% \ProvidesPackage{powerdot-default}[2005/10/09 v1.2 default style (HA)] -% \RequirePackage{pifont} -%\end{example} -%See for more information about these commands a \LaTeX\ manual, for -%instance \cite{companion}. -%\item\textbf{Palette or color definitions}\\ -%This section contains the definitions of palettes or colors that you -%want to use in the style. \pf{powerdot} uses \pf{xcolor} (via -%\pf{pstricks}). Hence, for more information about colors, see the -%\pf{xcolor} documentation. We will discuss palettes in more detail -%in section~\ref{sec:defpals}. -%\item\textbf{Template definitions}\\ -%We will come back to this in sections~\ref{sec:deftemps} -%to~\ref{sec:defbg}. -%\item\textbf{Custom declarations}\\ -%These can include anything that you want to be part of the style. -%The \pf{default} style, for instance, includes definitions for the labels -%in list environments like |itemize| and some initializations for -%lists in general (done with |\pdsetup|, see -%section~\ref{sec:pdsetup}). This part could also include some -%customizations as described in section~\ref{sec:specialtemps}. -%\item\textbf{Font initializations}\\ -%This initializes font definitions (which can be done by -%loading a package like \pf{helvet}). -%\end{description} -% -%\subsection{Defining palettes}\label{sec:defpals} -%We will be defining templates formally in -%section~\ref{sec:deftemps}. For now, it's enough to have the general -%idea that a template controls the design of a slide. Palettes are -%sets of colors that color a template or design. A palette does not -%change the overall design of a template. -% -%\DescribeMacro{\pddefinepalettes} -%The following command can be used to define palettes for your style. -%\begin{command} -% `\cs{pddefinepalettes}\marg{name1}\marg{cmds1}\dots' -%\end{command} -%This macro takes \emph{any} even number of mandatory arguments with -%a minimum of two. For every \meta{name}, a set of \meta{commands} -%can be given which define the palette with name \meta{name}. These -%commands can define colors with names |pdcolor1|, |pdcolor2|, -%etcetera. These colors can be used when designing the template (see -%section~\ref{sec:deftemps}). |pdcolor1| will always be used as text -%color. -% -%The user can access these palettes via the |palette| key for the -%|\pdsetup| command (see section~\ref{sec:pdsetup}). If the user does -%not specify a palette, the first palette defined when compiling the -%presentation, will be used. Here is an example for defining 2 -%palettes. -%\begin{example} -% \pddefinepalettes{reds}{ -% \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{1,0,0} -% \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{1,.1,0} -% \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{1,.2,0} -% }{greens}{ -% \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{0,1,0} -% \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.1,1,0} -% \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.2,1,0} -% } -%\end{example} -%In this example, the |reds| palette is the default one. For more -%information about |\definecolor|, see the documentation of the -%\pf{xcolor} package \cite{xcolor}. -% -%Notice that it is not necessary to use the names |pdcolor2|, -%|pdcolor3| etcetera as color names. But if these colors are defined, -%\pf{powerdot} will use them, for instance, in the random dots -%feature (see section~\ref{sec:glopts}). The flexibility adds extra -%possibilities in setting up templates and palettes. See for an -%example of its use, the \pf{klope} style. -% -%\subsection{Defining templates}\label{sec:deftemps} -%We start off with a definition of what a template is. A template is -%a collection of settings for slide components together with custom -%definitions, which controls the visual appearance of a slide. A -%style can contain multiple templates. -% -%\begin{command} -% `\cs{pddefinetemplate}\oarg{basis}\marg{name}\marg{options}\marg{commands}' -%\end{command} -%\DescribeMacro{\pddefinetemplate} -%This defines the environment \meta{name} to produce a slide with -%characteristics determined by \meta{basis}, \meta{options} and -%\meta{commands}. We will discuss these elements in more detail -%in the coming sections. -% -%If you want to create several templates that differ only slightly -%from each other, define a \meta{basis} template, and then use it to -%define other templates. All \meta{options} and \meta{commands} for -%the new template \meta{name} will be appended to the existing list -%of \meta{options} and \meta{commands} from the \meta{basis} -%template. -% -%Make sure you choose a \emph{proper} name for the template, and -%avoid redefining existing templates or environments. \pf{powerdot} -%defines |blackslide|, |note| and |emptyslide| internally, so you -%shouldn't use these names unless you know what you're doing. -%Furthermore, each style needs to define at least the templates -%|slide| and |titleslide|. The |titleslide| environment will be used -%to create the title slide and |slide| will (by default) also be used -%to create section slides. Titles and sections are a bit special in -%the way they use the \meta{options} and will be discussed in more -%detail in section~\ref{sec:specialtemps}. -% -%\subsection{Controlling setup} -%\DescribeOption{ifsetup} -%The \meta{options} (keys) are described in the following sections. -%You can control how these options apply to the various setups by -%using the |ifsetup| key. Any key appearing before the first -%|ifsetup| declaration in \meta{options} will apply to every possible -%setup. Once the |ifsetup| key is used, then all subsequent key -%declarations will apply \textit{only} to the setups declared in the -%|ifsetup| key. The |ifsetup| key can be used multiple times. -% -%By possible setups, we mean the allowed values of the |mode|, -%|paper|, |orient|, and |display| keys that are described in -%section~\ref{sec:classopts}. If a value (or values!) for any of -%these four keys is not specified in a |ifsetup| declaration, then -%all subsequent key declarations will apply to any layout of that -%type. Consider the following as an example. -%\begin{example}[numbers=left,numberstyle=\tiny\ttfamily,% -% escapeinside=`',numbersep=1em,xleftmargin=1em] -% ... -% textpos={.2\slidewidth,.3\slideheight},% -% ifsetup={portrait,screen},% -% textpos={.3\slidewidth,.2\slideheight}% -% ... -% ifsetup=landscape,% -% ... -% ifsetup, -% ... -%\end{example} -%Assuming there was no |ifsetup| declaration before the first -%|textpos| declaration, this first |textpos| will apply to every -%possible setup. However, for the screen format in portrait -%orientation, the next |textpos| declaration will be used. In fact, -%all declarations that appear until we switch to the next |ifsetup| -%(which specifies all paper sorts and only landscape orientation) -%will be used in the portrait screen layout. All keys after the next -%|ifsetup| declaration will be used in landscape orientation, -%\emph{with any paper, mode and display}. If, after declaring some -%specializations, you want to switch back to settings that apply to -%all possible setups, set |ifsetup| to empty as is done in the -%example. All subsequent declarations will then again be applied -%under any setup. -% -%The following command is a stand-alone implementation of the -%mechanism described above. It allows you to control the setup -%outside the \meta{options} argument of the |\pddefinetemplate| -%command. -%\begin{command} -% `\cs{pdifsetup}\marg{desired}\marg{true}\marg{false}' -%\end{command} -%\DescribeMacro{\pdifsetup} -%This macro executes \meta{true} when the setup that the user chose -%matches with the \meta{desired} setup, \meta{false} in all other cases. -%For instance, if the user has chosen landscape, then -%\begin{example} -% \pdifsetup{landscape}{yes}{no} -%\end{example} -%will typeset |yes|. If the user would have chosen portrait instead, -%then |no| would have been typeset. -% -%This macro can be used to check setup requests from the user and, -%for instance, generate an error if a certain setup is not supported -%by your style. \pf{powerdot} provides one predefined error message -%which can be used in one of the first lines of your style. -%\begin{command} -% `\cs{pd@noportrait}' -%\end{command} -%\DescribeMacro{\pd@noportrait} -%This macro generates an error when the user requests portrait -%orientation. Notice that the handout mode only works in portrait -%orientation. This macro takes that into account and doesn't generate -%an error in the case that the user requested a handout. -% -%\subsection{Main components}\label{sec:maincomps} -%The \meta{options} control several key components of a slide. Every -%component has several properties. A key that can be used in the -%\meta{options} argument is the name of the component postfixed by -%its property that you want to control. -% -%The components |title|, |text|, |toc|, |stoc| and |ntoc| have -%properties |hook|, |pos|, |width| and |font|. Additionally, the -%|text| component has a |height| property. The components |lf|, |cf| and -%|rf| have properties |hook|, |pos|, |temp| and |font|. Hence, -%examples of valid keys are |titlefont|, |tocpos| and |lftemp|. All -%components and properties will be discussed below. -% -%Here is an overview of the components that can be controlled from -%the \meta{options} argument in |\pddefinetemplate|. -%\begin{description} -%\item\DescribeOption{title-}\option{title-}\\ -%The slide title. -%\item\DescribeOption{text-}\option{text-}\\ -%The main text box on the slide. -%\item\DescribeOption{toc-}\option{toc-}\\ -%The (full) table of contents on a slide containing sections and -%slides. -%\item\DescribeOption{stoc-}\option{stoc-}\\ -%This is a table of contents containing only the sections. See also -%|ntoc| below. -%\item\DescribeOption{ntoc-}\option{ntoc-}\\ -%This is a table of contents containing only the entries for the -%active section. Together with |stoc|, this can be used to create a -%split table of contents. In a particular template, one would usually -%have a |toc|, a combination of |stoc| and |ntoc| or no table of -%contents at all. -%\item\DescribeOptions{lf-,cf-,rf-}\option{lf-,cf-,rf-}\\ -%The left, center and right footers. -%\end{description} -% -%Notice that all positioning of components described above will be -%done with |\rput| from \pf{pstricks} \cite{PSTricksWeb,PSTricks} -%internally. See the \pf{pstricks} documentation for more information -%about this command. It should also be noted that all components -%(except |lf|, |cf| and |rf|) put their content in a |minipage| -%environment. -% -%Now we list all properties of the components listed above and -%describe what they mean. Remember that keys are formed by combining -%a component name and a property. -% -%\begin{description} -%\item\DescribeOption{-hook}\option{-hook}\\ -%This option defines the |\rput| hook that will be used when -%positioning the item. This can be |tl|, |t|, |tr|, |r|, |Br|, |br|, -%|b|, |bl|, |Bl|, |l|, |B| and |c|. See the \pf{pstricks} -%documentation for more information. -%\item\DescribeOption{-pos}\option{-pos}\\ -%This defines the position of the |hook| on the paper. The lower left -%corner of the paper is given by the point |{0,0}| and the upper right -%corner by the point |{\slidewidth,\slideheight}|. So if you want to -%position the main text box at 20\% from the left edge and 30\% from -%the top edge of the paper, you have to do the following. -%\begin{example} -% textpos={.2\slidewidth,.7\slideheight} -%\end{example} -%If the position of any component has not been specified, this -%component will not be placed on the slide. This gives an opportunity -%to design slides without footers or table of contents, for instance. -%\item\DescribeOption{-width}\option{-width}\\ -%The width of the component. All component positioned by -%\pf{powerdot} will be put in a surrounding |minipage| environment. -%The |width| property determines the width of the |minipage|. Example: -%\begin{example} -% textwidth=.7\slidewidth -%\end{example} -%This property does not exist for the |lf|, |cf| and |rf| components. -%\item\DescribeOption{-height}\option{-height}\\ -%This option is only available for the |text| component. In other -%words, for this property, there is only one key, namely -%|textheight|. This can be used to specify the height of the -%|minipage| used for the main text. This does not imply that users -%are restricted to this length or that \pf{powerdot} does automatic -%slide breaking. This height is only used for vertical alignments of -%material, for instance by footnotes. The preset value is -%|\slideheight|. -%\item\DescribeOption{-font}\option{-font}\\ -%This will be inserted just before the text that is about to be -%typeset. This can be used to declare deviations from the main text -%font and color. It can be a font declaration, like -%|\large\bfseries|, but can also contain other things like -%|\color{red}| or |\raggedright|. -%\item\DescribeOption{-temp}\option{-temp}\\ -%This property is only available for the footers (|lf|, |cf| and |rf|) and -%can be used to change the template of the footers. This means that -%you can, for instance, add content to the footer, besides the -%content specified by the user. The default declaration by -%\pf{powerdot} is the following. -%\begin{example} -% rftemp=\pd@@rf\ifx\pd@@rf\@empty -% \else\ifx\theslide\@empty\else\ -- \fi\fi\theslide -%\end{example} -%Here |\pd@@rf| will contain the content of the right footer defined -%by the user via the |\pdsetup| command. Similarly, |\pd@@lf| -%contains the content of the left footer. The above declaration -%checks whether the footer and |\theslide| are both non-empty and if -%so, it inserts | -- | to separate both. -%\item\DescribeOption{-orient}\option{-orient}\\ -%This property is only available for the |toc|, |stoc| and |ntoc| -%components. This property can be |h| or |v| and determines the -%orientation of the table of contents. The preset is |v|. See -%also section~\ref{sec:slidetoc} for more information about the -%construction of the table of contents. -%\end{description} -% -%\subsection{Slide toc}\label{sec:slidetoc} -%The small table of contents that is placed on slides can be -%controlled by four macros and several options. -% -%\DescribeMacro{\pd@tocslide} -%\DescribeMacro{\pd@tocsection} -%These macros take one argument. When building the table of contents, -%\pf{powerdot} first passes the content through |\pd@tocslide| or -%|\pd@tocsection|, depending on the type of entry that it is building -%at that moment. You could, for instance, do -%\begin{example} -% \def\pd@tocslide#1{$\bullet$\ #1} -% \def\pd@tocsection#1{#1} -%\end{example} -%which will prefix all normal entries (not the sections) with a -%bullet. By default, these two macros are defined to just pass on -%their argument. -% -%\DescribeMacro{\pd@tocdisplay} -%\DescribeMacro{\pd@tochighlight} -%These two macros also take one argument. After processing an entry -%with the command |\pd@tocslide| or |\pd@tocsection|, \pf{powerdot} -%continues building the entry by passing it through |\pd@tocdisplay|, -%when the entry needs to be displayed only, or |\pd@tochighlight|, -%when the entry needs to be highlighted. These macros are a little -%more involved and take care of putting the content in the proper -%font and color in a |minipage|. Further, |\pd@tochighlight| also -%puts a box around the item. -% -%Notice, that by default, both the separate table of contents entries -%as well as the table of contents as a whole are typeset in -%|minipage| environments by these macros, in case the table of -%contents is vertical. The |-width| properties then determines the -%width of the table of contents and, together with |tocsecindent| and -%|tocslideindent| (see below) the width of the individual entries. If -%it is horizontal, only the separate entries will be in |minipage|s -%and the table of contents itself not and the |-width| properties -%determine only the width of the individual entries (together with -%|tocsecindent| and |tocslideindent|). -% -%Several aspects of the process of generating the table of contents -%can be controlled via the keys that are available in the -%|\pddefinetemplate| command that will be described below. If these -%keys do not provide enough handles to do what you want, you might -%need to have a look at the two macros in the source and decide to -%rewrite them in your style as to fit your needs. An example can be -%found in the \pf{fyma} style. -% -%\begin{description} -%\item\DescribeOption{tocfrsep}\option{tocfrsep}\\ -%This length is the distance between the box around the content -%created by the |minipage| and the highlight frame box created by -%|\pd@tochighlight|. Preset: |0.5mm|. -%\item\DescribeOption{tocsecsep}\option{tocsecsep}\\ -%The distance inserted before a section (unless it is the -%first element in the table of contents). Preset: |2ex|. -%Notice that if the orientation of the table of contents is set to -%vertical, this length creates a vertical skip, otherwise, it creates -%a horizontal skip. -%\item\DescribeOption{tocslidesep}\option{tocslidesep}\\ -%The distance inserted before other entries (unless it is the -%first element in the table of contents). Preset: |0ex|. Like -%|tocsecsep|, the effect of this length depends on the orientation of -%the table of contents. -%\item\DescribeOption{tocsecindent}\option{tocsecindent}\\ -%The horizontal space left to a section entry. Preset: |0pt|. -%\item\DescribeOption{tocslideindent}\option{tocslideindent}\\ -%The horizontal space left to a slide entry. The horizontal skip will -%not be inserted left to slide entries that appear before the first -%section. Preset: |0pt|. -%\item\DescribeOption{tocsecm}\option{tocsecm}\\ -%This is inserted just before typesetting a section. This can be used -%to mark a section, for instance with a line as in the \pf{default} -%style. Preset: empty. -%\item\DescribeOption{toctcolor}\option{toctcolor}\\ -%This is the text color used for non-highlighted elements in the -%table of contents. Preset: |black|. -%\item\DescribeOption{tochltcolor}\option{tochltcolor}\\ -%This is the text color used for highlighted elements in the table of -%contents. Preset: |white|. -%\item\DescribeOption{tochlcolor}\option{tochlcolor}\\ -%This is the color used for the frame behind highlighted elements. -%Preset: |black|. -%\end{description} -% -%\subsection{Miscellaneous options}\label{sec:miscoptions} -%There are some options that fall outside of the scope of the previous -%sections. These will be discussed here. -% -%\begin{description} -%\item\DescribeOption{iacolor}\option{iacolor}\\ -%The |iacolor| option can be used to specify the color that is used -%for inactive things, produced for instance by |\onslide|, |\pause| -%(see section~\ref{sec:overlays}) and |\tableofcontents| (see -%section~\ref{sec:tableofcontents}). As \pf{xcolor} is used by -%\pf{powerdot}, one can use special notation here, like -%\begin{example} -% iacolor=black!20 -%\end{example} -%The preset value for this key is |lightgray|. -%\end{description} -% -%The following options control the digital clock (see -%section~\ref{sec:classopts}). The clock is a form text field with -%dynamic content, driven by a javascript via \pf{hyperref} text -%fields. Some options for the clock work similarly as for, for -%instance, the title component, but there are also special options. -%\begin{description} -%\item\DescribeOptions{clockhook,clockpos}\option{clockhook,clockpos}\\ -%These work in the same way as the |-hook| and |-pos| properties -%discussed in section~\ref{sec:maincomps}. The preset value of -%|clockhook| is |tr|. -%\item\DescribeOptions{clockwidth,clockheight}\option{clockwidth,clockheight}\\ -%These control the width and height of the text field containing the -%clock. Preset values come from \pf{hyperref} and are |3cm| and -%|\baselineskip|, respectively. -%\item\DescribeOption{clockcharsize}\option{clockcharsize}\\ -%The size of characters of the clock. Preset: |14pt|. -%\item\DescribeOption{clockalign}\option{clockalign}\\ -%The alignment of the clock in the text field. |0| is left-aligned, -%|1| is centered and |2| is right aligned. Preset is |2|. -%\item\DescribeOption{clockcolor}\option{clockcolor}\\ -%This determines the text color of the clock. The value should be a -%named color. The preset value is |black|. -%\end{description} -% -%\subsection{Template presets} -%Below, we have copied the preset setting for the keys described -%above. These will be used if you didn't supply other input for these -%keys in a particular template. If the preset value meets your -%needs, you don't have to specify it again in your style. -%\begin{example} -% titlehook=Bl,titlepos=,titlewidth=\slidewidth, -% titlefont=\raggedright,texthook=tl,textpos=, -% textwidth=\slidewidth,textfont=\raggedright, -% textheight=\slideheight, -% tochook=tl,tocpos=,tocwidth=.2\slidewidth, -% tocfont=\tiny\raggedright, -% stochook=tl,stocpos=,stocwidth=.2\slidewidth, -% stocfont=\tiny\raggedright, -% ntochook=tl,ntocpos=,ntocwidth=.2\slidewidth, -% ntocfont=\tiny\raggedright, -% tocorient=v,stocorient=v,ntocorient=v, -% tocfrsep=.5mm,tocsecsep=2ex,tocslidesep=0ex, -% tocsecm=,toctcolor=black,tochlcolor=black,tochltcolor=white, -% tocsecindent=0pt,tocslideindent=0pt, -% lfhook=Bl,lfpos=,lffont=\scriptsize,lftemp=\pd@@lf, -% cfhook=B,cfpos=,cffont=\scriptsize,cftemp=\pd@@cf, -% rfhook=Br,rfpos=,rffont=\scriptsize,rftemp=\pd@@rf\ifx\pd@@rf -% \@empty\else\ifx\theslide\@empty\else\ -- \fi\fi\theslide, -% iacolor=lightgray, -% clockhook=tr,clockpos=,clockwidth=3cm,clockheight=\baselineskip, -% clockcharsize=14pt,clockalign=2,clockcolor=black -%\end{example} -% -%\subsection{The background}\label{sec:defbg} -%This leaves only one argument of the |\pddefinetemplate| macro -%undiscussed. This is the \meta{commands} argument. This argument can -%contain any code that you want to execute \textit{after} setting the -%options and \textit{before} building the slide components like the -%slide title, main text, and footers. This argument is designed to -%contain declarations that will build the background of a template -%using, for instance, \pf{pstricks}, but it can also hold other -%commands you might need for building your template. -% -%Important to notice is that these commands may not create \TeX\ -%material as that might destroy the construction of the slide. So, if -%you want to place the word `Hello' in the bottom left corner of the -%slide, don't type `Hello', but make its width, height and depth -%equal to zero, for instance by using \pf{pstricks}' |\rput|. -%\begin{example} -% \rput[bl](0,0){Hello} -%\end{example} -% -%\subsection{Title slide, titles and sections}\label{sec:specialtemps} -%As mentioned before, the style that you write needs to define at -%least the templates |slide| and |titleslide|. The latter treats some -%of the keys in a special way. Besides, a section slide is also done -%in a special way. -% -%The title slide (made with |\maketitle|) puts the title with -%author(s) and date in the main text box. This means that you have to -%supply a position for the main text box (|textpos|). It will use the -%main text font for the text (together with declarations in the -%|textfont| key) for the author(s) and the date. But it will use the -%declarations in |titlefont| for the title of the presentation. This -%is done so that title and author(s) form a coherent block and to -%make sure that long titles can push down the author(s) instead of -%overwriting it. -% -%\DescribeMacro{\pd@slidetitle} -%The |\pd@slidetitle| macro is used to typeset the slide title on -%slides. This macro is comparable to for instance |\pd@tocslide|. The -%macro takes one argument which is the slide title in the right font -%and formatting. By default, this macro just passes on the content -%for typesetting, but you could redefine this macro so do something -%with its input prior to typesetting it. An example is in the -%\pf{fyma} style which underlines the title after putting it in a -%|minipage| to support multi line titles. -% -%\DescribeMacros{\pd@title,\pd@sectiontitle} -%These macros are similar to |\pd@slidetitle| and typeset the title -%on the title slide and the title on section slides respectively. By -%default, these also pass there argument (which is the presentation -%title or section title), but these can be redefined to do something -%with the input prior to typesetting it, just as |\pd@slidetitle|. -% -%\DescribeOptions{sectemp,widesectemp} -%The |\section| command uses (by default) the |slide| environment and -%puts the section title in the title box with font |titlefont|. If -%you want to change the default use of the |slide| environment for -%sections to, for instance, the |sectionslide| environment or any -%other especially designed section template, change the section -%template preset in your style, using -%\begin{example} -% \setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide} -%\end{example} -%This means that if the user asks for |template=slide| in the -%|\section| command, the |sectionslide| environment will be used -%silently. To avoid surprises, |sectionslide| should preferably be -%based on the |slide| environment. -% -%A similar option is available in case the user asks for -%|template=wideslide|. One could for instance do the following. -%\begin{example} -% \setkeys[pd]{section}{widesectemp=sectionwideslide} -%\end{example} -%Whenever the user requests a |wideslide| to be used for a -%|\section|, instead, the |sectionwideslide| environment will be -%used. Other input to the |template| key by the user does not get a -%special treatment. -% -%Notice that these keys are available in the |section| family of keys -%and that you cannot use them in the |\pddefinetemplate| command. -% -%\subsection{Testing the style}\label{sec:styletest} -%\pf{powerdot} has a test file that should test most of the style. -%This test file can be produced by running \LaTeX\ over -%|powerdot.dtx|. This generates |powerdot-styletest.tex| which will -%help you with the testing job. Feel free to contact us when you -%would like to contribute your style to \pf{powerdot}. See also -%section~\ref{sec:questions}. -% -%\section{Using \LyX\ for presentations}\label{sec:lyx} -%\LyX\ \cite{LyXWeb} is a WYSIWYM (What You See Is What You Mean) -%document processor based on \LaTeX. It supports standard \LaTeX\ -%classes but needs special files, called layout files, in order to -%support non-standard classes such as \pf{powerdot}. -% -%To start using \LyX\ for \pf{powerdot} presentations, copy the -%layout file |powerdot.layout| to the \LyX\ layout directory. You can -%find this file in the doc tree of your \LaTeX\ installation: -%\url{texmf/doc/latex/powerdot}. If you can't find it there, download -%it from \url{CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/powerdot}. Once that is -%done, reconfigure \LyX\ (\texttt{Edit\LyXarrow Reconfigure} and -%restart \LyX\ afterwards). Now you can use the \pf{powerdot} -%document class as any other supported class. Go to -%\texttt{Layout\LyXarrow Document} and select \texttt{powerdot -%presentation} as document class. For more information, see the \LyX\ -%documentation, which is accessible from the |Help| menu. -% -%\subsection{How to use the layout} -%The \pf{powerdot} \LyX\ layout provides some environments\footnote{Don't -%confuse these with \LaTeX\ environments.} which can be used in \LyX. -%Some of these environments (for instance |Title| or |Itemize|) are -%natural to use since they exist also in the standard document -%classes such as \pf{article}. For more information on these standard -%environments, see the \LyX\ documentation. -% -%This section will explain how to use the \pf{powerdot} specific -%environments |Slide|, |WideSlide|, |EmptySlide| and |Note|. These -%environments correspond to the \pf{powerdot} environments |slide|, -%|emptyslide|, |wideslide| and |note|. -% -%We start with a simple example. The following \LaTeX\ code -%\begin{example} -% \begin{slide}{Slide title} -% Slide content. -% \end{slide} -%\end{example} -%can be obtained using the following \LyX\ environments. The right -%column represents the text typed into the \LyX\ window and the left -%column represents the environment applied to this text). -%\begin{example} -% Slide Slide title -% Standard Slide content. -% EndSlide -%\end{example} -%Some remarks concerning this example. -%\begin{itemize}[leftmargin=0pt,itemsep=0pt,parsep=0pt] -%\item You can use the environment menu (under the menu bar, top-left -%corner) to change the environment applied to text. -%\item The slide title should be typed on the line of the |Slide| -%environment. -%\item |EndSlide| finishes the slide and its line is left blank. -%\end{itemize} -% -%In the \LyX\ window, the |Slide| environment (that is, the slide -%title) is displayed in magenta, the |WideSlide| style in green, the -%|EmptySlide| style in cyan and the |Note| style in red and hence -%these are easily identifiable. -% -%Here is another example. -%\begin{example} -% \begin{slide}{First slide title} -% The first slide. -% \end{slide} -% \begin{note}{First note title} -% The first note, concerning slide 1. -% \end{note} -% \begin{slide}{Second slide title} -% The second slide. -% \end{slide} -%\end{example} -%This can be done in \LyX\ in the following way. -%\begin{example} -% Slide First slide title -% Standard The first slide. -% Note First note title -% Standard The first note, concerning slide 1. -% Slide Second slide title -% Standard The second slide. -% EndSlide -%\end{example} -%This example demonstrates that it is often sufficient to insert the -%|EndSlide| style after the last slide or note only. Only when you -%want certain material not to be part of a slide, you need to finish -%the preceding slide manually using the |EndSlide| style. Example: -%\begin{example} -% Slide First slide title -% Standard The first slide. -% EndSlide -% [ERT box with some material] -% Slide Second slide title -% ... -%\end{example} -% -%Options can be passed to slide environments by using -%\texttt{Insert\LyXarrow Short title} in front of the slide title. -%The following example uses the |direct| method (see -%section~\ref{sec:verbatim}) in the short title argument (delimited by -%square brackets) to allow for a |lstlisting| environment (defined by -%the \pf{listings} package) within the slide content. -%\begin{example} -% Slide [method=direct]Example of LaTeX source code -% Standard Here's the \HelloWorld command: -% [ERT box: -% \lstset{language=[LaTeX]TeX} -% \begin{lstlisting} -% \newcommand{\HelloWorld}{Hello World!} -% \end{lstlisting} -% ] -% EndSlide -%\end{example} -%Note that you are not obliged to use a |verbatim| environment to -%type the |\HelloWord| text into the \LyX\ window because \LyX\ -%directly supports standard verbatim.\footnote{\LyX\ translates -%special characters into their corresponding \LaTeX\ command. For -%instance, the backslash character is translated into -%\cs{textbackslash{}}. Resulting, the font is not the same as in true -%verbatim and you might want to change that via the -%\texttt{Layout\LyXarrow Character} dialog.} Consequently, the use of -%the slide processing methods |direct| and |file| is not necessary -%when you need standard verbatim, but it is necessary when doing more -%advanced things, like in the example above. -% -%\subsection{Support of syntax} -%This section lists options, commands and environments that are -%supported through the \LyX\ interface directly, without using an ERT -%box (\TeX-mode). -% -%All class options (see section~\ref{sec:classopts}) are supported -%via the \texttt{Layout\LyXarrow Document} dialog (|Layout| pane). -%Options for the |\pdsetup| command (see section~\ref{sec:setup}) -%should be specified in the |Preamble| pane of the -%\texttt{Layout\LyXarrow Document} dialog. -% -%Table \ref{tab:lyxcommands} lists the \pf{powerdot} commands that -%are supported in \LyX. -%\begin{table}[htb] -%\centering -%\begin{tabular}{f} -%Command & Method in \LyX\\\hline -%\cs{title} & Use \texttt{Title} environment.\\ -%\cs{author} & Use \texttt{Author} environment.\\ -%\cs{date} & Use \texttt{Date} environment.\\ -%\cs{maketitle} & Managed directly by \LyX.\\ -%\cs{section} & Use the \texttt{Section} environment. Options to this -%command (see section~\ref{sec:section}) can be specified using -%\texttt{Insert\LyXarrow Short title} in front of the section title.\\ -%\cs{tableofcontents} & Use \texttt{Insert\LyXarrow Lists \& -%TOC\LyXarrow Table of contents}. You will need an ERT box if you -%want to use the optional argument, see below. -%\end{tabular} -%\caption{Supported \pf{powerdot} commands in \LyX}\label{tab:lyxcommands} -%\end{table} -%Table \ref{tab:lyxenvs} lists the \pf{powerdot} environments that, -%besides the earlier discussed |slide|, |wideslide|, |note| and -%|emptyslide| environments, are supported in \LyX. -%\begin{table}[htb] -%\centering -%\begin{tabular}{f} -%Environment & Method in \LyX\\\hline -%\texttt{itemize} & Use \texttt{Itemize} and \texttt{ItemizeType1} -%environments. The latter will create a list with |type=1| (see -%section~\ref{sec:lists}).\\ -%\texttt{enumerate} & Use \texttt{Enumerate} and -%\texttt{EnumerateType1} environments.\\ -%\texttt{thebibliography} & Use \texttt{Bibliography} environment. -%\end{tabular} -%\caption{Supported \pf{powerdot} environments in \LyX}\label{tab:lyxenvs} -%\end{table} -%Table \ref{tab:lyxERT} lists commands that can only be done by using -%an ERT box (via \texttt{Insert\LyXarrow TeX}). -%\begin{table}[ht] -%\centering -%\begin{tabular}{f} -%Command & Method in \LyX\\\hline -%\cs{and} & Within \texttt{Author} environment.\\ -%\cs{pause} & \\ -%\cs{item} & An ERT box is only required for the optional argument, -%not mandatory for overlays specifications.\\ -%\cs{onslide} & And the versions \cs{onslide+} and \cs{onslide*}.\\ -%\cs{twocolumn} & \\ -%\cs{tableofcontents} & Only when using the optional argument. -%\end{tabular} -%\caption{\pf{powerdot} commands needing an ERT box in \LyX}\label{tab:lyxERT} -%\end{table} -%Note that you may use the clipboard in order to repeat often used -%commands like |\pause|. Finally, table \ref{tab:lyxadd} lists -%additional commands and environments that are supported by the layout. -%\begin{table}[htb] -%\centering -%\begin{tabular}{f} -%Env./Command & Method in \LyX\\\hline -%\texttt{quote} & Use \texttt{Quote} environment.\\ -%\texttt{quotation} & Use \texttt{Quotation} environment.\\ -%\texttt{verse} & Use \texttt{Verse} environment.\\ -%\cs{caption} & Use \texttt{Caption} environment within standard -%float environments. -%\end{tabular} -%\caption{Additional environments for \LyX}\label{tab:lyxadd} -%\end{table} -% -%\subsection{Compiling with \LyX} -%First of all, make sure that you have also read -%section~\ref{sec:compiling}. Then, in order to get a proper -%PostScript or PDF file, you have to set your \LyX\ document -%properties depending on which paper and orientation you want. When -%your \LyX\ document is open, go to the \texttt{Layout\LyXarrow -%Document} dialog. In the \texttt{Layout} pane, put the |nopsheader|, -%|orient| and |paper| keys as class options (see -%section~\ref{sec:classopts} for a description). Then, go to the -%|Paper| pane and select corresponding paper size and orientation -%(you may choose |letter| paper in the case you set |paper=screen| in -%the class options). Finally, go to the |View| (or -%\texttt{File\LyXarrow Export}) menu and select your output -%(PostScript or PDF). -% -%\subsection{Extending the layout} -%If you have created a custom style (see section~\ref{sec:writestyle}) -%which defines custom templates, you may want to extend the layout -%file\footnote{The LPPL dictates to rename a file if you modify it as -%to avoid confusion.} so that these templates are also supported in -%\LyX. The explanation below assumes that you have defined a template -%called |sunnyslide|. -% -%To support this new template in \LyX, you have to use the following -%command. -%\begin{command} -% `\cs{pddefinelyxtemplate}\meta{cs}\marg{template}' -%\end{command} -%\DescribeMacro{\pddefinelyxtemplate} -%This will define the control sequence \meta{cs} such that it will -%create a slide with template \meta{template} (which has been defined -%using |\pddefinetemplate|. This new control sequence can be used in -%the layout file as follows. -%\begin{example} -% # SunnySlide environment definition -% Style SunnySlide -% CopyStyle Slide -% LatexName lyxend\lyxsunnyslide -% Font -% Color Yellow -% EndFont -% Preamble -% \pddefinelyxtemplate\lyxsunnyslide{sunnyslide} -% EndPreamble -% End -%\end{example} -%Note that you must begin the |LatexName| field with |lyxend|. The -%definition of the \LyX\ template has been inserted in between -%|Preamble| and |EndPreamble| which assures that the new \LyX\ -%environment will work in every presentation. After modifying the -%layout file, don't forget to restart \LyX. See for more information -%about creating \LyX\ environments, the documentation of \LyX\ in the -%|Help| menu. -% -%\section{Questions}\label{sec:questions} -%\subsection{Frequently Asked Questions}\label{sec:FAQ} -%This section is devoted to Frequently Asked Questions. Please read -%it carefully; your problem might be solved by this section. -%\begin{itemize}[leftmargin=0pt] -%\question -%Does \pf{powerdot} have example files? Where can I find them? -%\answer -%\pf{powerdot} comes with several examples that should be in the doc -%tree of your \LaTeX\ installation. More precisely: -%\url{texmf/doc/latex/powerdot}. If you can't find them there, -%download them from \url{CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/powerdot} -%\cite{CTAN}. -%\question I'm getting errors or unexpected output when compiling -%the simplest example! -%\answer Did you read section~\ref{sec:compiling}? -%\question I made a typo in the slide code, ran the file, got an -%error, corrected the typo and reran, but now get an error that -%doesn't go away. -%\answer Remove the |.bm| and |.toc| files and try again. -%\question |\pause| does not work in the |align|\footnote{There are -%several environments doing similar things as \texttt{align}. Another -%example is the \texttt{split} environment, but more (often from the -%\pf{amsmath} package) can cause similar trouble for \cs{pause}.} -%environment. -%\answer |align| does several tricky things, which make it impossible -%to use |\pause|. Use |\onslide| instead. See -%section~\ref{sec:onslide}. -%\question My \pf{pstricks} nodes appear on all overlays. Also: color -%doesn't seem to work with |\onslide|. -%\answer Some PostScript tricks like nodes and color do not work with -%|\onslide|. Use |\onslide*| instead. See an example below. -%\begin{example} -% \documentclass{powerdot} -% \usepackage{pst-node} -% \begin{document} -% \begin{slide}{Color} -% \onslide*{2}{\cnode(0,-5pt){2pt}{A}} -% This is {\onslide*{2-}{\color{red}} red} text. -% \onslide*{2}{\cnode(0,-5pt){2pt}{B}} -% \onslide{2}{\ncline{A}{B}} -% \end{slide} -% \end{document} -%\end{example} -%\question Do I need to edit style files to change a style a bit? -%\answer No, you do not need to edit any style file. You can change -%any part of a certain style using the |\pddefinetemplate| and -%|\pddefinepalettes| commands. Here is an example that removes the -%left and right footers from the \pf{default} style, places the slide -%number in the center footer and adds another palette. -%\begin{example} -% \documentclass{powerdot} -% \pddefinetemplate[slide]{slide}{ -% lfpos=,rfpos=,cftemp=\theslide -% }{} -% \pddefinepalettes{mypalette}{ -% \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.27,.31,.44} -% \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.85,.85,.92} -% \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.8,.75,.98} -% } -% \pdsetup{palette=mypalette} -% \begin{document} -% \begin{slide}{Title} -% \end{slide} -% \end{document} -%\end{example} -%See section~\ref{sec:writestyle} for more information about these -%two commands. -%\question Can I contribute to this project? -%\answer -%Certainly. If you find bugs\footnote{Make sure that you confirm that -%the bug is really caused by \pf{powerdot} and not by another package -%that you use.} or typos, please send a message to the mailinglist -%(see section~\ref{sec:mailinglist}). If you have developed your own -%style that is distinct from existing styles and would like to see it -%included in \pf{powerdot}, please inform us by private e-mail and we -%will consider your contribution. Notice that included contributions -%will fall under the overall \pf{powerdot} license and copyright -%notice, but that your name will be included in the documentation -%when you make a contribution. This is done to guarantee that we can -%adapt files if maintenance is needed. -%\end{itemize} -% -%If your question has not been answered at this point, advance to the -%next section to read where to find more answers. -% -%\subsection{Mailinglist}\label{sec:mailinglist} -%\pf{powerdot} has a mailinglist from \url{freelists.org} and has its -%website here: -%\begin{center} -%\url{http://www.freelists.org/list/powerdot} -%\end{center} -%There is a link to `List Archive'. Please search this archive before -%posting a question. Your problem might already have been solved in -%the past. -% -%If that is not the case, use the box on the page to type your e-mail -%address, choose the action `Subscribe' and click `Go!'. Then follow -%the instructions that arrive to you by e-mail. At a certain moment, -%you can login for the first time using an authorization code sent to -%you by e-mail. After logging in, you can create a password for -%future sessions using the `Main Menu' button. The other buttons -%provide you some info and options for your account. -% -%When you are all set, you can write to the list by sending an e-mail -%to -%\begin{center} -%\url{powerdot [at] freelists [dot] org} -%\end{center} -% -%When writing to the list, please keep in mind the following very -%important issues. -%\begin{enumerate}[leftmargin=0pt,itemsep=0pt,parsep=0pt] -%\item We are volunteers! -%\item Keep your questions related to \pf{powerdot}. -%\item Always supply a \emph{minimal} example demonstrating your -%problem. -%\item Don't send big files over the list. -%\end{enumerate} -% -%We hope you will enjoy this service. -% -%\section{Source code documentation}\label{sec:source} -%In case you want regenerate the package files from the source or -%want to have a look at the source code description, locate -%|powerdot.dtx|, search in the file for |\OnlyDescription| and remove -%that and do -%\begin{example} -% latex powerdot.dtx -% latex powerdot.dtx -% bibtex powerdot -% makeindex -s gglo.ist -o powerdot.gls powerdot.glo -% makeindex -s gind.ist -o powerdot.ind powerdot.idx -% latex powerdot.dtx -% latex powerdot.dtx -%\end{example} -% -%\StopEventually{} -% -%\section{Implementation}\label{sec:imple} -%\subsection{General construction} -%This section explains the general idea of the class, how paper -%dimensions are chosen and how slides are created. We start with the -%paper. -% -%This class uses the same idea as \pf{prosper} and \pf{HA-prosper}, -%namely that we create a background with \pf{pstricks} and position -%text on it using |\rput| and some |minipage| environments. This is -%easier than writing a dedicated output routine that can handle all -%the material, but doesn't break pages when we don't want that. So, -%when starting to write the class, we first investigated how to deal -%with landscape slides and paper dimensions. -% -%The job of making landscape slides can be done using \pf{geometry}. -%The paper dimension was more of a problem. As \LaTeX\ doesn't have -%the huge fonts that we need for presentations, we need to scale the -%usual fonts somehow. This could be done by using unusual paper -%dimensions (as \pf{beamer} does) and hence relying on ps2pdf to cut -%off all the redundant material. But this doesn't produce a usable -%DVI or PS file. Instead, it was chosen to use DVI magnification. The -%entire slide is magnified by a factor of 2 and only the top left -%quarter of the paper is used (but you will never notice that due to -%the magnification). As we already decided to place all material in -%|minipage|s using |\rput|, we didn't need the page anymore and it -%was easiest to use \pf{geometry} to just remove the page margins -%altogether so that the bottom left corner would be |(0,0)| and the -%top right corner |(\slidewidth,\slideheight)|. -% -%One extra remark on the paper type is necessary. We found that most -%common configurations of dvips use the |A4size| code when A4 -%dimensions are found. This code doesn't write an explicit PostScript -%paper command in the PS document and hence programs using this PS -%(like ps2pdf) don't know what paper to use and revert to the -%default, which is letter paper in most cases. This, of course, is -%something that we don't want and hence, \pf{powerdot} will write -%these commands to the PS itself as to guarantee proper post -%processing of the PS. -% -%Now that we made the decisions on how to create proper DVI, PS and -%PDF output, the next task was to create an easy interface to -%overlays. To avoid counting the overlays as is necessary with -%\pf{prosper}, we implemented a system that first collects the entire -%body of an environment in a macro which can be reused multiple -%times. During execution of the body, the overlay commands like -%|\onslide| will keep a record of the biggest number that they find -%and that is the number of overlays to produce. Getting the body of -%the environment is done by collecting all material up to the next -%|\end| occurrence. If that control sequence has the proper argument -%(namely the slide that we started with), then we stop scanning and -%start processing the slide. With normal use, you will not notice -%this, but when doing special tricks like hiding |\end{slide}| in a -%macro, the process will fail as it relies on finding |\end{slide}| -%in the input stream without doing expansions. Often a work around -%can be found though. Have a look for instance at how |\section| -%creates a slide. -% -%The next task was to provide a simple way to create templates. As -%the class is based on the idea of having a background with some -%material spread out over it, the template system follows this idea. -%One argument can be used to create the background, the other -%argument controls, via keys and options, several properties of the -%material that should be placed. By adding an |ifsetup| key, full -%control could be gained over the design of the template in every -%possible setup chosen by the user. -% -%The final task for the class was to fill in all the `details'. All -%the mechanisms were present, but sometimes they should not be -%active. For instance, overlays should not be created in handout -%mode. Other things to add to the class were counter protection on -%overlays, handles to the layout of the slide number, footnotes, a -%bibliography environment, empty slides, etcetera. -% -%We hope that this section has made clear a little bit what you will -%be seeing when reading the next section with coding and why we chose -%to do it this way. -% -% \subsection{The code} -% \begin{macrocode} -%<*powerdot> -% \end{macrocode} -% Identification. -% \begin{macrocode} -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01] -\ProvidesClass{powerdot} - [2010/10/07 v1.4a powerdot presentation class (HA,CE)] -% \end{macrocode} -% Initializations. -% \begin{macrocode} -\newif\ifpd@overlay -\newif\ifpd@section -\newif\ifpd@ifsetup -\newif\ifpd@display -\newcounter{note} -\newcounter{slide} -\newcounter{pd@pause} -\newcounter{pd@section} -\newcounter{pd@overlay} -\newcounter{pd@trivlist} -\newcounter{pd@onslidedepth} -\newbox\pd@tba -\newbox\pd@tbb -\newtoks\pd@body -\newwrite\pd@bmout -\newwrite\pd@tocout -\newlength\pd@frsep -\newlength\pd@colsep -\newlength\slidewidth -\newlength\slideheight -\let\pd@cursetup\@empty -% \end{macrocode} -% Setup options section. -% \begin{macrocode} -\RequirePackage{xkeyval}[2005/07/10] -% \end{macrocode} -% Orientation. -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@choicekey*[pd]{class}{orient}[\pd@tempa\pd@orient]{% - landscape,portrait}{\XKV@addtolist@x\pd@cursetup\pd@tempa} -% \end{macrocode} -% Paper type. -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@choicekey*[pd]{class}{paper}[\pd@tempa\pd@paper]{% - screen,a4paper,letterpaper}{\XKV@addtolist@x\pd@cursetup\pd@tempa} -% \end{macrocode} -% Display type. -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@choicekey*[pd]{class}{display}[\pd@tempa\pd@display]{% - slides,notes,slidesnotes}{\XKV@addtolist@x\pd@cursetup\pd@tempa} -% \end{macrocode} -% Mode. -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@choicekey*[pd]{class}{mode}[\pd@tempa\pd@mode]{% - present,print,handout}{\XKV@addtolist@x\pd@cursetup\pd@tempa} -% \end{macrocode} -% Some boolean keys. -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@boolkeys[pd]{class}[pd@@]{% - nopsheader,hlentries,hlsections,blackslide,nopagebreaks% -}[true] -% \end{macrocode} -% Clock definitions. -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@boolkey[pd]{class}[pd@@]{clock}[true]{% - \ifpd@@clock - \AtBeginDocument{% -% \end{macrocode} -% Start a \pf{hyperref} form. -% \begin{macrocode} - \@Form[]% -% \end{macrocode} -% Trick to insert rotation into text field if in landscape orientation. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifnum\pd@orient=\z@ - \def\pd@clockrot{] /R 90\@gobble}% - \else - \let\pd@clockrot\@empty - \fi - }% -% \end{macrocode} -% Clock javascript. -% \begin{macrocode} - \def\pd@startclock{% - function pdshowtime(){ - var pdtime=new Date(); - this.getField("pdclock.time").value= - util.printd("H:MM:ss",pdtime); - } - var tempa=app.setInterval("pdshowtime()",1000); - this.getField("pdstartclock").readonly=true; - this.getField("pdclock").readonly=true; - }% - \fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% The size and style to be used. -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@cmdkey[pd]{class}[pd@@]{size}{% - \def\pd@tempa##1pt{##1}% - \edef\pd@@size{\expandafter\pd@tempa\pd@@size}% -} -\define@cmdkey[pd]{class}[pd@@]{style}{} -% \end{macrocode} -% Some usual article options. -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@key[pd]{class}{fleqn}[]{\input{fleqn.clo}} -\define@key[pd]{class}{leqno}[]{\input{leqno.clo}} -% \end{macrocode} -% Some presets, used in case the user doesn't supply enough input. -% \begin{macrocode} -\presetkeys[pd]{class}{% - size=11pt,style=default,orient=landscape,paper=screen,% - display=slides,hlentries=true,mode=present}{} -% \end{macrocode} -% Process all options. -% \begin{macrocode} -\ProcessOptionsX[pd]<class>\relax -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@warn} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@error} -% \marg{msg}\\ -% Warnings and errors. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@warn{\ClassWarning{powerdot}} -\def\pd@error#1{\ClassError{powerdot}{#1}\@ehd} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@noportrait} -% The standard error for styles that do not support portrait orientation. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@noportrait{% - \ifnum\pd@orient=\@ne\ifnum\pd@mode=2\else\pd@error{% - `\pd@@style' style does not support portrait orientation - }\fi\fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% Check paper for print and handout mode. No |screen| allowed. -% \begin{macrocode} -\ifnum\pd@mode>0 - \ifnum\pd@paper=\z@ -% \end{macrocode} -% Remove erroneous input. -% \begin{macrocode} - \@expandtwoargs\@removeelement{screen}\pd@cursetup\pd@cursetup -% \end{macrocode} -% Switch to a4paper. -% \begin{macrocode} - \XKV@addtolist@x\pd@cursetup{a4paper} - \def\pd@paper{1} - \pd@warn{you can't use `screen' format for this mode; - \MessageBreak I've switched to a4paper - } - \fi -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% Check orientation for handout mode. No |landscape| allowed. -% \begin{macrocode} -\ifnum\pd@mode=2 - \newbox\pd@textbox - \ifnum\pd@orient=\z@ -% \end{macrocode} -% Remove erroneous input. -% \begin{macrocode} - \@expandtwoargs\@removeelement{landscape}\pd@cursetup\pd@cursetup -% \end{macrocode} -% Switch to portrait. -% \begin{macrocode} - \XKV@addtolist@x\pd@cursetup{portrait} - \def\pd@orient{1} - \pd@warn{you can't use `landscape' for handout mode; - \MessageBreak I've switched to portrait - } - \fi -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% Pass paper size and orientation to \pf{geometry} package. -% \begin{macrocode} -\ifcase\pd@paper - \def\pd@tempa{papersize={8.25in,11in}} -\or - \def\pd@tempa{papersize={210mm,297mm}} -\or - \def\pd@tempa{papersize={8.5in,11in}} -\fi -\ifnum\pd@orient=\z@ - \edef\pd@tempa{\pd@tempa,landscape} -\else - \edef\pd@tempa{\pd@tempa,portrait} -\fi -\PassOptionsToPackage\pd@tempa{geometry} -% \end{macrocode} -% Load class and packages. -% \begin{macrocode} -\LoadClass{article} -% \end{macrocode} -% Load font size definitions. Take into account that article has -% loaded some already. This trick actually also allows bigger sizes like -% 14pt or 20pt. -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\pd@tempa\newcommand -\let\newcommand\def -\input{size\pd@@size.clo} -\let\newcommand\pd@tempa -% \end{macrocode} -% Remaining packages. -% Mute \pf{geometry}. -% The info slows down compilation. Further, it is not at all -% informative for the user as we made the design decisions already. -% \begin{macrocode} -% \changes{v1.4a}{2010/10/07}{fixed bug with geometry 5.x (hv)} -\let\Gm@showparams\@empty -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macrocode} -\ifnum\pd@mode=2 -% \end{macrocode} -% Handout mode. -% \begin{macrocode} - \RequirePackage[margin=2cm,includefoot]{geometry} -\else -% \end{macrocode} -% Magnify DVI by factor 2, no margins at all. -% The offset is to neutralize the |\vskip| inserted by TeX to -% go from the top of the letters to the baseline and position chars -% there. Here we don't want any offset and start at the bottom left -% corner of the paper. -% \begin{macrocode} - \RequirePackage[mag=2000,margin=0pt,voffset=-\pd@@size pt]{geometry} - \geometry{top=.5\paperheight} -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \pf{hyperref} should not set ps paper size as it doesn't do landscape format -% we don't want it to redefine internals either. -% \begin{macrocode} -\RequirePackage[setpagesize=false,dvips,pdfstartview=Fit,% - pageanchor=false,bookmarks=false]{hyperref} -% \end{macrocode} -% For some strange reason, it doesn't work to put the below in the above. -% So we do it here as we don't want colored borders. -% \begin{macrocode} -\AtBeginDocument{\def\@pdfborder{0 0 0}} -% \end{macrocode} -% Necessary for inserting and creating graphics. Notice: \pf{pstricks} -% needs to be loaded after \pf{graphicx} for proper |\scalebox| definition. -% We make sure that \pf{xcolor} is loaded. -% \begin{macrocode} -\RequirePackage{graphicx} -\RequirePackage{pstricks}[2004/05/12] -\RequirePackage{xcolor}[2004/05/09] -% \end{macrocode} -% For lists and verbatim reading of slide content. -% \begin{macrocode} -\RequirePackage{enumitem}[2004/07/19] -\RequirePackage{verbatim} -% \end{macrocode} -% Here are some basic properties of the slides. -% \begin{macrocode} -\ifnum\pd@mode<2 - \pagestyle{empty} -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Avoid making black slide in print mode} -% No black slide in handout or print mode. -% \begin{macrocode} -\ifnum\pd@mode>0 - \pd@@blackslidefalse -\fi -\setlength\parindent{0pt} -% \end{macrocode} -% Slide dimensions. -% \begin{macrocode} -\setlength\slidewidth{.5\paperwidth} -\setlength\slideheight{.5\paperheight} -% \end{macrocode} -% Write landscape correction to the ps to avoid ps to be rotated by -% 180 degrees. -% \begin{macrocode} -\ifnum\pd@orient=\z@ - \AtBeginDvi{\special{!/landplus90 true store}} -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% Write paper dimensions. -% The specials solve a config problem with ghostscript not picking up info from -% ps, due to the fact that some paper formats defined in config.ps do -% not write explicit ps commands. For instance, when dvips finds a4 paper dimensions, -% it writes |%%Papersize: A4|, but no ps command. So ghostscript doesn't -% find a paper size and takes it's default which could be |letter| -% in fact. -% Notice further that screen size is based on letter, but will be cropped in pdf. -% \begin{macrocode} -\ifpd@@nopsheader\else - \AtBeginDvi{\special{papersize=\the\paperwidth,\the\paperheight}} - \ifcase\pd@paper - \AtBeginDvi{\special{!% - \@percentchar\@percentchar BeginPaperSize: letter - ^^Jletter^^J\@percentchar\@percentchar EndPaperSize - }} - \or - \AtBeginDvi{\special{!% - \@percentchar\@percentchar BeginPaperSize: a4 - ^^Ja4^^J\@percentchar\@percentchar EndPaperSize - }} - \or - \AtBeginDvi{\special{!% - \@percentchar\@percentchar BeginPaperSize: letter - ^^Jletter^^J\@percentchar\@percentchar EndPaperSize - }} - \fi -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% Crop pdf for optimal screen ratio. This does not work in DVI or PS. -% Note, the ps rotation takes care of orientation irrespective of -% crop dimensions. -% \begin{macrocode} -\ifcase\pd@paper\def\@pdfpagescrop{0 0 594 842}\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% \pf{hyperref} writes this to the pdf. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\@pdfcreator{LaTeX with powerdot class} -\ifpd@@blackslide\def\@pdfstartpage{2}\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% We insert a black slide if requested. -% \begin{macrocode} -\AtBeginDocument{% - \ifpd@@blackslide - \begin{blackslide}[toc=,bm=,trans=Replace]{}% - \end{blackslide}% - \fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% Save the number of the last slide at the end of the document. -% \begin{macrocode} -\AtEndDocument{% - \immediate\write\@auxout{\string\newlabel{lastslide}% - {{}{\the\c@slide}{\relax}{}{}}}% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% Set up options. |global| is for global only keys (so to be used only -% in the preamble. |slide| is only for slides. |glslide| keys can be -% used in both locations. -% Create an interface to change the typesetting of the page numbers. -% This follows the usual \LaTeX\ idea to change typesetting of numbers -% via |\thepage| etcetera. -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@key[pd]{global}{theslide}{\def\theslide{#1}} -\define@key[pd]{global}{thenote}{\def\thenote{#1}} -% \end{macrocode} -% Options to be used by \pf{enumitem}. These store input incrementally -% in macros used by \pf{enumitem} to store options. By allowing options -% to be added, both the style and the user can insert options. -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@key[pd]{global}{enumerate}{% - \ifx\enit@enum\@undefined - \def\enit@enum{#1}% - \else - \XKV@addtolist@n\enit@enum{#1}% - \fi -} -\define@key[pd]{global}{itemize}{% - \ifx\enit@item\@undefined - \def\enit@item{#1}% - \else - \XKV@addtolist@n\enit@item{#1}% - \fi -} -\define@key[pd]{global}{list}{% - \ifx\enit@list\@undefined - \def\enit@list{#1}% - \else - \XKV@addtolist@n\enit@list{#1}% - \fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% Counters that need overlay protection. -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@key[pd]{global}{counters}{% - \XKV@addtolist@n\pd@@counters{#1}% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% Initialize the counters list. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@@counters{table,figure,equation,footnote,mpfootnote} -% \end{macrocode} -% Footers and transition effect. -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@cmdkeys[pd]{glslide}[pd@@]{lf,cf,rf,trans} -% \end{macrocode} -% Palettes. -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@cmdkey[pd]{glslide}[pd@@]{palette}{% -% \end{macrocode} -% Check whether the chosen palette exists. If yes, execute it, set -% |\default@color| (for equation numbers etcetera) and copy the -% current color for |\twocolumn|. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifnum\pd@mode<2 - \XKV@ifundefined{pd@pe@\pd@@palette @colors}{% - \pd@error{palette `\pd@@palette' not defined}% - }{% - \@nameuse{pd@pe@\pd@@palette @colors}% - \color{pdcolor1}% - \let\default@color\current@color - \let\pd@color\XC@current@color - }% - \pd@countcolors - \fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% Slide processing method. -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@choicekey*[pd]{glslide}{method}[\pd@tempa\pd@method]{% - normal,file,direct}{% - \ifnum\pd@method=2 - \ifx\pd@textbox\@undefined\newbox\pd@textbox\fi - \fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% Random dots. Load |random.tex| if necessary. -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@boolkey[pd]{glslide}[pd@@]{randomdots}[true]{% - \ifx\randomi\@undefined - \InputIfFileExists{random}{\newcount\pd@tempcnta}{% - \global\pd@@randomdotsfalse - \pd@warn{random.tex not found, random dots canceled}% - }% - \fi - \ifnum\pd@mode=\tw@\global\pd@@randomdotsfalse\fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% Keys for random dots and the logo. -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@cmdkeys[pd]{glslide}[pd@@]{% - dminsize,dmaxsize,dbright,dmindots,dmaxdots,dminwidth,dmaxwidth,% - dminheight,dmaxheight,dprop,logohook,logopos% -} -\define@key[pd]{glslide}{logocmd}{% - \ifx\pd@logobox\@undefined\newbox\pd@logobox\fi - \sbox\pd@logobox{#1}% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% Initialize some of the keys that we just defined. -% \begin{macrocode} -\setkeys[pd]{glslide,global}{% - lf=,cf=,rf=,theslide=\arabic{slide} / \pageref*{lastslide},% - thenote=note \arabic{note} of slide \arabic{slide},% - trans=Replace,dminsize=5pt,dmaxsize=40pt,dminwidth=0pt,% - dmaxwidth=\slidewidth,dminheight=0pt,dbright=60,% - dmaxheight=\slideheight,dmindots=5,dmaxdots=40,dprop=,% - logohook=tl,logopos=,logocmd=,method=normal% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macro}{\pdsetup} -% The interface for users. Disable global keys |\AtBeginDocument|. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pdsetup{\setkeys[pd]{global,glslide}} -\AtBeginDocument{% - \disable@keys[pd]{global}{% - theslide,thenote,enumerate,itemize,list,counters% - }% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% Local keys: |toc| and |bm|. -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@cmdkeys[pd]{slide}[pd@@]{toc,bm} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macro}{\pdifsetup} -% \marg{desired}\marg{yes}\marg{no}\\ -% Execute \meta{yes} if the \meta{desired} setup matches with the -% current (user) setup. Execute \meta{no} else. We first check whether -% information in \meta{desired} is complete. If not, we amend it. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pdifsetup#1{% - \edef\pd@tempb{#1}% - \pd@pdifsetup\pd@tempb{landscape,portrait}% - \pd@pdifsetup\pd@tempb{screen,a4paper,letterpaper}% - \pd@pdifsetup\pd@tempb{slides,notes,slidesnotes}% - \pd@pdifsetup\pd@tempb{present,print,handout}% - \pd@pdifs@tup\pd@tempb -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@pdifsetup} -% \meta{desired}\marg{check}\\ -% This macro checks whether at least one element of \meta{check} -% occurs in the list in \meta{desired}. If not, the entire list in -% \meta{check} is added to \meta{desired}, meaning that later on, any -% setup for this type will satisfy the check. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@pdifsetup#1#2{% - \in@true - \@tempcnta\z@ - \XKV@for@n{#2}\pd@tempa{% - \@expandtwoargs\in@{,\pd@tempa,}{,#1,}% - \ifin@\advance\@tempcnta\@ne\fi - }% - \ifnum\@tempcnta=\z@\XKV@addtolist@x#1{#2}\fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@pdifs@tup} -% \marg{desired}\marg{yes}\marg{no}\\ -% Checks whether the \meta{desired} setup matches the current setup. -% This macro is used internally when setting template keys. The idea -% is to first correct the input in the |ifsetup| key by amending -% specifications if they where not there. Then, when setting a -% template key, we just check whether all elements of the current -% setup appear in the \meta{desired} setup. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@pdifs@tup#1{% - \in@true - \XKV@whilist\pd@cursetup\pd@tempa\ifin@\fi{% - \@expandtwoargs\in@{,\pd@tempa,}{,#1,}% - }% - \ifin@\expandafter\@firstoftwo\else\expandafter\@secondoftwo\fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% Set up the template system. -% First define all the options and presets available to create -% templates. All options save their argument to be used later. -% The |ifsetup| option controls for which the following options should -% be used. This: -% |textfont=\raggedright,| |ifsetup={a4paper,portrait},textfont=\small| -% makes the text font |\small|, but only for a4 portrait slides. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@tempa#1{% - \define@key[pd]{template}{#1}[]{% - \ifpd@ifsetup\@namedef{pd@@#1}{##1}\fi - }% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% Define all keys. -% \begin{macrocode} -\XKV@for@n{% - titlehook,titlepos,titlewidth,titlefont,% - texthook,textpos,textwidth,textfont,textheight,% - tochook,tocpos,tocwidth,tocfont,% - stochook,stocpos,stocwidth,stocfont,% - ntochook,ntocpos,ntocwidth,ntocfont,% - tocfrsep,tocsecsep,tocslidesep,% - tocsecm,toctcolor,tochlcolor,tochltcolor,% - tocsecindent,tocslideindent,% - lfhook,lfpos,lffont,lftemp,% - cfhook,cfpos,cffont,cftemp,% - rfhook,rfpos,rffont,rftemp,% - iacolor,% - clockhook,clockpos,clockwidth,clockheight,% - clockcharsize,clockalign,clockcolor% -}\pd@tempb{\expandafter\pd@tempa\expandafter{\pd@tempb}} -% \end{macrocode} -% The |ifsetup| key first amends missing input using |\pd@pdifsetup|. -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@cmdkey[pd]{template}[pd@@]{ifsetup}[]{% - \pd@pdifsetup\pd@@ifsetup{landscape,portrait}% - \pd@pdifsetup\pd@@ifsetup{screen,a4paper,letterpaper}% - \pd@pdifsetup\pd@@ifsetup{slides,notes,slidesnotes}% - \pd@pdifsetup\pd@@ifsetup{present,print,handout}% - \pd@pdifs@tup\pd@@ifsetup\pd@ifsetuptrue\pd@ifsetupfalse -} -% \end{macrocode} -% Choice keys for orientation of toc. -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@choicekey*[pd]{template}{tocorient}[\pd@tempa\pd@tocorient]{% - v,h}{} -\define@choicekey*[pd]{template}{stocorient}[\pd@tempa\pd@stocorient]{% - v,h}{} -\define@choicekey*[pd]{template}{ntocorient}[\pd@tempa\pd@ntocorient]{% - v,h}{} -% \end{macrocode} -% \changes{v1.4}{2005/12/10}{Replaced \texttt{\~} by \cs{space} to avoid -% problems with Spanish babel} -% Presets so that templates do not need to specify every key. -% This also initializes some keys as to avoid errors in constructing -% the slide. -% \begin{macrocode} -\setkeys[pd]{template}{% - ifsetup,% - titlehook=Bl,titlepos=,titlewidth=\slidewidth,% - titlefont=\raggedright,texthook=tl,textpos=,% - textwidth=\slidewidth,textfont=\raggedright,% - textheight=\slideheight,% - tochook=tl,tocpos=,tocwidth=.2\slidewidth,% - tocfont=\tiny\raggedright,% - stochook=tl,stocpos=,stocwidth=.2\slidewidth,% - stocfont=\tiny\raggedright,% - ntochook=tl,ntocpos=,ntocwidth=.2\slidewidth,% - ntocfont=\tiny\raggedright,% - tocorient=v,stocorient=v,ntocorient=v,% - tocfrsep=.5mm,tocsecsep=2ex,tocslidesep=0ex,% - tocsecm=,toctcolor=black,tochlcolor=black,tochltcolor=white,% - tocsecindent=0pt,tocslideindent=0pt,% - lfhook=Bl,lfpos=,lffont=\scriptsize,lftemp=\pd@@lf,% - cfhook=B,cfpos=,cffont=\scriptsize,cftemp=\pd@@cf,% - rfhook=Br,rfpos=,rffont=\scriptsize,rftemp=\pd@@rf\ifx\pd@@rf - \@empty\else\ifx\theslide\@empty\else\ -- \fi\fi\theslide,% - iacolor=lightgray,% - clockhook=tr,clockpos=,clockwidth=3cm,clockheight=\baselineskip,% - clockcharsize=14pt,clockalign=2,clockcolor=black% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macro}{\pddefinepalettes} -% \marg{name}\marg{commands}\\ -% Save the text color number and start scanning for palettes. |\pd@nopalettes| -% contains the number of palettes that we have seen in total in the -% style or preamble. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pddefinepalettes#1#2{% - \ifx\pd@nopalettes\@undefined\@tempcnta\z@\else - \@tempcnta\pd@nopalettes - \fi - \pd@pddefinepalettes{#1}{#2}% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@pddefinepalettes} -% \marg{name}\marg{commands}\\ -% Save the current \meta{name} and \meta{commands} to numbered macros -% to be used later again. If we find another brace |{| after these -% arguments, repeat the process. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@pddefinepalettes#1#2{% - \advance\@tempcnta\@ne - \@namedef{pd@pe@\the\@tempcnta @name}{#1}% - \@namedef{pd@pe@#1@colors}{#2}% - \@ifnextchar\bgroup\pd@pddefinepalettes{% - \edef\pd@nopalettes{\the\@tempcnta}% - }% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@countcolors} -% Count the number of colors in the palette. We do this only once. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@countcolors{% - \@tempcnta\@ne - \@whilesw\ifx\pd@nocolors\@undefined\fi{% - \XKV@ifundefined{\string\color@pdcolor\the\@tempcnta}{% - \advance\@tempcnta\m@ne - \edef\pd@nocolors{\the\@tempcnta}% - }{\advance\@tempcnta\@ne}% - }% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% If the style or preamble does not define palettes, do nothing. If -% there are palettes, but the user didn't specify one, use the first. -% \begin{macrocode} -\AtBeginDocument{% - \ifx\pd@nopalettes\@undefined\else\ifx\pd@@palette\@undefined - \@nameuse{pd@pe@\@nameuse{pd@pe@1@name}@colors}% - \color{pdcolor1}% - \let\default@color\current@color - \let\pd@color\XC@current@color - \fi\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% Text color is black in handout mode. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifnum\pd@mode=2 - \color{black}% - \def\pd@@iacolor{black}% - \let\default@color\current@color - \let\pd@color\XC@current@color - \else\pd@countcolors\fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macro}{\pddefinetemplate} -% Define a template. This stores options and the background to macros. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pddefinetemplate{\@testopt\pd@pddefinetemplate{}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@pddefinetemplate} -% \changes{v1.2}{2005/10/09}{Changed to \cs{pd@namelet} for changed \pf{xcolor}} -% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Made it possible to redefine basis templates and -% convey the changes to templates based on this basis} -% \oarg{basis}{name}{options}{background}\\ -% Store options and background and define the environment \meta{name}. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@pddefinetemplate[#1]#2#3#4{% -% \end{macrocode} -% The beginning of the environment just gets and sets its arguments -% and gets the body of the environment. -% \begin{macrocode} - \@namedef{#2}{\pd@getargsandbody{#2}}% -% \end{macrocode} -% The end of the environment. We process the body at least once, maybe -% more times, but that we will find out along the way. In case the -% body is not eaten in advance, this macro starts an |lrbox|. -% \begin{macrocode} - \@namedef{end#2}{\ifpd@display\pd@slide\fi}% -% \end{macrocode} -% If there is no basis, we just store the options and the background. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifx\@empty#1\@empty - \@namedef{pd@template@#2@options}{\setkeys[pd]{template}{#3}}% - \@namedef{pd@template@#2@bg}{#4}% - \else -% \end{macrocode} -% Otherwise, add options and background to existing macros. -% \begin{macrocode} - \XKV@ifundefined{pd@template@#1@options}{% - \pd@error{template `#1' undefined}}{% - \def\pd@tempa{#1}\def\pd@tempb{#2}% -% \end{macrocode} -% If \meta{basis} and \meta{name} are the same, expand options and -% background to avoid infinite loops. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifx\pd@tempa\pd@tempb - \pd@namelet{pd@template@#2@options}{pd@template@#1@options}% - \expandafter - \XKV@addtomacro@n\csname pd@template@#2@options\endcsname -% \end{macrocode} -% Make sure to reset the |ifsetup| key so that options are for all -% possible setups again. -% \begin{macrocode} - {\setkeys[pd]{template}{ifsetup,#3}}% - \pd@namelet{pd@template@#2@bg}{pd@template@#1@bg}\expandafter - \XKV@addtomacro@n\csname pd@template@#2@bg\endcsname{#4}% - \else -% \end{macrocode} -% Else, use existing macros options and background macros and add the -% current settings. -% \begin{macrocode} - \@namedef{pd@template@#2@bg}{\@nameuse{pd@template@#1@bg}#4}% - \@namedef{pd@template@#2@options}{% - \@nameuse{pd@template@#1@options}% - \setkeys[pd]{template}{ifsetup,#3}% - }% - \fi - }% - \fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@getargsandbody} -% \marg{name}\\ -% First eat the optional argument and the slide title. Then -% collect the body of the slide: we -% read every time up to |\end|, we check whether we find the |\end| that -% has the name of the current slide environment. If not, we add all -% content and continue the search. If |method| is 1, we use \pf{verbatim} -% to read the body and write it to a temporary file. If |method| is 2, we do not -% eat the body at all, but redefine the end of the current environment -% to finish the |lrbox| that we will start later on. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@getargsandbody#1{\@testopt{\pd@get@rgsandbody{#1}}{}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@get@rgsandbody} -% \marg{name}\oarg{options}\marg{title} -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@get@rgsandbody#1[#2]#3{% - \pd@get@rgs@ndbody{#2}{#3}% -% \end{macrocode} -% Here are three possible methods to process slides. The first will -% eat the entire body while scanning for |\end{slide}|. This fixes -% catcodes. The second writes the body to file. This allows for -% verbatim and overlays, but may be slow. The third uses an |lrbox| to -% typeset material directly. That allows for verbatim, but no -% overlays. Notice that we always use the first method when the slide -% should not be displayed. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifcase\ifnum\pd@method>\z@\ifpd@display\@ne\fi\fi\z@ -% \end{macrocode} -% Start eating the body. -% \begin{macrocode} - \pd@body{}% - \def\pd@tempa{\pd@get@rgs@ndb@dy{#1}}% - \else - \ifnum\pd@method=\@ne -% \end{macrocode} -% Start verbatim reading and writing to file. -% \begin{macrocode} - \def\pd@tempa{% - \immediate\openout\@inputcheck\jobname.vrb\relax - \def\verbatim@processline{% - \immediate\write\@inputcheck{\the\verbatim@line}% - }% - \begingroup\let\do\@makeother\dospecials\catcode`\^^M\active - \verbatim@start - }% -% \end{macrocode} -% Redefine the end macro to stop verbatim reading and closing the file. -% Afterwards, execute the slide producing macro. -% \begin{macrocode} - \@namedef{end#1}{% - \endgroup\immediate\closeout\@inputcheck - \let\verbatim@processline\pd@orig@verbatim@processline - \pd@slide - }% - \else -% \end{macrocode} -% No overlays allowed with this method. -% \begin{macrocode} - \pd@deloverlays -% \end{macrocode} -% Create the slide. -% \begin{macrocode} - \let\pd@tempa\pd@sl@de -% \end{macrocode} -% Typeset content directly and store it in a box using |lrbox|. We -% redefine the end to finish this box and position it on the page. -% \begin{macrocode} - \@namedef{end#1}{% - \end{pd@minipage}\end{lrbox}% - \ifx\pd@@textpos\@empty\else - \rput[\pd@@texthook](\pd@@textpos){\usebox\pd@textbox}% - \fi - }% - \fi - \fi - \pd@tempa -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@get@rgs@ndbody} -% \marg{options}\marg{title}\\ -% A common component in processing slides in \LaTeX\ or \LyX. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@get@rgs@ndbody#1#2{% -% \end{macrocode} -% Set user keys. -% \begin{macrocode} - \setkeys[pd]{glslide,slide}{#1}% -% \end{macrocode} -% Save title. -% \begin{macrocode} - \def\pd@t@tle{#2}% -% \end{macrocode} -% Perform some initial checks to see whether we actually need to process -% this slide or not. -% \begin{macrocode} - \pd@displaytrue - \def\pd@tempa{note}% - \ifcase\pd@display - \ifx\@currenvir\pd@tempa\relax\pd@displayfalse\fi - \or - \ifx\@currenvir\pd@tempa\else - \def\pd@tempa{titleslide}% - \ifx\@currenvir\pd@tempa\else - \pd@displayfalse - \stepcounter{slide}% - \fi - \fi - \fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@get@rgs@ndb@dy} -% \marg{name}\meta{text}|\end|\marg{envir}\\ -% If \meta{envir} is equal to \meta{name}, we found the end of the -% environment and stop parsing. Otherwise, we add material to the token -% and continue. -% \begin{macrocode} -\long\def\pd@get@rgs@ndb@dy#1#2\end#3{% - \def\pd@tempa{#1}% - \def\pd@tempb{#3}% - \ifx\pd@tempa\pd@tempb - \pd@body\expandafter{\the\pd@body#2}% - \def\pd@tempa{\end{#1}}% - \else - \pd@body\expandafter{\the\pd@body#2\end{#3}}% - \def\pd@tempa{\pd@get@rgs@ndb@dy{#1}}% - \fi - \pd@tempa -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@slide} -% This macro processes the slide, possibly many times, depending on -% what we encounter on the first run. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@slide{% - \pd@overlayfalse - \def\pd@nooverlays{1}% - \setcounter{pd@overlay}\@ne - \let\pd@labels\@empty -% \end{macrocode} -% Save counter values so that these can be restored on overlays. -% \begin{macrocode} - \XKV@for@o\pd@@counters\pd@tempa{% - \expandafter\xdef\csname pd@counter@\pd@tempa\endcsname{% - \expandafter\the\csname c@\pd@tempa\endcsname - }% - }% - \pd@sl@de - \@whilenum\c@pd@overlay<\pd@nooverlays\do{% - \pd@overlaytrue -% \end{macrocode} -% Restore counters. -% \begin{macrocode} - \XKV@for@o\pd@@counters\pd@tempa{% - \setcounter{\pd@tempa}{\csname pd@counter@\pd@tempa\endcsname}% - }% - \stepcounter{pd@overlay}% -% \end{macrocode} -% Re-initialize the info for random dots. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifpd@@randomdots - \let\pd@trandim\pd@randim - \let\pd@tranpos\pd@ranpos - \let\pd@trancol\pd@rancol - \fi - \pd@sl@de - }% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@sl@de} -% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Added missing \cs{pd@currenttype} initialization} -% \changes{v1.2}{2005/10/09}{Added \cs{@currentlabel} definition} -% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Template specific \texttt{textfont} properly sets \cs{default@color}} -% This is the main slide producing macro. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@sl@de{% - \stepcounter{slide}\newpage - \edef\@currentlabel{\the\c@slide}% -% \end{macrocode} -% Initialize the overlays and switch to overlay 0. The material on this -% overlay will be visible. -% \begin{macrocode} - \pst@Verb{InitOL /TheOL (0) def}% - \pst@Verb{(0) BOL}% -% \end{macrocode} -% Load all template settings. -% \begin{macrocode} - \@nameuse{pd@template@\@currenvir @options}% -% \end{macrocode} -% Insert background. Execute in a group to avoid local settings getting out. -% \begin{macrocode} - \@nameuse{pd@template@\@currenvir @bg}% - \ifpd@@randomdots -% \end{macrocode} -% Code to create random dots. We draw random numbers first and store -% them so that overlays will look the same. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifpd@overlay\else\ifnum\pd@nocolors>\z@ -% \end{macrocode} -% Used to store info about the dots. -% \begin{macrocode} - \let\pd@randim\@empty - \let\pd@ranpos\@empty - \let\pd@rancol\@empty -% \end{macrocode} -% Random number of dots. -% \begin{macrocode} - \setrannum\pd@tempcnta\pd@@dmindots\pd@@dmaxdots - \edef\pd@nodots{\the\pd@tempcnta}% - \pd@tempcnta\z@ - \@whilesw\ifnum\pd@tempcnta<\pd@nodots\fi{% - \advance\pd@tempcnta\@ne -% \end{macrocode} -% Random sizes, locations and colors. -% \begin{macrocode} - \setrandim\@tempdima\pd@@dminsize\pd@@dmaxsize - \XKV@addtolist@x\pd@randim{\the\@tempdima}% - \setrandim\@tempdima\pd@@dminwidth\pd@@dmaxwidth - \setrandim\@tempdimb\pd@@dminheight\pd@@dmaxheight - \XKV@addtolist@x\pd@ranpos{\the\@tempdima,\the\@tempdimb}% - \setrannum\@tempcntb1\pd@nocolors - \XKV@addtolist@x\pd@rancol{\the\@tempcntb}% - }% - \let\pd@trandim\pd@randim - \let\pd@tranpos\pd@ranpos - \let\pd@trancol\pd@rancol - \else\let\pd@nodots\z@\fi\fi - \@tempcnta\z@ -% \end{macrocode} -% Use the stored information to draw the random dots. -% \begin{macrocode} - \@whilesw\ifnum\@tempcnta<\pd@nodots\fi{% - \advance\@tempcnta\@ne - \pd@pop\pd@trandim\pd@tempa\pd@pop\pd@tranpos\pd@tempb - \pd@pop\pd@tranpos\pd@tempc\pd@pop\pd@trancol\pd@tempd -% \end{macrocode} -% Brightness corrections by mixing with black or white. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifnum\pd@@dbright<\z@ - \@tempcntb\pd@@dbright - \advance\@tempcntb100 - \edef\pd@tempd{\pd@tempd!\the\@tempcntb!black}% - \else - \@tempcntb-\pd@@dbright - \advance\@tempcntb100 - \edef\pd@tempd{\pd@tempd!\the\@tempcntb}% - \fi - {\ifx\pd@@dprop\@empty\else - \expandafter\psset\expandafter{\pd@@dprop}% - \fi - \psdot[dotsize=\pd@tempa,linecolor=pdcolor\pd@tempd]% - (\pd@tempb,\pd@tempc)}% - }% - \fi -% \end{macrocode} -% Insert the logo. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifx\pd@@logopos\@empty\else - \ifx\pd@logobox\@undefined\else - \rput[\pd@@logohook](\pd@@logopos){\usebox\pd@logobox}% - \fi - \fi -% \end{macrocode} -% Clock coding. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifpd@@clock - \ifnum\c@slide=\@ne -% \end{macrocode} -% Insert invisible function to start the clock. -% \begin{macrocode} - \rput(0,-1){% - \TextField[format=\pd@startclock,name=pdstartclock,% - bordercolor={},backgroundcolor={},height=0bp,width=0bp]{}% - }% - \fi -% \end{macrocode} -% Extract the color specification, convert it to |rgb| and store it -% to be used for the clock. This uses some \pf{xcolor} macros. -% \begin{macrocode} - \def\pd@tempa##1,##2,##3\@nil{##1 ##2 ##3}% - \extractcolorspec\pd@@clockcolor\pd@tempb - \expandafter\convertcolorspec\pd@tempb{rgb}\pd@tempb - \edef\pd@tempa{\expandafter\pd@tempa\pd@tempb\@nil}% -% \end{macrocode} -% Insert the clock. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifx\pd@@clockpos\@empty\else - \rput[\pd@@clockhook](\pd@@clockpos){% - \TextField[name=pdclock.time,bordercolor=\pd@clockrot,% - backgroundcolor={},align=\pd@@clockalign,color=\pd@tempa,% - charsize=\pd@@clockcharsize,width=\pd@@clockwidth,% - height=\pd@@clockheight]{}% - }% - \fi - \fi -% \end{macrocode} -% Write transition effect to PDF. -% \begin{macrocode} - \pd@pdftrans - \ifpd@overlay -% \end{macrocode} -% If this is an overlay, reset the page counter. -% \begin{macrocode} - \addtocounter{slide}\m@ne - \else -% \end{macrocode} -% When not an overlay or note, make a bookmark and toc entry. -% \begin{macrocode} - \def\pd@tempa{note}% - \ifx\@currenvir\pd@tempa\else - \pd@maketocbm0% -% \end{macrocode} -% Make a target on this page so that we can make links to this page. -% We don't use pdf page links as that won't give good link in handout -% mode with 2 slides per page. -% \begin{macrocode} - \hyper@anchorstart{slide.\the\c@slide}\hyper@anchorend - \fi - \fi -% \end{macrocode} -% Initialize numbers and macros for relative stepping and pausing. -% |\pd@currentstate| remembers the state when doing overlays. -% \begin{macrocode} - \def\pd@reloverlay{1}% - \let\pd@closeitem\relax - \def\pd@currentstate{0}% - \let\pd@currenttype\relax - \setcounter{pd@pause}\@ne - \let\pd@revert\@firstofone - \setcounter{pd@onslidedepth}\z@ -% \end{macrocode} -% Position the title. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifx\pd@@titlepos\@empty\else - \def\pd@tempa{% - \begin{minipage}\pd@@titlewidth - \pd@@titlefont\strut - \ifpd@section - \expandafter\pd@sectiontitle\expandafter{\pd@t@tle}% - \else - \expandafter\pd@slidetitle\expandafter{\pd@t@tle}% - \fi - \end{minipage}% - }% - \rput[\pd@@titlehook](\pd@@titlepos){% - \ifpd@@blackslide - \hyperlink{blackslide}{\pd@tempa}% - \else - \pd@tempa - \fi - }% - \fi -% \end{macrocode} -% Position the table of contents, possibly split. No |minipage| when -% making a horizontal toc. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifx\pd@@tocpos\@empty\else - \rput[\pd@@tochook](\pd@@tocpos){% - \ifnum\pd@tocorient=\z@\begin{minipage}\pd@@tocwidth\fi - \let\pd@usedtocfont\pd@@tocfont - \let\pd@usedtocorient\pd@tocorient - \pd@puttoc0% - \ifnum\pd@usedtocorient=\z@\end{minipage}\fi - }% - \fi - \ifx\pd@@stocpos\@empty\else - \rput[\pd@@stochook](\pd@@stocpos){% - \ifnum\pd@stocorient=\z@\begin{minipage}\pd@@tocwidth\fi - \let\pd@usedtocfont\pd@@stocfont - \let\pd@usedtocorient\pd@stocorient - \pd@puttoc1% - \ifnum\pd@usedtocorient=\z@\end{minipage}\fi - }% - \fi - \ifx\pd@@ntocpos\@empty\else - \rput[\pd@@ntochook](\pd@@ntocpos){% - \ifnum\pd@ntocorient=\z@\begin{minipage}\pd@@tocwidth\fi - \let\pd@usedtocfont\pd@@ntocfont - \let\pd@usedtocorient\pd@ntocorient - \pd@puttoc2% - \ifnum\pd@usedtocorient=\z@\end{minipage}\fi - }% - \fi -% \end{macrocode} -% Position footers. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifx\pd@@lfpos\@empty\else - \rput[\pd@@lfhook](\pd@@lfpos){\pd@@lffont\pd@@lftemp}% - \fi - \ifx\pd@@cfpos\@empty\else - \rput[\pd@@cfhook](\pd@@cfpos){\pd@@cffont\pd@@cftemp}% - \fi - \ifx\pd@@rfpos\@empty\else - \rput[\pd@@rfhook](\pd@@rfpos){\pd@@rffont\pd@@rftemp}% - \fi - \ifnum\pd@method<2 - \ifx\pd@@textpos\@empty\else -% \end{macrocode} -% Position the main text box and put the material in, maybe coming -% from eating the body into |\pd@body| or reading it from a file. -% \begin{macrocode} - \rput[\pd@@texthook](\pd@@textpos){% - \pd@sl@d@ - \ifnum\pd@method=\z@\the\pd@body\else - \input\jobname.vrb - \fi - \end{pd@minipage}% - }% - \fi - \let\pd@tempa\relax - \else -% \end{macrocode} -% For direct processing, start the |lrbox| to typeset and capture -% content. -% \begin{macrocode} - \def\pd@tempa{\begin{lrbox}\pd@textbox\pd@sl@d@}% - \fi - \pd@tempa -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@sl@d@} -% A common component in |\pd@sl@de|. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@sl@d@{% - \begin{pd@minipage}% - \let\pd@tempa\color - \def\color##1{\pd@tempa{##1}\let\default@color\current@color}% - \pd@@textfont - \let\color\pd@tempa -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \changes{v1.2}{2005/10/09}{Redefine \cs{pd@slidetitle} in note template} -% The implementation of notes. -% The first macro is a temporary counter to find whether the new note -% still belongs to the current slide or that it belongs to a new slide. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@notet{0} -% \end{macrocode} -% Define the template using our mechanism. -% \begin{macrocode} -\pddefinetemplate{note}{% - titlepos={.04\slidewidth,.92\slideheight},% - titlefont=\let\pd@slidetitle\@firstofone\color{black}\Large,% - textpos={.07\slidewidth,.82\slideheight},% - textfont=\color{black},textwidth=.86\slidewidth,% - lfpos={.04\slidewidth,.035\slideheight},% - lffont=\color{black}\scriptsize,% - cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.035\slideheight},% - cffont=\color{black}\scriptsize,% - rfpos={.96\slidewidth,.035\slideheight},% - rffont=\color{black}\scriptsize,% - rftemp=\pd@@rf\ifx\pd@@rf\@empty\else - \ifx\thenote\@empty\else\space--\space\fi\fi\thenote,% -}{% - \addtocounter{slide}\m@ne -% \end{macrocode} -% If this is another note with the same slide, count it. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifnum\c@slide=\pd@notet - \stepcounter{note}% - \else - \setcounter{note}{1}% - \fi - \xdef\pd@notet{\the\c@slide}% -% \end{macrocode} -% The background. -% \begin{macrocode} - \psline[linewidth=.5pt](0,.87\slideheight)% - (\slidewidth,.87\slideheight)% - \psline[linewidth=.5pt](0,.08\slideheight)% - (\slidewidth,.08\slideheight)% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% Implement blackslide. -% This is an empty slide with just a very big button on it to go back -% to the original page where we came from. -% \begin{macrocode} -\pddefinetemplate{blackslide}{}{% - \addtocounter{slide}\m@ne - \hyper@anchorstart{blackslide}\hyper@anchorend - \psframe*[linecolor=black](0,0)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)% - {\color{black}% - \rput[cm](.5\slidewidth,.5\slideheight){% - \Acrobatmenu{GoBack}{\setlength\fboxsep{10cm}\fbox{GoBack}}}}% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% Empty slides. For special uses like displaying big tables or photos. -% \begin{macrocode} -\pddefinetemplate{emptyslide}{textpos={0,\slideheight}}{} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macro}{\maketitle} -% This implementation -% is more or less similar as what is in \pf{article}. First we make a -% backup of the original |\maketitle| to be used maybe in handout mode, -% see below. -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\pd@orig@maketitle\maketitle -\def\maketitle{\@testopt\pd@maketitle{}} -\def\pd@maketitle[#1]{% - \begin{titleslide}[#1,toc=,bm=,trans=Replace]{}% - \let\footnote\thanks - \def\thefootnote{\@fnsymbol\c@footnote}% - {\pd@title{\pd@@titlefont\@title}\par}{% - \vskip2em\pd@@textfont - \begin{tabular}[t]{c}% - \@author - \end{tabular}\par - \vskip1.5em\small\@date - }\par - \small\@thanks - \vfil\null - \end{titleslide}% - \c@footnote\z@ -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@maketocbm} -% \marg{type}\\ -% \meta{type} indicates the kind of entry that we need to write to toc and -% or bookmark file. 0 is a normal slide, 1 is a section, 2 is a hidden -% section. The title of the entry is assumed to be in |\pd@slidetitle|. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@maketocbm#1{% -% \end{macrocode} -% Make the bookmark entry so that it allows for easy counting of entries -% in sections. -% \begin{macrocode} - \def\pd@tempa{\immediate\write\pd@bmout{% - \string\pdbookmark{sec.\the\c@pd@section\ifnum#1=\z@.slide\fi}{% - \ifnum#1=\z@ sec.\the\c@pd@section\fi}{\the\c@slide}% - {\the\@temptokena}% - }}% -% \end{macrocode} -% Notice that |\pd@@bm| can be undefined at every slide, even after -% use on one slide, as the definition is done locally in the slide -% environment. So no resetting is necessary on the start of a slide. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifx\pd@@bm\@undefined - \@temptokena\expandafter{\pd@t@tle}% - \else - \ifx\pd@@bm\@empty - \let\pd@tempa\relax - \else - \@temptokena\expandafter{\pd@@bm}% - \fi - \fi - \pd@tempa -% \end{macrocode} -% Write the toc entry. -% \begin{macrocode} - \def\pd@tempa{\immediate\write\pd@tocout{% - \string\pdcontentsline{#1}{\the\c@slide}{\the\@temptokena}% - }}% - \ifx\pd@@toc\@undefined - \@temptokena\expandafter{\pd@t@tle}% - \else - \ifx\pd@@toc\@empty - \let\pd@tempa\relax - \else - \@temptokena\expandafter{\pd@@toc}% - \fi - \fi - \pd@tempa -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pdbookmark} -% \marg{sec1}\marg{sec2}\marg{target}\marg{title}\\ -% First we defined |\pdbookmark| to count the number of bookmarks -% that needs to be nested below every section bookmark. We need to -% know that for the pdf bookmark specification. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pdbookmark#1#2#3#4{% - \@tempcnta\pd@pdb@@kmark{#2}% - \advance\@tempcnta\@ne - \@nameedef{pd@be@#2}{\the\@tempcnta}% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@pdb@@kmark} -% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Solved bug with unexpandable \cs{XKV@ifundefined} -% when not running the $\varepsilon$-\TeX\ engine (e.g. te\TeX\ 2)} -% \marg{section}\\ -% Returns the number of slides that we already counter for the -% current section. Don't use |\XKV@ifundefined| here as that is not -% expandable when not running $\varepsilon$-\TeX\ engine. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@pdb@@kmark#1{% - \@ifundefined{pd@be@#1}0{\csname pd@be@#1\endcsname}% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@pdbookmark} -% \changes{v1.2}{2005/10/09}{Solved bug with Acrobat Distiller} -% \marg{sec1}\marg{sec2}\marg{target}\marg{title}\\ -% Redefine the macro to make the actual bookmark. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@pdbookmark#1#2#3#4{% -% \end{macrocode} -% Use |\pdfstringdef| to clean the title. Not everything can enter as -% a bookmark in pdf. -% \begin{macrocode} - \pdfstringdef\pd@tempa{#4}% - \pdfmark{pdfmark=/OUT,% - Count={\pd@pdb@@kmark{#1}},Dest={slide.#3},% - View={/XYZ null null null},Title={\pd@tempa}% - }% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pdcontentsline} -% \marg{type}\marg{target}\marg{title}\\ -% Saves all input arguments to macros with names like |\pd@te@i|. -% Further, it computes with a lag the starting and stopping targets -% for every entry, |\pd@te@i@start| and |\pd@te@i@stop|. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pdcontentsline#1#2#3{% - \ifnum\@tempcnta>\z@ - \@nameedef{pd@te@\the\@tempcnta @start}{\pd@tempa}% - \@namedef{pd@te@\the\@tempcnta @stop}{#2}% - \fi - \def\pd@tempa{#2}% - \advance\@tempcnta\@ne - \@namedef{pd@te@\the\@tempcnta}{% - \pdcontentsline{#1}{#2}{#3}% - }% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Reading \texttt{.bm} and \texttt{.toc} -% file \cs{AtBeginDocument} to allow for using \pf{inputenc} for toc -% and bm entries} -% \changes{v1.4}{2005/12/10}{Solved bug in computing stopping slide for last toc entry} -% Read the bm and toc files into memory to speed up compilation. -% Along the way, we compute the starting and stopping target numbers -% for highlighting toc entries and the number of slides to be nested -% under a section bookmark entry. At begin document for allowing -% loading of \pf{inputenc} also for bm and toc entries. -% \begin{macrocode} -\AtBeginDocument{% - \InputIfFileExists{\jobname.bm}{}{}% - \let\pdbookmark\pd@pdbookmark - \InputIfFileExists{\jobname.bm}{}{}% -% \end{macrocode} -% Rewrite the bookmarks file. -% \begin{macrocode} - \immediate\openout\pd@bmout\jobname.bm\relax - \@tempcnta\z@ - \def\pd@tempa{0}% - \InputIfFileExists{\jobname.toc}{}{}% -% \end{macrocode} -% Save the number of toc entries. -% \begin{macrocode} - \edef\pd@notocentries{\the\@tempcnta}% -% \end{macrocode} -% Compute the starting and stopping number for the last entry. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifx\r@lastslide\@undefined\@tempcntb\pd@tempa\else - \edef\pd@tempb{\expandafter\@secondoffive\r@lastslide}% - \@tempcntb\pd@tempb - \fi - \advance\@tempcntb\@ne - \@nameedef{pd@te@\the\@tempcnta @start}{\pd@tempa}% - \@nameedef{pd@te@\the\@tempcnta @stop}{\the\@tempcntb}% -% \end{macrocode} -% Rewrite the toc file. -% \begin{macrocode} - \immediate\openout\pd@tocout\jobname.toc\relax -% \end{macrocode} -% Initialize the |\pdcontentsline| macro for making toc entries. -% \begin{macrocode} - \let\pdcontentsline\pd@pdcontentsline -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@puttoc} -% \marg{type}\\ -% Typeset the table of contents of type \meta{type} from memory. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@puttoc#1{% -% \end{macrocode} -% Initialize some numbers that we will use. -% \begin{macrocode} - \@tempcnta\z@ - \@tempcntb\z@ - \@tempswatrue - \def\pd@toctype{#1}% -% \end{macrocode} -% Parse all available toc entries. -% \begin{macrocode} - \@whilenum\@tempcnta<\pd@notocentries\do{% - \advance\@tempcnta\@ne - \@nameuse{pd@te@\the\@tempcnta}% - }% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@pdcontentsline} -% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Solved bug using different toc widths} -% \marg{type}\marg{target}\marg{title}\\ -% Typesets a toc entry. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@pdcontentsline#1#2#3{% - \let\pd@tempa\relax -% \end{macrocode} -% Full table of contents (sections and slides). -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifcase\pd@toctype -% \end{macrocode} -% A normal slide. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifcase#1\relax -% \end{macrocode} -% Slides before section 1. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifnum\@tempcntb=\z@ - \let\pd@tempa\pd@tocdisplay - \else -% \end{macrocode} -% A slide in the current section. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifnum\@tempcntb=\c@pd@section - \let\pd@tempa\pd@tocdisplay - \fi - \fi - \or -% \end{macrocode} -% A normal section. -% \begin{macrocode} - \global\advance\@tempcntb\@ne - \let\pd@tempa\pd@tocdisplay - \or -% \end{macrocode} -% A hidden section. -% \begin{macrocode} - \global\advance\@tempcntb\@ne - \ifnum\@tempcntb=\c@pd@section - \let\pd@tempa\pd@tocdisplay - \fi - \fi - \or -% \end{macrocode} -% Typeset only sections. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifcase#1\relax\or -% \end{macrocode} -% A normal section. -% \begin{macrocode} - \global\advance\@tempcntb\@ne - \let\pd@tempa\pd@tocdisplay - \or -% \end{macrocode} -% A hidden section. -% \begin{macrocode} - \global\advance\@tempcntb\@ne - \ifnum\@tempcntb=\c@pd@section - \let\pd@tempa\pd@tocdisplay - \fi - \fi - \or -% \end{macrocode} -% Only slides in current section or before the first section. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifnum#1=\z@ -% \end{macrocode} -% An entry in the current section. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifnum\@tempcntb=\c@pd@section - \let\pd@tempa\pd@tocdisplay - \fi - \else -% \end{macrocode} -% Count sections. -% \begin{macrocode} - \global\advance\@tempcntb\@ne - \fi - \fi - \ifpd@@hlentries\ifx\pd@tempa\relax\else - \ifnum#1=\z@ -% \end{macrocode} -% A normal highlighted slide. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifnum\c@slide<\@nameuse{pd@te@\the\@tempcnta @start}% - \else - \ifnum\c@slide<\@nameuse{pd@te@\the\@tempcnta @stop}% - \let\pd@tempa\pd@tochighlight - \fi - \fi - \else - \ifpd@@hlsections -% \end{macrocode} -% A highlighted section. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifnum\@tempcntb=\c@pd@section - \let\pd@tempa\pd@tochighlight - \fi - \else -% \end{macrocode} -% A section with a page. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifnum#2=\c@slide\ifnum\@nameuse{pd@te@\the - \@tempcnta @stop}=\c@slide\else - \let\pd@tempa\pd@tochighlight - \fi\fi - \fi - \fi - \fi\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% Build the entry, but only if the entry should be visible. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifx\pd@tempa\relax\else -% \end{macrocode} -% Some skip. Execute the font settings so that skips like |.6ex| work -% properly. -% \begin{macrocode} - \if@tempswa\@tempswafalse\else - \pd@usedtocfont - \ifnum\pd@usedtocorient=\z@ - \ifnum#1=\z@\vskip\pd@@tocslidesep\else\vskip\pd@@tocsecsep\fi - \else - \ifnum#1=\z@\hskip\pd@@tocslidesep\else\hskip\pd@@tocsecsep\fi - \fi - \fi -% \end{macrocode} -% Add a section marker. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifnum#1=\z@\else\pd@@tocsecm\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% Output the entry. This works as follows. -% The text |#3| is passed through one macro of |\pd@tocslide| or -% |\pd@tocsection| which adds a `per entry layout' (eg a bullet). -% Then |\pd@tempa| (which is |\pd@tocdisplay| or |\pd@tochighlight|) -% displays the item as requested and |\hyperlink| adds a link to the entry. -% The lengths |\@tempdima| and |\@tempdimb| contain the horizontal -% indent and the remaining space for the entry respectively. The first -% entry does not get an indent if it is a slide. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifcase\pd@toctype - \@tempdimb\pd@@tocwidth - \or - \@tempdimb\pd@@stocwidth - \or - \@tempdimb\pd@@ntocwidth - \fi - \ifnum#1=\z@ - \ifnum\@tempcntb=\z@\@tempdima\z@\else - \@tempdima\pd@@tocslideindent - \advance\@tempdimb-\pd@@tocslideindent - \fi - \hyperlink{slide.#2}{\pd@tempa{\pd@tocslide{#3}}}% - \else - \@tempdima\pd@@tocsecindent - \advance\@tempdimb-\pd@@tocsecindent - \hyperlink{slide.#2}{\pd@tempa{\pd@tocsection{#3}}}% - \fi - \ifnum\pd@usedtocorient=\z@\par\fi - \fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% The keys for the |\tableofcontents| macro. -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@choicekey[pd]{toc}{content}[\pd@tempa\pd@content]{% - all,sections,currentsection,future,futuresections}{} -\define@choicekey[pd]{toc}{type}[\pd@tempa\pd@type]{0,1}{} -\presetkeys[pd]{toc}{content=all,type=0}{} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macro}{\tableofcontents} -% Typesets overviews. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\tableofcontents{\@testopt\pd@tableofcontents{}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@tableofcontents} -% \oarg{options}\\ -% Workhorse. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@tableofcontents[#1]{% -% \end{macrocode} -% To keep definitions like |\pd@@type| (reused in |itemize|) local. -% \begin{macrocode} - \begingroup -% \end{macrocode} -% Set keys with use input. -% \begin{macrocode} - \setkeys[pd]{toc}{#1}% -% \end{macrocode} -% This keeps track of whether we are in a hidden section. -% \begin{macrocode} - \let\pd@tempc\z@ - \def\pdcontentsline##1##2##3{% -% \end{macrocode} -% Count sections in the toc. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifnum##1>\z@\advance\@tempcntb\@ne\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% Used for additional markup like |\bfseries|. -% \begin{macrocode} - \let\pd@tempb\@empty -% \end{macrocode} -% The line that is to be typeset. -% \begin{macrocode} - \def\pd@tempa{\hyperlink{slide.##2}{\pd@tempb##3}\par}% -% \end{macrocode} -% If a line should not be displayed, then here is the action to be -% taken depending on the type. 0 leaves out material, 1 typesets it -% in inactive color. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifnum\pd@type=\z@ - \def\pd@tempd{\let\pd@tempa\relax}% - \else - \def\pd@tempd{\def\pd@tempb{\color\pd@@iacolor}}% - \fi -% \end{macrocode} -% Update whether we are in a hidden section. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifcase##1\or\let\pd@tempc\z@\or - \ifnum\@tempcntb=\c@pd@section - \let\pd@tempc\z@ - \else - \let\pd@tempc\@ne - \fi - \fi -% \end{macrocode} -% If in hidden section, hide it. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifnum\pd@tempc=\@ne\pd@tempd\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% Here are the rules for displaying material, given the input of the user. -% Case 0 is `all'. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifcase\pd@content\or -% \end{macrocode} -% Case `sections'. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifnum##1=\z@\let\pd@tempa\relax\fi - \or -% \end{macrocode} -% Case `currentsection'. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifnum\@tempcntb=\c@pd@section\else\pd@tempd\fi - \or -% \end{macrocode} -% Case `future'. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifnum\@tempcnta<\c@slide\pd@tempd\fi - \or -% \end{macrocode} -% Case `futuresections'. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifnum\@tempcntb<\c@pd@section\pd@tempd\fi - \ifnum##1=\z@\pd@tempd\fi - \fi -% \end{macrocode} -% If a section, use bold font. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifnum##1>\z@\XKV@addtomacro@n\pd@tempb\bfseries\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% Finally, typeset the entry and add some spacing. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifx\pd@tempa\relax\else - \if@tempswa\@tempswafalse\else - \ifnum##1=\z@\else\vskip5pt\fi - \fi - \ifnum##1=\z@\ifnum\@tempcntb=\z@\else\hskip15pt\fi\fi - \pd@tempa - \fi - }% - \@tempcnta\z@ - \@tempcntb\z@ - \@tempswatrue -% \end{macrocode} -% Loop over all available toc entries. -% \begin{macrocode} - \@whilenum\@tempcnta<\pd@notocentries\do{% - \advance\@tempcnta\@ne - \@nameuse{pd@te@\the\@tempcnta}% - }% -% \end{macrocode} -% Restore everything. -% \begin{macrocode} - \endgroup -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% Options for parts and sections. The template key allows for modification -% of user input for normal slide and wide slide. A style can define -% the environment that should take the place of, eg, |wideslide| when -% the user requests that template. -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@choicekey*[pd]{section}{tocsection}[\pd@tempa\pd@tempb]{% - false,true,hidden}{} -\define@boolkey[pd]{section}[pd@@]{slide}[true]{} -\define@cmdkey[pd]{section}[pd@@]{template}{% - \def\pd@tempa{slide}% - \ifx\pd@@template\pd@tempa - \let\pd@@template\pd@@sectemp - \else - \def\pd@tempa{wideslide}% - \ifx\pd@@template\pd@tempa - \let\pd@@template\pd@@widesectemp - \fi - \fi -} -\presetkeys[pd]{section}{tocsection=true,slide=true,template=slide}{} -% \end{macrocode} -% Keys for style developers to overwrite user requests silently. -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@cmdkeys[pd]{section}[pd@@]{sectemp,widesectemp} -\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=slide,widesectemp=slide} -\AtBeginDocument{\disable@keys[pd]{section}{sectemp,widesectemp}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@orig@section} -% Make a backup of the original |\section|, to be used later. -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\pd@orig@section\section -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\section} -% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Corrected bug not allowing commas in section titles} -% Used to create parts in the presentation and sections in the toc. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\section{\@testopt\pd@section{}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@section} -% \oarg{options}\marg{title}\\ -% Creates the part. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@section[#1]#2{% -% \end{macrocode} -% Necessary to keep toc and bm definitions local. -% \begin{macrocode} - \begingroup - \pd@sectiontrue -% \end{macrocode} -% Extract the keys specific for |\part| first as to know what we are -% going to produce. -% \begin{macrocode} - \setkeys*[pd]{section}{#1}% -% \end{macrocode} -% |\pd@tempb| comes from the |tocsection| key. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifnum\pd@tempb=\z@ -% \end{macrocode} -% |\XKV@rm| -% contains all remaining keys that could not be set in the previous -% |\setkeys| (namely, keys not in the |part| family). -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifpd@@slide - \toks@{#2}% - \@temptokena\expandafter{\XKV@rm}% - \edef\pd@tempa{% - \noexpand\begin{\pd@@template}% - [bm={\the\toks@},toc={\the\toks@},% - \the\@temptokena]{\the\toks@}% - \noexpand\end{\pd@@template}% - }% - \pd@tempa - \fi - \else -% \end{macrocode} -% Set all slide specific keys as |bm| and |toc|. -% \begin{macrocode} - \setrmkeys*[pd]{slide}% -% \end{macrocode} -% Make the toc and bm entries. -% \begin{macrocode} - \stepcounter{pd@section}% - \stepcounter{slide}% - \def\pd@t@tle{#2}% - \pd@maketocbm\pd@tempb - \addtocounter{slide}\m@ne - \ifpd@@slide -% \end{macrocode} -% Produce a slide if necessary. -% \begin{macrocode} - \toks@{#2}% - \@temptokena\expandafter{\XKV@rm}% - \edef\pd@tempa{% - \noexpand\begin{\pd@@template}% - [\the\@temptokena,bm=,toc=]{\the\toks@}% - \noexpand\end{\pd@@template}% - }% - \pd@tempa - \fi - \fi - \endgroup -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\onslide} -% The normal version puts material on overlay 1, hence invisible in -% ps or pdf. The starred version eats its argument, hence does not -% move the cursor. The plus version put material in the inactive -% color. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\onslide{% - \@ifnextchar-\pd@@nslide{\XKV@ifstar{\pd@onslide1}{% - \XKV@ifplus{\pd@onslide2}{\pd@onslide0}}}% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@onslide} -% \changes{v1.2}{2005/10/09}{Replaced \cs{ignorespaces} by \cs{@bsphack} -% \cs{@esphack} in starred version} -% \marg{type}\marg{overlays}\\ -% The workhorse. First determine whether the material should be -% visible from the \meta{overlays} information. If not, process it in -% the chosen way in \meta{type}. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@onslide#1#2{% -% \end{macrocode} -% Display or not? -% \begin{macrocode} - \pd@testdisp0{#2}% - \if@tempswa -% \end{macrocode} -% Display. -% \begin{macrocode} - \let\pd@tempa\@firstofone - \else - \ifcase#1\relax -% \end{macrocode} -% Switch to overlay 1 (invisible), output |#1|, switch back to overlay 0. -% We record the depth. This allows us to check whether we are in -% hidden material already. If that is the case, don't step back to -% overlay 0 as that will make following material visible again. -% \begin{macrocode} - \long\def\pd@tempa##1{% - \pst@Verb{(1) BOL}% - \stepcounter{pd@onslidedepth}% - ##1% - \addtocounter{pd@onslidedepth}\m@ne - \ifnum\c@pd@onslidedepth=\z@\ifnum\pd@currentstate=\z@ - \pst@Verb{(0) BOL}% - \fi\fi - }% - \or -% \end{macrocode} -% Eat material. -% \begin{macrocode} - \long\def\pd@tempa##1{\@bsphack\@esphack}% - \or -% \end{macrocode} -% Put material in inactive color. -% \begin{macrocode} - \long\def\pd@tempa##1{{\color\pd@@iacolor##1}}% - \fi - \fi - \pd@tempa -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@testdisp} -% \marg{type}\marg{overlays}\\ -% This macro is used by both |\onslide| and |\item|. The former can -% use relative notation for which \meta{type} should be 0. For the -% latter, \meta{type} is 1. \meta{overlays} is a specification of -% overlays where material should be visible. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@testdisp#1#2{% - \@tempswafalse -% \end{macrocode} -% Parse the comma separated specification. -% \begin{macrocode} - \XKV@for@n{#2}\pd@tempa{\expandafter\pd@t@stdisp\pd@tempa--\@nil#1}% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@t@stdisp} -% \meta{s1}|-|\meta{s2}|-|\meta{s3}|\@nil|\marg{type}\\ -% Separate the input and check in which case we ended up. This macro -% also computes the number of overlays that is necessary for this -% slide. Notice several |\relax| at possibly unexpected places. This -% seemed necessary for \TeX\ to properly set |\@tempswa|. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@t@stdisp#1-#2-#3\@nil#4{% - \ifx\@empty#1\@empty\relax -% \end{macrocode} -% |-x| case. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifnum#4=\z@ -% \end{macrocode} -% Parse input further to find if relative syntax was used. -% \begin{macrocode} - \pd@checkrel#2\@nil\@tempcnta - \else - \@tempcnta#2% -% \end{macrocode} -% The item has no particular starting point, so it starts from overlay -% 1. Save this for relative |\onslide| syntax in the current item. -% \begin{macrocode} - \def\pd@reloverlay{1}% - \fi -% \end{macrocode} -% |\@tempcnta| now contains the number of overlays necessary for this -% part of the specification. Take the maximum. -% \begin{macrocode} - \pd@compnooverlays\@tempcnta - \ifnum\c@pd@overlay>\@tempcnta\else\@tempswatrue\fi - \else -% \end{macrocode} -% |x|, |x-| and |x-y| cases. Check relative syntax and store the -% corrected number in |\@tempcnta|. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifnum#4=\z@ - \pd@checkrel#1\@nil\@tempcnta - \else - \@tempcnta#1% -% \end{macrocode} -% Here, the item has a special starting point. Save that to be able -% to compute relative syntax in subsequent |\onslide|s. -% \begin{macrocode} - \def\pd@reloverlay{#1}% - \fi - \ifx\@empty#2\@empty\relax -% \end{macrocode} -% |x| and |x-| cases. -% \begin{macrocode} - \pd@compnooverlays\@tempcnta - \ifx\@empty#3\@empty\relax -% \end{macrocode} -% |x| case. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifnum\c@pd@overlay=\@tempcnta\@tempswatrue\fi - \else -% \end{macrocode} -% |x-| case. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifnum\c@pd@overlay<\@tempcnta\else\@tempswatrue\fi - \fi - \else -% \end{macrocode} -% |x-y| case. Store the final number |y| in |\@tempcntb|, maybe -% corrected for relative syntax. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifnum#4=\z@ - \pd@checkrel#2\@nil\@tempcntb - \else - \@tempcntb#2% - \fi - \pd@compnooverlays\@tempcntb - \ifnum\c@pd@overlay<\@tempcnta\else - \ifnum\c@pd@overlay>\@tempcntb\else\@tempswatrue\fi - \fi - \fi - \fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@checkrel} -% \meta{number}|\@nil|\marg{counter}\\ -% Checks whether \meta{number} starts with a |+| and if yes, adds the -% current item number in |\pd@reloverlay| to \meta{counter} to make -% relative syntax possible. -% \begin{macrocode} -% Check whether relative syntax has been used. -\def\pd@checkrel#1#2\@nil#3{% - \def\pd@tempa{#1}% - \def\pd@tempb{+}% - \ifx\pd@tempa\pd@tempb - #3#2\advance#3\pd@reloverlay - \else#3#1#2\fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@compnooverlays} -% Keep track of the biggest number that we see as to compute the -% number of overlays that we need to produce. Notice the |\relax| again. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@compnooverlays#1{% - \ifnum#1>\pd@nooverlays\xdef\pd@nooverlays{\the#1}\fi\relax -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@orig@item} -% Copy of \LaTeX's |\@item|. -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\pd@orig@item\@item -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\@item} -% \oarg{label}\\ -% Creates the item label etcetera. We add an optional argument for -% overlay specifications. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\@item[#1]{\@ifnextchar<{\pd@item[#1]}{\pd@item[#1]<>}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@item} -% \oarg{label}\larg{overlays}\\ -% This item allows for hiding the bullet and following content. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@item[#1]<#2>{% -% \end{macrocode} -% Possibly switch state. -% \begin{macrocode} - \pd@closeitem -% \end{macrocode} -% Enter some corrections when switching list type. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifx\pd@@type\pd@currenttype\else - \ifnum\pd@@type=\z@ - \pst@Verb{(1) BOL}% - \else - \pst@Verb{(0) BOL}% - \normalcolor - \fi - \global\let\pd@currenttype\pd@@type - \fi -% \end{macrocode} -% Make sure that we are on overlay 0 when the current state is such. -% Then check if we need hiding. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifnum\pd@currentstate=\z@ - \normalcolor\pst@Verb{(0) BOL}% - \pd@hide{#2}% - \else -% \end{macrocode} -% Enter this color, just in case no other declarations will follow. -% \begin{macrocode} - \color\pd@@iacolor - \fi -% \end{macrocode} -% We need to switch state at the next item. Take care of local definition. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifx\@empty#2\@empty\else - \def\pd@closeitem{\gdef\pd@currentstate{0}}% - \fi -% \end{macrocode} -% Insert |\leavevmode| to avoid ps code to `leak into' |\item|, like -% which used to be the case when |\item\onslide{2-}{test}\pause|. -% \begin{macrocode} - \pd@orig@item[#1]\leavevmode\ignorespaces -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@orig@@trivlist} -% \begin{macro}{\@trivlist} -% Save the current state for later (after getting back from nested -% lists). And we initialize some helper functions. -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\pd@orig@@trivlist\@trivlist -\def\@trivlist{% - \global\expandafter\let\csname pd@currentstate\the\c@pd@trivlist - \endcsname\pd@currentstate - \ifnum\pd@@type=\z@\let\pd@closeitem\relax\fi - \stepcounter{pd@trivlist}% - \pd@orig@@trivlist -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@orig@endtrivlist} -% \begin{macro}{\endtrivlist} -% At the end of each list, make sure that we re-initialize the state -% of that level, if necessary. -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\pd@orig@endtrivlist\endtrivlist -\def\endtrivlist{% - \addtocounter{pd@trivlist}\m@ne - \pd@revert{% - \global\expandafter\let\expandafter\pd@currentstate\csname - pd@currentstate\the\c@pd@trivlist\endcsname - }% - \pd@orig@endtrivlist -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@hide} -% \meta{overlays}\\ -% Hides following material until the end of the current group, usually -% the end of an environment like |itemize|. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@hide#1{% - \ifx\@empty#1\@empty\else -% \end{macrocode} -% If still active, we might need to become inactive. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifnum\pd@currentstate=\z@ -% \end{macrocode} -% Check the state of this item. -% \begin{macrocode} - \pd@testdisp1{#1}% - \if@tempswa\else - \ifnum\pd@@type=\z@ -% \end{macrocode} -% Hide material onto overlay 1. -% \begin{macrocode} - \pst@Verb{(1) BOL}% - \else -% \end{macrocode} -% Switch to inactive color. -% \begin{macrocode} - \color\pd@@iacolor - \fi - \gdef\pd@currentstate{1}% - \fi - \fi - \fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pause} -% Hide following material on the current overlay. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pause{\@testopt\pd@p@use1} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@p@use} -% \oarg{steps}\\ -% This inserts a |\pd@hide| that hides material for the following -% overlays, possibly some extra, when the optional argument is used. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@p@use[#1]{% - \addtocounter{pd@pause}{#1}% - \expandafter\pd@hide\expandafter{\the\c@pd@pause-}% - \global\let\pd@revert\@gobble - \ignorespaces -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@deloverlays} -% This macro disables overlays by redefining some internals. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@deloverlays{% - \def\pd@hide##1{}% - \def\pd@onslide##1##2{\@firstofone}% - \let\@trivlist\pd@orig@@trivlist - \let\endtrivlist\pd@orig@endtrivlist - \def\pd@item[##1]<##2>{\pd@orig@item[##1]\leavevmode\ignorespaces}% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% We insert an extra key in the |enumitem| family to allow for changing -% the type of the list. 0 uses ps hiding, 1 uses inactive color when -% items are inactive. -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@cmdkey{enumitem}[pd@@]{type}{} -\setkeys{enumitem}{type=0} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@pdftrans} -% Inserts a pdf transition effect. It allows custom transition effects -% like wipes in different directions. But if you do that, it will warn -% that it might not work. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@pdftrans{% - \@expandtwoargs\in@{,\pd@@trans,}{% - ,Split,Blinds,Box,Wipe,Dissolve,Glitter,% - Replace,Fly,Push,Cover,Uncover,Fade,}% - \ifin@\else - \pd@warn{Transition `\pd@@trans' might not be understood by - your ps to pdf converter}% - \fi - \pdfmark{% - pdfmark=/PUT,% - Raw={\string{ThisPage\string}% - <</Trans << /S /\pd@@trans\space >> >>% - }% - }% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% Two column keys. -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@cmdkeys[pd]{twocolumn}[pd@@]{% - lineheight,lfrheight,rfrheight,lcolwidth,rcolwidth,% - topsep,bottomsep,indent,lineprop,lfrprop,rfrprop% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% We use two lengths as we need to do some computations with these -% key settings. -% \begin{macrocode} -\define@key[pd]{twocolumn}{colsep}{\setlength\pd@colsep{#1}} -\define@key[pd]{twocolumn}{frsep}{\setlength\pd@frsep{#1}} -% \end{macrocode} -% Presets. -% \begin{macrocode} -\presetkeys[pd]{twocolumn}{frsep=1.5mm,colsep=.06\linewidth,% - lcolwidth=.47\linewidth,rcolwidth=.47\linewidth,topsep=0cm,% - bottomsep=0cm,indent=0cm,lineprop=,lfrprop=,rfrprop=,% - lineheight=,lfrheight=,rfrheight=% -}{} -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macro}{\twocolumn} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@twocolumn} -% Construct two columns and put material in it. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\twocolumn{\@testopt\pd@twocolumn{}} -\long\def\pd@twocolumn[#1]#2#3{% - \setkeys[pd]{twocolumn}{#1}% - \sbox\pd@tba{\begin{minipage}\pd@@lcolwidth#2\end{minipage}}% - \setlength\@tempdima{\the\ht\pd@tba}% - \addtolength\@tempdima{\the\dp\pd@tba}% - \sbox\pd@tbb{\begin{minipage}\pd@@rcolwidth#3\end{minipage}}% - \setlength\@tempdimb{\the\ht\pd@tbb}% - \addtolength\@tempdimb{\the\dp\pd@tbb}% - \setlength\@tempdimc{\pd@maxdim\@tempdima\@tempdimb}% - \ifx\pd@@lfrheight\@empty\else - \setlength\@tempdimc{\pd@maxdim\pd@@lfrheight\@tempdimc}% - \fi - \ifx\pd@@lineheight\@empty\else - \setlength\@tempdimc{\pd@maxdim\pd@@lineheight\@tempdimc}% - \fi - \ifx\pd@@rfrheight\@empty\else - \setlength\@tempdimc{\pd@maxdim\pd@@rfrheight\@tempdimc}% - \fi - \begin{pspicture}(-\pd@@indent,\pd@@topsep)(\linewidth,-\@tempdimc)% - \psset{linewidth=.25pt,linecolor=\pd@color}% - \setlength\@tempdima\pd@@lcolwidth - \addtolength\@tempdima\pd@frsep - \ifx\pd@@lfrheight\@empty\else - \expandafter\psframe\expandafter[\pd@@lfrprop]% - (-\pd@frsep,\pd@frsep)(\@tempdima,-\pd@@lfrheight)% - \fi - \rput[tl](0,0){\usebox\pd@tba}% - \setlength\@tempdima\pd@@lcolwidth - \addtolength\@tempdima{.5\pd@colsep}% - \ifx\pd@@lineheight\@empty\else - \expandafter\psline\expandafter[\pd@@lineprop]% - (\@tempdima,\pd@frsep)(\@tempdima,-\pd@@lineheight)% - \fi - \addtolength\@tempdima{.5\pd@colsep}% - \setlength\@tempdimc\@tempdima - \addtolength\@tempdima{-\pd@frsep}% - \setlength\@tempdimb\@tempdima - \addtolength\@tempdimb\pd@@rcolwidth - \addtolength\@tempdimb{2\pd@frsep}% - \ifx\pd@@rfrheight\@empty\else - \expandafter\psframe\expandafter[\pd@@rfrprop]% - (\@tempdima,\pd@frsep)(\@tempdimb,-\pd@@rfrheight)% - \fi - \rput[tl](\@tempdimc,0){\usebox\pd@tbb}% - \end{pspicture}\par -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{environment}{figure} -% \begin{environment}{table} -% Avoid floating |figure| and |table| environments. -% \begin{macrocode} -\renewenvironment{figure}[1][]{% - \def\@captype{figure}% - \par\begin{center}% -}{\par\end{center}} -\renewenvironment{table}[1][]{% - \def\@captype{table}% - \par\begin{center}% -}{\par\end{center}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{environment} -% \end{environment} -% \begin{environment}{thebibliography} -% Redefine the |thebibliography| environment. This is based on -% \pf{article}, but does not create marks or a section. -% \begin{macrocode} -\renewenvironment{thebibliography}[1]{% - \list{\@biblabel{\@arabic\c@enumiv}}{% - \settowidth\labelwidth{\@biblabel{#1}}% - \leftmargin\labelwidth - \advance\leftmargin\labelsep - \@openbib@code - \usecounter{enumiv}% - \let\p@enumiv\@empty - \renewcommand\theenumiv{\@arabic\c@enumiv}% - }% - \sloppy - \clubpenalty4000 - \@clubpenalty \clubpenalty - \widowpenalty4000% - \sfcode`\.\@m -}{% - \def\@noitemerr - {\@latex@warning{Empty `thebibliography' environment}}% - \endlist -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{environment} -% \begin{macro}{\pddefinelyxtemplate} -% \meta{cs}\marg{template} -% Support for \LyX, where slides are delimited by an explicit |\lyxend|. -% This defines the \meta{cs} to look optional keys, the slide title -% and finally for |\lyxend| to collect the body of the slide. -% After that, it creates a slide with \meta{template}. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pddefinelyxtemplate#1#2{\def#1{\pd@lyxgetargsandbody{#2}}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@lyxgetargsandbody} -% \marg{template}\\ -% Check for optional keys. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@lyxgetargsandbody#1{\@testopt{\pd@lyxget@rgsandbody{#1}}{}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@lyxget@rgsandbody} -% \marg{template}\oarg{options}\marg{title}\\ -% This pretends to be an environment with name \meta{template}. The -% slide title and body are saved, keys are set and the slide is executed. -% This all happens in a local group to keep definitions (eg |toc| key) -% local. We again have three different methods to process the slide. -% Now, the verbatim version is more complicated as we have to look -% for |\lyxend| instead of |\end{slide}|. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@lyxget@rgsandbody#1[#2]#3{% - \begingroup -% \end{macrocode} -% Initial settings and checks. -% \begin{macrocode} - \def\@currenvir{#1}% - \pd@get@rgs@ndbody{#2}{#3}% - \ifcase\ifnum\pd@method>\z@\ifpd@display\@ne\fi\fi\z@ -% \end{macrocode} -% Eat the body until |\lyxend|. -% \begin{macrocode} - \let\pd@tempa\pd@lyxget@rgs@ndbody - \else - \ifnum\pd@method=\@ne - \def\pd@tempa{% -% \end{macrocode} -% Start writing to a temporary file and redefine |\verbatim@processline| -% to scan lines for |\lyxend|. We only stop if |\lyxend| occurs on the -% first character of the input line. -% \begin{macrocode} - \immediate\openout\@inputcheck\jobname.vrb\relax - \def\verbatim@processline{% -% \end{macrocode} -% Check for |\lyxend|. -% \begin{macrocode} - \pd@lyxget@rgs@ndb@dy - \ifin@ -% \end{macrocode} -% If we found it, stop. |\pd@tempa| eats the next four tokens which -% would otherwise make \pf{verbatim} continue with reading. -% \begin{macrocode} - \let\pd@tempa\@gobblefour -% \end{macrocode} -% |\next| occurs in the \pf{verbatim} macros. We define it to close -% the output file, execute the slide, write the remaining part of -% the line with |\lyxend| to file and read it back in. We need to -% do this as this content (probably |\lyxslide|) has been sanitized -% while reading in verbatim mode. We could also use |\scantokens| -% if we keep in mind that that, just as |\input|, introduces line -% feeds and end-of-file characters in the input stream which the -% \pf{verbatim} macros can't handle. Morten H\o gholm proposed the -% following instead. -%\begin{example} -% \documentclass{article} -% \begin{document} -% \long\def\ReinsertTokens#1{% -% \begingroup\endlinechar=-1\everyeof{}% -% \scantokens{\def\next{\endgroup#1}}\next -% } -% \ReinsertTokens{\begin{verbatim}} -% test -% \end{verbatim} -% \end{document} -%\end{example} -% We don't use that here as we don't want to force the use of -% $\varepsilon$-\TeX\ at this moment. Instead, we read back exactly -% one line via an input stream and execute that. -% \begin{macrocode} - \def\next{% - \endgroup\immediate\closeout\@inputcheck - \let\verbatim@processline\pd@orig@verbatim@processline - \pd@slide\endgroup - \immediate\openout\@inputcheck\jobname.vrb\relax - \immediate\write\@inputcheck{\pd@lyxrem}% - \immediate\closeout\@inputcheck - \immediate\openin\@inputcheck\jobname.vrb\relax - \immediate\read\@inputcheck to\pd@tempa - \immediate\closein\@inputcheck\pd@tempa - }% - \else -% \end{macrocode} -% Write a line of the body to file. -% \begin{macrocode} - \immediate\write\@inputcheck{\the\verbatim@line}% - \let\pd@tempa\relax - \fi - \pd@tempa - }% -% \end{macrocode} -% Start the verbatim reading. -% \begin{macrocode} - \begingroup\let\do\@makeother\dospecials\catcode`\^^M\active - \verbatim@start - }% - \else -% \end{macrocode} -% This is the |direct| method, similar as before. -% \begin{macrocode} - \pd@deloverlays - \let\pd@tempa\pd@sl@de - \def\lyxend{% - \end{pd@minipage}\end{lrbox}% - \ifx\pd@@textpos\@empty\else - \rput[\pd@@texthook](\pd@@textpos){\usebox\pd@textbox}% - \fi - \endgroup - }% - \fi - \fi - \pd@tempa -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@lyxget@args@ndbody} -% \meta{body}|\lyxend|\\ -% Collect material until |\lyxend|, save that in the token register -% and start processing the slide, if necessary. -% \begin{macrocode} -\long\def\pd@lyxget@rgs@ndbody#1\lyxend{% - \pd@body{#1}% - \ifpd@display\pd@slide\fi - \endgroup -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macrocode} -\begingroup\lccode`\!`\\\lowercase{\endgroup -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@lyxget@args@ndb@dy} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@lyxget@args@ndb@dy} -% These macros check if |\lyxend| occurs in the input line (in -% sanitize version) and if so, if it occurs on the first character. -% That allows for including |\lyxend| somewhere in the line, for -% instance, in a verbatim text. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@lyxget@rgs@ndb@dy{% - \@expandtwoargs\in@{!lyxend}{\the\verbatim@line}% - \ifin@\expandafter\pd@lyxget@rgs@ndb@d@\the\verbatim@line\@nil\fi -} -\def\pd@lyxget@rgs@ndb@d@#1!lyxend#2\@nil{% - \ifx\@empty#1\@empty\gdef\pd@lyxrem{#2}\else\in@false\fi -}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\lyxend} -% This macro acts mainly as delimiter and doesn't need to be defined -% but we do it anyway as to make it harmless when there is a superfluous -% one in the file. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\lyxend{} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\lyxnote} -% \begin{macro}{\lyxslide} -% \begin{macro}{\lyxwideslide} -% \begin{macro}{\lyxemptyslide} -% These create the standard available templates. Any template can be -% supported for \LyX\ in this way. -% \begin{macrocode} -\pddefinelyxtemplate\lyxnote{note} -\pddefinelyxtemplate\lyxslide{slide} -\pddefinelyxtemplate\lyxwideslide{wideslide} -\pddefinelyxtemplate\lyxemptyslide{emptyslide} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Solved \texttt{itemize} and \pf{frenchb} problem} -% Some compatibility things. We don't want \pf{frenchb} from -% \pf{babel} to redefine the |itemize| environment. -% \begin{macrocode} -\AtBeginDocument{% - \@expandtwoargs\in@{,frenchb.ldf,}{,\@filelist,}% - \ifin@ - \let\bbl@frenchindent\relax - \let\bbl@frenchitemize\relax - \let\bbl@frenchlistspacing\relax - \fi -} -\ifnum\pd@mode=\z@ -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macro}{\label} -% \begin{macro}{\label@in@display} -% \marg{name}\\ -% We redefine these two macros (|\AtBeginDocument| for \pf{nameref}). -% For the current slide, we put all label names in a list. If the name -% reappears, we don't issue the original command anymore. This is necessary -% to avoid writing the same label multiple times because of overlays. -% This disables the check for multiply defined labels inside slides, -% but leaves this system in place over multiple slides. The latter -% macro is used in \pf{amsmath}. -% \begin{macrocode} - \AtBeginDocument{% - \let\pd@orig@label\label - \def\label{\pd@label\pd@orig@label}% - \let\pd@orig@label@in@display\label@in@display - \def\label@in@display{\pd@label\pd@orig@label@in@display}% - } -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@label} -% \meta{label-macro}\marg{name}\\ -% Helper macro that checks reappearance of labels on slides. -% \begin{macrocode} - \def\pd@label#1#2{% - \@expandtwoargs\in@{,#2,}{,\pd@labels,}% - \ifin@\else - \global\XKV@addtolist@x\pd@labels{#2}% - #1{#2}% - \fi - } -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% No overlays in print of handout mode. -% \begin{macrocode} -\else\pd@deloverlays\let\pd@pdftrans\relax\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% For handout mode, we make some redefinitions. -% \begin{macrocode} -\ifnum\pd@mode=2 -% \end{macrocode} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@newpage} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@n@wpage} -% Alternate between making a |\newpage| and not. This results in -% two slides per page. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@n@wpage{% - \gdef\pd@newpage{% - \global\let\pd@newpage\pd@n@wpage - \newpage - }% -} -\let\pd@newpage\pd@n@wpage -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@get@rgsandbody} -% \changes{v1.2}{2005/10/09}{Added \cs{@currentlabel} definition} -% \changes{v1.3}{2005/12/06}{Made body text \cs{raggedright}} -% \changes{v1.4}{2005/12/10}{Fixed \LyX\ handout mode} -% The new slide environment. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@get@rgsandbody#1[#2]#3{% - \setkeys[pd]{glslide,slide}{#2}% - \def\pd@t@tle{#3}% -% \end{macrocode} -% Determine to include this slide or not. -% \begin{macrocode} - \def\pd@tempa{note}% - \let\pd@resa\@currenvir - \pd@displaytrue - \ifcase\pd@display - \ifx\pd@resa\pd@tempa\relax\pd@displayfalse\fi - \or - \ifx\pd@resa\pd@tempa\else\pd@displayfalse\fi - \fi -% \end{macrocode} -% No bookmarks or targets for notes. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifx\pd@resa\pd@tempa\else - \stepcounter{slide}% - \edef\@currentlabel{\the\c@slide}% - \let\pd@tempb\@empty - \pd@maketocbm0% - \hyper@anchorstart{slide.\the\c@slide}\hyper@anchorend - \fi -% \end{macrocode} -% For \LyX\ handout mode. Reset it immediately to avoid any problems -% with superfluous occurrences of |\lyxend|. -% \begin{macrocode} - \gdef\lyxend{\gdef\lyxend{}\pd@slide}% -% \end{macrocode} -% The |lrbox| will typeset and capture content. This allows for -% verbatim on slides. -% \begin{macrocode} - \begin{lrbox}\pd@textbox -% \end{macrocode} -% $16=2\times7+2\times1$. -% \begin{macrocode} - \@tempdima\linewidth - \advance\@tempdima-16pt - \begin{minipage}\@tempdima - \subsection*\pd@t@tle -% \end{macrocode} -% This |\pd@displaytrue| only acts locally to make sure that |\endslide| -% is executed. -% \begin{macrocode} - \pd@displaytrue\raggedright -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@lyxget@rgsandbody} -% In \LyX\ handout mode, we start making slides in the same way as in -% \LaTeX\ handout mode, but in |\pd@get@rgsandbody|, we need to make -% |\lyxend| to finish the slide boxes which is normally done by -% |\end{slide}| (or friends). -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\pd@lyxget@rgsandbody\pd@get@rgsandbody -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@slide} -% This creates the slide, if necessary. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@slide{% - \end{minipage}\end{lrbox}% -% \end{macrocode} -% If this slide should be visible, include it in a frame. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifpd@display - \psframebox[framesep=7pt,linewidth=1pt]{\usebox\pd@textbox}% - \par\smallskip - \pd@@lf\hfill\ifx\pd@@rf\@empty\else\pd@@rf\ -- \fi - \def\pd@tempa{note}% - \ifx\pd@resa\pd@tempa -% \end{macrocode} -% Determine if this is another note with the same slide. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifnum\c@slide=\pd@notet - \stepcounter{note}% - \else - \setcounter{note}{1}% - \fi - \xdef\pd@notet{\the\c@slide}% - \thenote - \else\theslide\fi - \par\bigskip - \ifpd@@nopagebreaks\else\vfill\pd@newpage\fi - \fi -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@maketitle} -% Uses the original \pf{article} |\maketitle| and puts the table of -% contents below it. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@maketitle[#1]{% - \pd@orig@maketitle - \vskip50pt - \pd@puttoc0% - \newpage - \stepcounter{slide}% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@pdcontentsline} -% \changes{v1.1}{2005/09/19}{Solved toc bug in handout mode} -% \marg{type}\marg{target}\marg{title}\\ -% Make table of contents entries. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@pdcontentsline#1#2#3{% - \ifnum#1=\z@ -% \end{macrocode} -% Slide. -% \begin{macrocode} - \ifnum\@tempcntb>\z@\hskip15pt\fi - \hyperlink{slide.#2}{#3}% - \leaders\hbox{\hss.\ \hss}\hfill#2\par - \else -% \end{macrocode} -% Section. -% \begin{macrocode} - \if@tempswa\else\vskip10pt\fi - \hyperlink{slide.#2}{\bfseries#3}% - {\hfill\bfseries#2}\par - \global\advance\@tempcntb\@ne - \fi - \@tempswafalse -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@section} -% \oarg{options}\marg{title}\\ -% Like before, but simplified. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@section[#1]#2{% - \begingroup - \setkeys*[pd]{section}{#1}% - \setrmkeys*[pd]{slide}% - \def\pd@tempa{% - \stepcounter{slide}% - \def\pd@t@tle{#2}% - \pd@maketocbm\pd@tempb - \hyper@anchorstart{slide.\the\c@slide}\hyper@anchorend - \pd@orig@section*{#2\normalfont\hfill\theslide}% - }% - \ifnum\pd@display=\@ne\ifpd@@slide\stepcounter{slide}\fi\else - \ifnum\pd@tempb=\z@ - \ifpd@@slide\pd@tempa\fi - \else - \stepcounter{pd@section}% - \pd@tempa - \ifpd@@slide\else\addtocounter{slide}\m@ne\fi - \fi - \fi - \endgroup -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% End of handout mode specific definitions. -% \begin{macrocode} -\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% Here follow some miscellaneous utility macros. -% \begin{macro}{\@nameedef} -% \marg{csname}\\ -% Similar as |\@namedef|, but uses |\edef| to define the command with -% name \meta{csname}. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\@nameedef#1{\expandafter\edef\csname#1\endcsname} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@namelet} -% \marg{cs1}\marg{cs2}\\ -% Copy the replacement text of macro with name \meta{cs2} to the macro -% with name \meta{cs1}. We use a private version as |\@namelet| has -% many conflicting definitions is different packages. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@namelet#1#2{% - \expandafter\let\csname#1\expandafter\endcsname\csname#2\endcsname -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@pop} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@p@p} -% \meta{list}\meta{cmd} -% Remove the first element of a comma separated \meta{list} and store -% that in \meta{cmd}. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@pop#1#2{% - \@expandtwoargs\in@{,}{#1}% - \ifin@\expandafter\pd@p@p#1\@nil#2#1\else\let#2#1\let#1\@empty\fi -} -\def\pd@p@p#1,#2\@nil#3#4{\def#3{#1}\def#4{#2}} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@maxdim} -% \marg{dim1}\marg{dim2}\\ -% Compute the maximum of two dimensions. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@maxdim#1#2{\ifdim#1>#2#1\else#2\fi} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@minipage} -% \begin{macro}{\endpd@minipage} -% Adapted version of the |minipage| environment to do normal footnote -% typesetting. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\pd@minipage{% - \leavevmode - \@pboxswfalse - \setlength\@tempdima\pd@@textwidth - \def\@mpargs{{t}{\pd@@textheight}[t]{\pd@@textwidth}}% - \setbox\@tempboxa\vbox\bgroup - \color@begingroup - \hsize\@tempdima - \textwidth\hsize - \columnwidth\hsize - \@parboxrestore - \let\@footnotetext\@mpfootnotetext - \let\@listdepth\@mplistdepth - \@mplistdepth\z@ - \@minipagerestore - \@setminipage -} -\def\endpd@minipage{% - \par - \unskip - \ifvoid\@mpfootins\else - \vfill - \normalcolor - \footnoterule - \unvbox\@mpfootins - \fi - \@minipagefalse - \color@endgroup - \egroup - \expandafter\@iiiparbox\@mpargs{\unvbox\@tempboxa}% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\pd@orig@verbatim@processline} -% Backup of |\verbatim@processline| for restoring after verbatim -% reading of the body of a slide. -% \begin{macrocode} -\let\pd@orig@verbatim@processline\verbatim@processline -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \begin{macro}{\psds@ocircle} -% \begin{macro}{\psds@osquare} -% Two macros for open circle and open square dots by Herbert Vo\ss. -% \begin{macrocode} -\def\psds@ocircle{\pst@gdot{ 0 0 DS 0 360 arc stroke }} -\def\psds@osquare{% - \pst@gdot{ - DS .886 mul /r ED - r r moveto r r neg L r neg r neg L r neg r L - closepath stroke }% -} -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% Load style. -% \begin{macrocode} -\IfFileExists{powerdot-\pd@@style.sty}{ - \RequirePackage{powerdot-\pd@@style} -}{ - \pd@error{unknown style `\pd@@style'} -} -% \end{macrocode} -% Check integrity of the style file. -% \begin{macrocode} -\ifx\titleslide\@undefined - \pd@error{`titleslide' environment - not defined by style `\pd@@style'} -\fi -\ifx\slide\@undefined - \pd@error{`slide' environment not - defined by style `\pd@@style'} -\fi -\ifx\pd@title\@undefined\let\pd@title\@firstofone\fi -\ifx\pd@slidetitle\@undefined\let\pd@slidetitle\@firstofone\fi -\ifx\pd@sectiontitle\@undefined\let\pd@sectiontitle\@firstofone\fi -% \end{macrocode} -% Define the standard ways to make toc entries and highlighted entries. -% We do this here so that designers could use |\newcommand| or |\def| -% in the style file. -% \begin{macrocode} -\ifx\pd@tocdisplay\@undefined - \def\pd@tocdisplay#1{% - \hskip\@tempdima - \begin{minipage}[b]\@tempdimb - \pd@usedtocfont\color\pd@@toctcolor#1% - \end{minipage}% - } -\fi -\ifx\pd@tochighlight\@undefined - \def\pd@tochighlight#1{% - \psframebox*[framesep=\pd@@tocfrsep,% - fillcolor=\pd@@tochlcolor,boxsep=false]{% - \hskip\@tempdima - \begin{minipage}[b]\@tempdimb - \pd@usedtocfont\color\pd@@tochltcolor#1% - \end{minipage}% - }% - } -\fi -\ifx\pd@tocslide\@undefined\let\pd@tocslide\@firstofone\fi -\ifx\pd@tocsection\@undefined\let\pd@tocsection\@firstofone\fi -%</powerdot> -% \end{macrocode} -% -% \Finale -% \endinput -% -%<*pddefault> -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01] -\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-default}[2005/12/10 v1.4 default style (HA)] -\RequirePackage{pifont} -\definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.17,.31,.44} -\definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.75,.85,.92} -\definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.9,.95,.98} -\pddefinepalettes{blue}{}{red}{ - \colorlet{pdcolor1}{pdcolor1>wheel,150} - \colorlet{pdcolor2}{pdcolor2>wheel,150} - \colorlet{pdcolor3}{pdcolor3>wheel,150} -}{green}{ - \colorlet{pdcolor1}{pdcolor1>wheel,290} - \colorlet{pdcolor2}{pdcolor2>wheel,290} - \colorlet{pdcolor3}{pdcolor3>wheel,290} -}{yellow}{ - \colorlet{pdcolor1}{pdcolor1>wheel,-150} - \colorlet{pdcolor2}{pdcolor2>wheel,-150} - \colorlet{pdcolor3}{pdcolor3>wheel,-150} -}{brown}{ - \colorlet{pdcolor1}{pdcolor1>wheel,180} - \colorlet{pdcolor2}{pdcolor2>wheel,180} - \colorlet{pdcolor3}{pdcolor3>wheel,180} -}{purple}{ - \colorlet{pdcolor1}{pdcolor1>wheel,45} - \colorlet{pdcolor2}{pdcolor2>wheel,45} - \colorlet{pdcolor3}{pdcolor3>wheel,45} -} -\newbox\pd@imagebox -\pdifsetup{landscape}{ - \sbox\pd@imagebox{\includegraphics[trim=50 20 0 20,clip,% - width=.17\slidewidth,height=.1\slideheight]{powerdot-default.ps}% - } -}{ - \sbox\pd@imagebox{\includegraphics[trim=170 0 80 0,clip,% - height=.1\slideheight]{powerdot-default.ps}% - } -} -\pddefinetemplate{titleslide}{ - titlefont=\large\bfseries\centering, - clockcolor=pdcolor1,clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight}, - lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - texthook=t,textpos={.5\slidewidth,.7\slideheight}, - textwidth=.9\slidewidth,textfont=\centering, - textheight=.6\slideheight -}{% - \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor3,linewidth=0pt]% - (0,.8\slideheight)(\slidewidth,0)% - \psline[linecolor=pdcolor1]% - (0,.8\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.8\slideheight)% -} -\pddefinetemplate{basic}{ - titlepos={.2\slidewidth,.93\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.75\slidewidth,textheight=.68\slideheight, - titlefont=\large\bfseries\raggedright, - clockcolor=pdcolor1,clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight}, - lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - tocslidesep=.6ex, - toctcolor=pdcolor1, - tochlcolor=pdcolor1, - tochltcolor=pdcolor3, - ifsetup=portrait, - textpos={.05\slidewidth,.83\slideheight}, - textwidth=.9\slidewidth, - tocsecsep=.6ex, - stochook=tr,stocpos={.48\slidewidth,.09\slideheight}, - stocfont=\tiny\raggedleft, - ntocpos={.52\slidewidth,.09\slideheight}, - ifsetup=landscape, - textpos={.2\slidewidth,.83\slideheight}, - textwidth=.75\slidewidth -}{% - \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor3,linewidth=0pt]% - (0,\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)% - \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor2,linewidth=0pt]% - (0,0)(\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)% - \rput[tl](0,\slideheight){\usebox\pd@imagebox}% -} -\pddefinetemplate[basic]{wideslide}{ - textpos={.05\slidewidth,.83\slideheight}, - textwidth=.9\slidewidth -}{} -\pddefinetemplate[basic]{slide}{ - ifsetup=landscape, - tocpos={.015\slidewidth,.83\slideheight}, - tocwidth=.14\slidewidth, - tocsecm={\psline[linewidth=.5pt,linecolor=pdcolor1]% - (-.05,-.05)(.143\slidewidth,-.05)} -}{% - \pdifsetup{landscape}{% - \psframe[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=pdcolor3,linestyle=none,% - linewidth=0pt](0,.9\slideheight)(.17\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)% - }{}% -} -\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{ - titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering, - ifsetup=landscape, - titlepos={.575\slidewidth,.55\slideheight}, - ifsetup=portrait, - titlewidth=.9\slidewidth, - titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight} -}{} -\pddefinetemplate[wideslide]{sectionwideslide}{ - titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering, - titlewidth=.9\slidewidth, - titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight} -}{} -\setkeys[pd]{section}{ - sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionwideslide -} -\def\labelitemi{\footnotesize\ding{110}} -\def\labelitemii{\small\ding{117}} -\def\labelitemiii{\tiny\ding{110}} -\def\labelitemiv{\tiny\ding{117}} -\pdsetup{ - list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt} -} -\def\rmdefault{cmss} -%</pddefault> -% -%<*pdtycja> -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01] -\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-tycja}[2005/12/10 v1.4 tycja style (HA)] -\RequirePackage{pifont} -\RequirePackage{pst-grad} -\pddefinepalettes{default}{ - \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.09,.27,.47} - \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{1,.81,.42} - \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{1,.97,.84} -} -\pddefinetemplate{basic}{ - lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - lffont=\scriptsize\color{pdcolor3}, - cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - cffont=\scriptsize\color{pdcolor3}, - rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - rffont=\scriptsize\color{pdcolor3}, - clockcolor=pdcolor1,clockhook=tl,clockalign=0, - clockpos={0,\slideheight}, - tocslidesep=.6ex, - ifsetup=landscape, - textheight=.66\slideheight, - toctcolor=pdcolor1, - tochlcolor=pdcolor1, - tochltcolor=pdcolor3, - tocpos={.845\slidewidth,.81\slideheight}, - tocwidth=.14\slidewidth, - tocsecm={\psline[linewidth=.5pt,linecolor=pdcolor1]% - (-.05,-.05)(.143\slidewidth,-.05)}, - ifsetup=portrait, - toctcolor=pdcolor3, - tochlcolor=pdcolor3, - tochltcolor=pdcolor1, - tocsecsep=.6ex, - textheight=.68\slideheight, - stochook=tr,stocpos={.48\slidewidth,.09\slideheight}, - stocfont=\tiny\raggedleft, - ntocpos={.52\slidewidth,.09\slideheight} -}{% - \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor3](0,0)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)% - \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor1](0,0)(\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)% - \psline[linecolor=pdcolor1]% - (0,.85\slideheight)(.1\slidewidth,.85\slideheight)% - (.1\slidewidth,.88\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.88\slideheight)% -} -\pddefinetemplate[basic]{titleslide}{ - titlefont=\large\bfseries\centering,texthook=t, - textpos={.5\slidewidth,.7\slideheight}, - textwidth=.75\slidewidth,textfont=\centering, - textheight=.55\slideheight, - ifsetup=landscape,tocpos,ifsetup=portrait,stocpos,ntocpos -}{} -\pddefinetemplate[basic]{slide}{ - titlehook=Br,titlepos={.81\slidewidth,.93\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.76\slidewidth,titlefont=\large\bfseries\raggedleft, - textpos={.12\slidewidth,.81\slideheight},textwidth=.67\slidewidth, - ifsetup=portrait, - titlepos={.9\slidewidth,.93\slideheight},titlewidth=.88\slidewidth, - textwidth=.76\slidewidth -}{% - \pdifsetup{landscape}{% - \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2,% - gradend=pdcolor3,gradmidpoint=1,linewidth=0pt]% - (\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)(.83\slidewidth,\slideheight)% - }{% - \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2,% - gradend=pdcolor3,gradmidpoint=1,linewidth=0pt]% - (\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)(.92\slidewidth,\slideheight)% - }% -} -\pddefinetemplate[basic]{wideslide}{ - titlehook=Br,titlepos={.81\slidewidth,.93\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.76\slidewidth,titlefont=\large\bfseries\raggedleft, - textpos={.12\slidewidth,.81\slideheight},textwidth=.84\slidewidth, - ifsetup=landscape,tocpos,ifsetup=portrait, - titlepos={.9\slidewidth,.93\slideheight},titlewidth=.88\slidewidth, -}{% - \pdifsetup{landscape}{% - \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2,% - gradend=pdcolor3,gradmidpoint=1,linewidth=0pt]% - (\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)(.83\slidewidth,\slideheight)% - \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor3]% - (.79\slidewidth,.88\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)% - }{% - \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2,% - gradend=pdcolor3,gradmidpoint=1,linewidth=0pt]% - (\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)(.92\slidewidth,\slideheight)% - \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor3]% - (.9\slidewidth,.88\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)% - }% - \psline[linecolor=pdcolor1]% - (0,.85\slideheight)(.1\slidewidth,.85\slideheight)% - (.1\slidewidth,.88\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.88\slideheight)% -} -\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{ - titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering, - ifsetup=landscape, - titlepos={.455\slidewidth,.55\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.67\slidewidth, - ifsetup=portrait, - titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.76\slidewidth -}{} -\pddefinetemplate[wideslide]{sectionwideslide}{ - titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering, - titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.76\slidewidth -}{} -\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionwideslide} -\def\labelitemi{\footnotesize\ding{110}} -\def\labelitemii{\small\ding{117}} -\def\labelitemiii{\tiny\ding{110}} -\def\labelitemiv{\tiny\ding{117}} -\pdsetup{ - list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt} -} -\def\rmdefault{cmss} -%</pdtycja> -% -%<*pdikeda> -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01] -\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-ikeda}[2005/12/10 v1.4 ikeda style (CE,HA)] -\RequirePackage{calc} -\RequirePackage{pifont} -\pddefinepalettes{default}{ - \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.941,.98,1} - \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.435,.031,.165} - \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.051,.094,.29} - \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.051,.329,.29} -} -\pddefinetemplate{titleslide}{ - titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering, - clockcolor=pdcolor1,clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight}, - textpos={.13\slidewidth,.7\slideheight}, - textwidth=.75\slidewidth, - textfont=\centering, - textheight=.56\slideheight -}{% - \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor2](0,\slideheight)(\slidewidth,0)% - \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor3]% - (.05\slidewidth,.95\slideheight)(.95\slidewidth,.05\slideheight)% - \psline[linecolor=pdcolor1,linewidth=.01]% - (.1\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)(.1\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)% - \psline[linecolor=pdcolor1,linewidth=.01]% - (.9\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)(.9\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)% - \pspolygon[linestyle=none,fillstyle=vlines*,fillcolor=pdcolor2,% - hatchcolor=pdcolor1,hatchwidth=.1\pslinewidth,hatchsep=4pt]% - (.1\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)(.25\slidewidth,.07\slideheight)% - (.5\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)(.75\slidewidth,.13\slideheight)% - (.9\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)% - \pspolygon[linestyle=none,fillstyle=hlines*,fillcolor=pdcolor2,% - hatchcolor=pdcolor1,hatchwidth=.1\pslinewidth,hatchsep=4pt]% - (.1\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)(.25\slidewidth,.93\slideheight)% - (.5\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)(.75\slidewidth,.87\slideheight)% - (.9\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)% -} -\pddefinetemplate{basic}{ - titlehook=Bc,titlefont=\large\bfseries\centering, - clockcolor=pdcolor1,clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight}, - tocslidesep=.6ex, - toctcolor=pdcolor1, - tochlcolor=pdcolor3, - tochltcolor=pdcolor1, - ifsetup=portrait, - tocsecsep=.6ex, - textpos={.05\slidewidth,.83\slideheight}, - textwidth=.9\slidewidth, - lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.025\slideheight}, - cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.025\slideheight}, - rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.025\slideheight}, - stochook=tr,stocpos={.47\slidewidth,.15\slideheight}, - stocfont=\tiny\raggedleft, - ntocpos={.53\slidewidth,.15\slideheight}, - ifsetup=landscape, - textpos={.2\slidewidth,.84\slideheight}, - textwidth=.75\slidewidth, - lfpos={.19\slidewidth,.025\slideheight}, - cfpos={.58\slidewidth,.025\slideheight}, - rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.025\slideheight} -}{% - \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor3](0,0)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)% -} -\pddefinetemplate[basic]{slide}{ - ifsetup=landscape, - titlewidth=.75\slidewidth, - titlepos={.575\slidewidth,.92\slideheight}, - tocpos={.01\slidewidth,.83\slideheight}, - tocwidth=.14\slidewidth, - tocsecm={\psline[linewidth=.5pt,linecolor=pdcolor3](-.05,-.05)(.143\slidewidth,-.05)}, - textheight=.72\slideheight, - ifsetup=portrait, - titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.88\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.95\slidewidth, - textheight=.64\slideheight -}{{% - \psset{linestyle=none}% - \pdifsetup{landscape}{% - \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor2](0,0)(.16\slidewidth,\slideheight)% - \setlength\@tempdima{.16\slidewidth-.4cm}% - \setlength\@tempdimb{.97\slideheight-.8cm}% - \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor3]% - (.16\slidewidth,.97\slideheight)(\@tempdima,\@tempdimb)% - \setlength\@tempdima{.16\slidewidth+.4cm}% - \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor2]% - (.16\slidewidth,.97\slideheight)(\@tempdima,\@tempdimb)% - \pspolygon[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=pdcolor3]% - (0,.935\slideheight)(.02\slidewidth,.945\slideheight)% - (.065\slidewidth,.935\slideheight)(.11\slidewidth,.925\slideheight)% - (.13\slidewidth,.935\slideheight)% - \pspolygon[fillstyle=hlines*,fillcolor=pdcolor2,% - hatchcolor=pdcolor1,hatchwidth=.1\pslinewidth,hatchsep=4pt]% - (.185\slidewidth,.09\slideheight)(.335\slidewidth,.06\slideheight)% - (.58\slidewidth,.09\slideheight)% - \pspolygon[fillstyle=vlines*,fillcolor=pdcolor2,% - hatchcolor=pdcolor1,hatchwidth=.1\pslinewidth,hatchsep=4pt]% - (.58\slidewidth,.09\slideheight)(.825\slidewidth,.06\slideheight)% - (.975\slidewidth,.09\slideheight)% - }{% - \pspolygon[fillstyle=vlines*,fillcolor=pdcolor2,% - hatchcolor=pdcolor1,hatchwidth=.1\pslinewidth,hatchsep=4pt]% - (.02\slidewidth,.95\slideheight)(.17\slidewidth,.98\slideheight)% - (.5\slidewidth,.95\slideheight)% - \pspolygon[fillstyle=hlines*,fillcolor=pdcolor2,% - hatchcolor=pdcolor1,hatchwidth=.1\pslinewidth,hatchsep=4pt]% - (.5\slidewidth,.95\slideheight)(.82\slidewidth,.98\slideheight)% - (.98\slidewidth,.95\slideheight)% - \pd@ikedapbg - }% -}} -\pddefinetemplate[basic]{wideslide}{ - lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.025\slideheight}, - cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.025\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.95\slidewidth, - textwidth=.95\slidewidth, - ifsetup=landscape, - titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.88\slideheight}, - textpos={.025\slidewidth,.84\slideheight}, - textheight=.72\slideheight, - ifsetup=portrait, - titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.92\slideheight}, - textpos={.025\slidewidth,.87\slideheight}, - textheight=.68\slideheight -}{{% - \psset{linestyle=none}% - \pdifsetup{landscape}{% - \pspolygon[fillstyle=vlines*,fillcolor=pdcolor2,% - hatchcolor=pdcolor1,hatchwidth=.1\pslinewidth,hatchsep=4pt]% - (.02\slidewidth,.95\slideheight)(.17\slidewidth,.98\slideheight)% - (.5\slidewidth,.95\slideheight)% - \pspolygon[fillstyle=hlines*,fillcolor=pdcolor2,% - hatchcolor=pdcolor1,hatchwidth=.1\pslinewidth,hatchsep=4pt]% - (.5\slidewidth,.95\slideheight)(.83\slidewidth,.98\slideheight)% - (.98\slidewidth,.95\slideheight)% - \pspolygon[fillstyle=hlines*,fillcolor=pdcolor2,% - hatchcolor=pdcolor1,hatchwidth=.1\pslinewidth,hatchsep=4pt]% - (.02\slidewidth,.09\slideheight)(.17\slidewidth,.06\slideheight)% - (.5\slidewidth,.09\slideheight)% - \pspolygon[fillstyle=vlines*,fillcolor=pdcolor2,% - hatchcolor=pdcolor1,hatchwidth=.1\pslinewidth,hatchsep=4pt]% - (.5\slidewidth,.09\slideheight)(.83\slidewidth,.06\slideheight)% - (.98\slidewidth,.09\slideheight)% - }\pd@ikedapbg -}} -\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{ - titlehook=c,titlefont=\large\bfseries\centering, - ifsetup=landscape, - titlepos={.575\slidewidth,.55\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.75\slidewidth, - ifsetup=portrait, - titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.9\slidewidth -}{} -\pddefinetemplate[wideslide]{sectionwideslide}{ - titlehook=c,titlefont=\large\bfseries\centering, - titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.9\slidewidth -}{} -\def\pd@ikedapbg{% - \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor2](0,0)(\slidewidth,.17\slideheight)% - \pspolygon[fillstyle=vlines*,fillcolor=pdcolor2,% - hatchcolor=pdcolor3,hatchwidth=.1\pslinewidth,hatchsep=1.6pt]% - (.05\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)(.08\slidewidth,.08\slideheight)% - (.14\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)(.20\slidewidth,.12\slideheight)% - (.23\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)% - \pspolygon[fillstyle=hlines*,fillcolor=pdcolor2,% - hatchcolor=pdcolor3,hatchwidth=.1\pslinewidth,hatchsep=1.6pt]% - (.77\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)(.80\slidewidth,.12\slideheight)% - (.86\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)(.92\slidewidth,.08\slideheight)% - (.95\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)% -} -\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionwideslide} -\def\labelitemi{\color{pdcolor2}\footnotesize\ding{110}} -\def\labelitemii{\color{pdcolor4}\small\ding{115}} -\def\labelitemiii{\color{pdcolor2}\tiny\ding{110}} -\def\labelitemiv{\color{pdcolor4}\tiny\ding{115}} -\pdsetup{ - list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt} -} -\def\rmdefault{cmss} -%</pdikeda> -% -%<*pdfyma> -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01] -\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-fyma}[2005/12/10 v1.3 fyma style (SA,HA)] -\RequirePackage{pst-grad} -\definecolor{fymahltcolor}{rgb}{1,0,0} -\pddefinepalettes{blue}{ - \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.14,.34,.55} - \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.24,.45,.7} - \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.88,.95,1} -}{green}{ - \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.1,.45,.3} - \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.24,.7,.45} - \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.88,1,.9} -}{gray}{ - \definecolor{pdcolor1}{gray}{0.25} - \definecolor{pdcolor2}{gray}{0.55} - \definecolor{pdcolor3}{gray}{0.85} -}{brown}{ - \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.52,.32,.12} - \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.7,.45,.24} - \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.97,.92,.92} -}{orange}{ - \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.8,.23,.24} - \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.95,.53,.44} - \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{1,.92,.87} - \definecolor{fymahltcolor}{rgb}{.23,.25,.5} -} -\pddefinetemplate{basic}{ - titlefont=\large\bfseries\raggedright, - clockpos={.96\slidewidth,.97\slideheight},clockcolor=pdcolor1, - tocslidesep=.6ex, - toctcolor=pdcolor1, - tochlcolor=pdcolor1, - tochltcolor=fymahltcolor, - ifsetup=portrait, - textheight=.67\slideheight, - titlepos={.06\slidewidth,.9\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.75\slidewidth, - textpos={.09\slidewidth,.83\slideheight}, - textwidth=.85\slidewidth, - tocsecsep=.6ex, - stochook=tr,stocpos={.48\slidewidth,.12\slideheight}, - stocfont=\tiny\raggedleft, - ntochook=tl,ntocpos={.52\slidewidth,.12\slideheight}, - lfpos={.06\slidewidth,.045\slideheight}, - cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.045\slideheight}, - rfpos={.94\slidewidth,.045\slideheight}, - ifsetup=landscape, - titlepos={.205\slidewidth,.9\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.75\slidewidth, - textheight=.72\slideheight, - textpos={.23\slidewidth,.82\slideheight}, - textwidth=.72\slidewidth, - lfpos={.04\slidewidth,.03\slideheight}, - cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.03\slideheight}, - rfpos={.96\slidewidth,.03\slideheight}, - tocpos={.04\slidewidth,.82\slideheight}, - tocwidth=.14\slidewidth, - tocsecm={\psline[linewidth=.5pt,linecolor=pdcolor1]% - (-.05,-.05)(.143\slidewidth,-.05)} -}{{% - \psset{linewidth=.8pt,linecolor=pdcolor2}% - \pdifsetup{landscape}{% - \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor3,% - gradend=white,gradmidpoint=0,dimen=outer]% - (.03\slidewidth,.97\slideheight)(.97\slidewidth,.055\slideheight)% - \psline - (.02\slidewidth,.055\slideheight)(.98\slidewidth,.055\slideheight)% - \psline - (.03\slidewidth,.07\slideheight)(.03\slidewidth,.045\slideheight)% - \psline - (.97\slidewidth,.07\slideheight)(.97\slidewidth,.045\slideheight)% - }{% - \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=white,% - gradend=pdcolor3,gradmidpoint=.85,dimen=outer]% - (.03\slidewidth,.97\slideheight)(.97\slidewidth,.03\slideheight)% - \psline - (.02\slidewidth,.03\slideheight)(.98\slidewidth,.03\slideheight)% - \psline - (.03\slidewidth,.045\slideheight)(.03\slidewidth,.02\slideheight)% - \psline - (.97\slidewidth,.045\slideheight)(.97\slidewidth,.02\slideheight)% - }% - \psline - (.02\slidewidth,.97\slideheight)(.98\slidewidth,.97\slideheight)% - \psline - (.03\slidewidth,.98\slideheight)(.03\slidewidth,.955\slideheight)% - \psline - (.97\slidewidth,.98\slideheight)(.97\slidewidth,.955\slideheight)% -}} -\pddefinetemplate[basic]{titleslide}{ - texthook=t,textpos={.5\slidewidth,.7\slideheight}, - textwidth=.9\slidewidth,textfont=\centering, - textheight=.6\slideheight, - titlefont=\large\bfseries\centering,tocpos,ntocpos,stocpos -}{} -\pddefinetemplate[basic]{slide}{}{% - \pdifsetup{landscape}{% - \psframe[fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor3,gradend=white,% - gradmidpoint=1,linestyle=none,dimen=outer,linewidth=.8pt]% - (.03\slidewidth,.97\slideheight)(.195\slidewidth,.055\slideheight)% - }{}% -} -\pddefinetemplate[basic]{wideslide}{ - ifsetup=landscape,tocpos, - titlepos={.055\slidewidth,.9\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.75\slidewidth, - textpos={.07\slidewidth,.83\slideheight}, - textwidth=.83\slidewidth -}{} -\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{ - titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering, - ifsetup=landscape, - titlepos={.59\slidewidth,.525\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.5\slidewidth, - ifsetup=portrait, - titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.525\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.68\slidewidth -}{{% - \psset{linewidth=.8pt,linecolor=pdcolor2}% - \pdifsetup{landscape}{% - \psframe[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=white,linestyle=none,dimen=outer]% - (.34\slidewidth,.65\slideheight)(.84\slidewidth,.4\slideheight)% - \psline - (.33\slidewidth,.65\slideheight)(.85\slidewidth,.65\slideheight)% - \psline - (.33\slidewidth,.4\slideheight)(.85\slidewidth,.4\slideheight)% - \psline - (.34\slidewidth,.635\slideheight)(.34\slidewidth,.66\slideheight)% - \psline - (.34\slidewidth,.39\slideheight)(.34\slidewidth,.415\slideheight)% - }{% - \psframe[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=white,linestyle=none,dimen=outer]% - (.16\slidewidth,.65\slideheight)(.84\slidewidth,.4\slideheight)% - \psline - (.15\slidewidth,.65\slideheight)(.85\slidewidth,.65\slideheight)% - \psline - (.15\slidewidth,.4\slideheight)(.85\slidewidth,.4\slideheight)% - \psline - (.16\slidewidth,.635\slideheight)(.16\slidewidth,.66\slideheight)% - \psline - (.16\slidewidth,.39\slideheight)(.16\slidewidth,.415\slideheight)% - }% - \psline - (.84\slidewidth,.635\slideheight)(.84\slidewidth,.66\slideheight)% - \psline - (.84\slidewidth,.39\slideheight)(.84\slidewidth,.415\slideheight)% -}} -\pddefinetemplate[wideslide]{sectionwideslide}{% - titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering, - titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.525\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.68\slidewidth -}{{% - \psset{linewidth=.8pt,linecolor=pdcolor2}% - \psframe[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=white,linestyle=none,dimen=outer]% - (.16\slidewidth,.65\slideheight)(.84\slidewidth,.4\slideheight)% - \psline - (.15\slidewidth,.65\slideheight)(.85\slidewidth,.65\slideheight)% - \psline - (.15\slidewidth,.4\slideheight)(.85\slidewidth,.4\slideheight)% - \psline - (.16\slidewidth,.635\slideheight)(.16\slidewidth,.66\slideheight)% - \psline - (.16\slidewidth,.39\slideheight)(.16\slidewidth,.415\slideheight)% - \psline - (.84\slidewidth,.635\slideheight)(.84\slidewidth,.66\slideheight)% - \psline - (.84\slidewidth,.39\slideheight)(.84\slidewidth,.415\slideheight)% -}} -\def\pd@slidetitle#1{% - \settowidth\@tempdima{#1}% - \ifdim\@tempdima>\pd@@titlewidth\@tempdima\pd@@titlewidth\fi - \psline[linewidth=.8pt,linecolor=pdcolor1]% - (0,-.15cm)(\@tempdima,-.15cm)% - \parbox[b]\pd@@titlewidth{#1}% -} -\def\pd@tochighlight#1{% - \begin{minipage}[b]\pd@@tocwidth - \pd@usedtocfont\color\pd@@tochltcolor#1% - \end{minipage}% -} -\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionwideslide} -\pdifsetup{landscape}{\def\pd@tocslide#1{{\tiny\ensuremath\bullet} #1}}{} -\def\labelitemi{\small\ensuremath\bullet} -\def\labelitemii{\small\ensuremath\circ} -\def\labelitemiii{\scriptsize\ensuremath\bullet} -\def\labelitemiv{\scriptsize\ensuremath\circ} -\pdsetup{ - list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt} -} -\def\rmdefault{phv} -\def\sfdefault{phv} -\def\Hv@scale{.86} -%</pdfyma> -% -%<*pdsimple> -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01] -\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-simple}[2005/12/10 v1.3 simple style (HA)] -\RequirePackage{pifont} -\RequirePackage{amssymb} -\pddefinepalettes{default}{\colorlet{pdcolor1}{black}} -\pddefinetemplate{titleslide}{ - titlefont=\large\bfseries\raggedright, - clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight}, - lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - texthook=tl,textpos={.05\slidewidth,.83\slideheight}, - textwidth=.9\slidewidth,textfont=\tabcolsep0pt, - textheight=.66\slideheight -}{% - \psline[linewidth=.8pt](0,.9\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)% - \psline[linewidth=.8pt](0,.1\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)% -} -\pddefinetemplate{basic}{ - titlepos={.05\slidewidth,.93\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.9\slidewidth,textheight=.66\slideheight, - titlefont=\large\bfseries\raggedright, - clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight}, - lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - tocslidesep=.6ex,textheight=.68\slideheight, - ifsetup=portrait, - textpos={.05\slidewidth,.83\slideheight}, - textwidth=.9\slidewidth, - tocsecsep=.6ex, - stochook=tr,stocpos={.48\slidewidth,.09\slideheight}, - stocfont=\tiny\raggedleft, - ntocpos={.52\slidewidth,.09\slideheight}, - ifsetup=landscape, - textpos={.2\slidewidth,.83\slideheight}, - textwidth=.75\slidewidth -}{% - \psline[linewidth=.8pt](0,.9\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)% - \psline[linewidth=.8pt](0,.1\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)% -} -\pddefinetemplate[basic]{wideslide}{ - textpos={.05\slidewidth,.83\slideheight}, - textwidth=.9\slidewidth -}{} -\pddefinetemplate[basic]{slide}{ - ifsetup=landscape, - tocpos={.015\slidewidth,.83\slideheight}, - tocwidth=.14\slidewidth, - tocsecm={\psline[linewidth=.5pt,linecolor=gray]% - (-.05,-.05)(.143\slidewidth,-.05)} -}{% - \pdifsetup{landscape}{% - \psframe[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=black!10,linestyle=none,% - linewidth=.8pt](-.01\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)% - (.17\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)% - }{}% -} -\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{ - titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering, - ifsetup=landscape, - titlepos={.575\slidewidth,.55\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.75\slidewidth, - ifsetup=portrait, - titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.9\slidewidth -}{} -\pddefinetemplate[wideslide]{sectionwideslide}{ - titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering, - titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.9\slidewidth -}{} -\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionwideslide} -\def\pd@tochighlight#1{\pd@tocsimple\phantom{#1}} -\def\pd@tochighlight#1{\pd@tocsimple\@firstofone{#1}} -\def\pd@tocsimple#1#2{% - \@tempdima\pd@@tocwidth - \settowidth\@tempdimb{\normalsize\ensuremath\triangleright\hskip1mm}% - \advance\@tempdima-\@tempdimb - \ifnum\pd@toctype=\@ne\else - #1{\normalsize\ensuremath\triangleright\hskip1mm}% - \fi - \begin{minipage}[b]\@tempdima - \pd@usedtocfont#2% - \end{minipage}% - \ifnum\pd@toctype=\@ne - #1{\hskip1mm\normalsize\ensuremath\triangleleft}% - \fi -} -\def\labelitemi{\footnotesize\ensuremath\square} -\def\labelitemii{\small--} -\def\labelitemiii{\tiny\ensuremath\triangleright} -\def\labelitemiv{\tiny\ding{110}} -\pdsetup{ - list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt} -} -\def\rmdefault{cmss} -%</pdsimple> -% -%<*pdciment> -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01] -\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-ciment}[2005/12/10 v1.3 ciment style (HA)] -\RequirePackage{pifont} -\pddefinepalettes{default}{ - \colorlet{pdcolor1}{black} - \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.7,.1,.1} - \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.2,.2,.2} - \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.75,.75,.75} -} -\pddefinetemplate{basic}{ - titlepos={.1\slidewidth,.93\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.85\slidewidth, - titlefont=\color{pdcolor2}\large\bfseries\raggedright, - clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight}, - lfpos={.05\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - lffont=\color{pdcolor3}\scriptsize, - cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - cffont=\color{pdcolor3}\scriptsize, - rfpos={.95\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - rffont=\color{pdcolor3}\scriptsize, - tocslidesep=.6ex, - toctcolor=black, - tochlcolor=pdcolor2, - tochltcolor=white, - ifsetup=portrait, - textpos={.05\slidewidth,.85\slideheight}, - textwidth=.9\slidewidth,textheight=.68\slideheight, - tocsecsep=.6ex, - stochook=tr,stocpos={.48\slidewidth,.13\slideheight}, - stocfont=\tiny\raggedleft, - ntocpos={.52\slidewidth,.13\slideheight}, - ifsetup=landscape, - textpos={.2\slidewidth,.85\slideheight}, - textwidth=.75\slidewidth,textheight=.7\slideheight -}{% - \psframe[linewidth=0pt,linestyle=none,fillstyle=hlines,% - hatchwidth=.4pt,hatchangle=0,hatchcolor=pdcolor4]% - (0,0)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)% - \pdifsetup{landscape}{% - \psline[linecolor=pdcolor2](.05\slidewidth,.09\slideheight)% - (.95\slidewidth,.09\slideheight)% - }{% - \psline[linecolor=pdcolor2](.05\slidewidth,.15\slideheight)% - (.95\slidewidth,.15\slideheight)% - }% -} -\pddefinetemplate[basic]{titleslide}{ - titlefont=\color{pdcolor2}\large\bfseries\centering, - texthook=t,textpos={.5\slidewidth,.7\slideheight}, - textwidth=.9\slidewidth,textfont=\centering, - textheight=.6\slideheight,titlepos, - ifsetup=portrait,textheight=.53\slideheight -}{} -\pddefinetemplate[basic]{wideslide}{ - textpos={.05\slidewidth,.85\slideheight}, - textwidth=.9\slidewidth -}{} -\pddefinetemplate[basic]{slide}{ - ifsetup=landscape, - tocpos={.015\slidewidth,.83\slideheight}, - tocwidth=.14\slidewidth, - tocsecm={\psline[linewidth=.5pt,linecolor=pdcolor2]% - (-.05,-.05)(.143\slidewidth,-.05)} -}{% - \pdifsetup{landscape}{% - \psframe[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=pdcolor4,linestyle=none,% - linewidth=0pt](0,.85\slideheight)(.17\slidewidth,.15\slideheight)% - }{}% -} -\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{ - titlehook=c,titlefont=\color{pdcolor2}\Large\bfseries\centering, - ifsetup=landscape, - titlepos={.575\slidewidth,.55\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.75\slidewidth, - ifsetup=portrait, - titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.9\slidewidth -}{} -\pddefinetemplate[wideslide]{sectionwideslide}{ - titlehook=c,titlefont=\color{pdcolor2}\Large\bfseries\centering, - titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.9\slidewidth -}{} -\def\pd@slidetitle#1{% - \psline[linecolor=pdcolor2](0,-.15cm)(.85\slidewidth,-.15cm)% - \settowidth\@tempdima{#1}% - \ifdim\@tempdima>\pd@@titlewidth\@tempdima\pd@@titlewidth\fi - \psline[linecolor=pdcolor2,linewidth=2.5pt]% - (0,-.15cm)(\@tempdima,-.15cm)% - \parbox[b]\pd@@titlewidth{#1}% -} -\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionwideslide} -\pdifsetup{landscape}{\def\pd@tocslide#1{{\tiny\ding{226}}#1}}{} -\def\labelitemi{\footnotesize\ding{110}} -\def\labelitemii{\small\ding{117}} -\def\labelitemiii{\tiny\ding{110}} -\def\labelitemiv{\tiny\ding{117}} -\pdsetup{ - list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt} -} -\def\rmdefault{cmss} -%</pdciment> -% -%<*pdelcolors> -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01] -\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-elcolors}[2005/12/10 v1.3 elcolors style (HA)] -\RequirePackage{pifont} -\pddefinepalettes{default}{ - \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.17,.31,.44} - \colorlet{pdcolor2}{yellow!10} - \colorlet{pdcolor3}{red!10} - \colorlet{pdcolor4}{blue!10} - \colorlet{pdcolor5}{rgb,2:pdcolor2,1;pdcolor3,1} - \colorlet{pdcolor6}{rgb,2:pdcolor2,1;pdcolor4,1} -} -\pddefinetemplate{basic}{ - titlepos={.95\slidewidth,.93\slideheight},titlehook=Br, - titlewidth=.75\slidewidth,textheight=.68\slideheight, - titlefont=\large\bfseries\raggedleft, - clockcolor=pdcolor1,clockhook=tl,clockalign=0, - clockpos={0,\slideheight}, - lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - tocslidesep=.6ex, - toctcolor=pdcolor1, - tochlcolor=pdcolor1, - tochltcolor=pdcolor4, - ifsetup=portrait, - textpos={.05\slidewidth,.83\slideheight}, - textwidth=.9\slidewidth, - tocsecsep=.6ex, - stochook=tr,stocpos={.42\slidewidth,.13\slideheight}, - stocfont=\tiny\raggedleft, - ntocpos={.46\slidewidth,.13\slideheight}, - ifsetup=landscape, - textpos={.2\slidewidth,.83\slideheight}, - textwidth=.68\slidewidth -}{{% - \psset{linewidth=0pt}% - \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor3]% - (0,0)(.44\slidewidth,.14\slideheight)% - \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor3]% - (\slidewidth,\slideheight)(.56\slidewidth,.86\slideheight)% - \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor2]% - (.09\slidewidth,.09\slideheight)(.91\slidewidth,.91\slideheight)% - \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor5]% - (.09\slidewidth,.09\slideheight)(.44\slidewidth,.14\slideheight)% - \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor5]% - (.91\slidewidth,.91\slideheight)(.56\slidewidth,.86\slideheight)% -}} -\pddefinetemplate[basic]{titleslide}{ - titlefont=\large\bfseries\centering, - lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - texthook=t,textpos={.5\slidewidth,.7\slideheight}, - textwidth=.76\slidewidth,textfont=\centering, - textheight=.55\slideheight -}{} -\pddefinetemplate[basic]{wideslide}{ - textpos={.12\slidewidth,.83\slideheight}, - textwidth=.76\slidewidth -}{} -\pdifsetup{portrait}{% - \pddefinetemplate[wideslide]{slide}{}{}% -}{% - \pddefinetemplate[basic]{slide}{ - tocpos={.015\slidewidth,.83\slideheight}, - tocwidth=.14\slidewidth, - tocsecm={\psline[linewidth=.5pt,linecolor=pdcolor1]% - (-.05,-.05)(.143\slidewidth,-.05)} - }{% - \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor4,linewidth=0pt]% - (0,\slideheight)(.17\slidewidth,.2\slideheight)% - \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor6,linewidth=0pt]% - (.09\slidewidth,.91\slideheight)(.17\slidewidth,.2\slideheight)% - } -} -\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{ - titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering, - ifsetup=landscape, - titlepos={.54\slidewidth,.55\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.68\slidewidth, - ifsetup=portrait, - titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.76\slidewidth -}{} -\pddefinetemplate[wideslide]{sectionwideslide}{ - titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering, - titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.76\slidewidth -}{} -\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionwideslide} -\def\labelitemi{\footnotesize\ding{110}} -\def\labelitemii{\small\ding{117}} -\def\labelitemiii{\tiny\ding{110}} -\def\labelitemiv{\tiny\ding{117}} -\pdsetup{ - list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt} -} -\def\rmdefault{cmss} -%</pdelcolors> -% -%<*pdaggie> -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01] -\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-aggie}[2005/12/10 v1.3 aggie style (JS,HA)] -\RequirePackage{times} -\RequirePackage{pifont} -\RequirePackage{pst-grad} -\pddefinepalettes{default}{ - \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.17,.31,.44} - \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.51,.13,.16} - \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.96,.94,.89} - \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.89,.85,.69} -} -\pddefinetemplate{titleslide}{ - titlefont=\Large\bfseries\color{pdcolor2}\centering, - clockcolor=pdcolor1,clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight}, - lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - lffont=\tiny,cffont=\tiny,rffont=\tiny, - texthook=t,textpos={.5\slidewidth,.65\slideheight}, - textwidth=.9\slidewidth,textfont=\centering, - textheight=.5\slideheight, - ifsetup=portrait, - textheight=.55\slideheight, - lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.03\slideheight}, - cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.03\slideheight}, - rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.03\slideheight} -}{% - \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor3,linewidth=0pt]% - (0,.85\slideheight)(\slidewidth,0)% - \psline[linecolor=pdcolor2]% - (0,.85\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.85\slideheight)% - \psellipse[linestyle=solid,linecolor=pdcolor2,fillstyle=solid,% - fillcolor=pdcolor4](.5\slidewidth,0)(.7\slidewidth,.1\slidewidth)% -} -\pddefinetemplate{basic}{ - titlepos={.2\slidewidth,.93\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.75\slidewidth,textheight=.66\slideheight, - titlefont=\Large\sl\bfseries\color{pdcolor2}\raggedright, - lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - clockcolor=pdcolor1,clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight}, - lffont=\tiny,cffont=\tiny,rffont=\tiny, - tocslidesep=.8ex, - textheight=.74\slideheight, - toctcolor=pdcolor1, - tochlcolor=pdcolor2, - tochltcolor=white, - ifsetup=portrait, - lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.03\slideheight}, - cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.03\slideheight}, - rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.03\slideheight}, - textpos={.05\slidewidth,.83\slideheight}, - textwidth=.9\slidewidth, - tocsecsep=.8ex, - stochook=tr,stocpos={.48\slidewidth,.09\slideheight}, - stocfont=\tiny\raggedleft, - ntocpos={.52\slidewidth,.09\slideheight}, - ifsetup=landscape, - textpos={.2\slidewidth,.83\slideheight}, - textwidth=.75\slidewidth -}{% -} -\pddefinetemplate[basic]{wideslide}{ - textpos={.05\slidewidth,.83\slideheight}, - textwidth=.9\slidewidth, - ifsetup=portrait,textheight=.7\slideheight -}{% - \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor3,% - gradend=white,gradmidpoint=1,gradangle=90,linewidth=0pt]% - (0,\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)% - \pd@aggiebg -} -\pddefinetemplate[basic]{slide}{ - ifsetup=landscape, - tocpos={.015\slidewidth,.83\slideheight}, - tocwidth=.14\slidewidth, - tocsecm={\psline[linewidth=.5pt,linecolor=pdcolor2]% - (-.05,-.05)(.143\slidewidth,-.05)}, - ifsetup=portrait,textheight=.7\slideheight -}{% - \psframe[fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor3,gradend=white,% - gradmidpoint=0,linestyle=none,linewidth=0pt]% - (0,.9\slideheight)(.25\slidewidth,.075\slideheight)% - \psellipse*[linecolor=white](.25\slidewidth,.6\slideheight)% - (.075\slidewidth,.7\slideheight)% - \pd@aggiebg -} -\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{ - titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\color{pdcolor2}\centering, - ifsetup=landscape, - titlepos={.575\slidewidth,.55\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.75\slidewidth, - ifsetup=portrait, - titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.9\slidewidth -}{} -\pddefinetemplate[wideslide]{sectionwideslide}{ - titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\color{pdcolor2}\centering, - titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.9\slidewidth -}{} -\def\pd@aggiebg{% - \pdifsetup{landscape}{% - \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor4](0,0)(\slidewidth,.075\slideheight)% - \psline[linecolor=pdcolor2,linewidth=.5pt]% - (0,.075\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.075\slideheight)% - }{% - \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor4](0,0)(\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)% - \psline[linecolor=pdcolor2,linewidth=.5pt]% - (0,.1\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)% - }% -} -\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionwideslide} -\def\pd@tocslide#1{\ding{118}\,#1} -\def\labelitemi{\color{pdcolor2}\footnotesize\ding{108}} -\def\labelitemii{\color{pdcolor2}\small\ding{70}} -\def\labelitemiii{\color{pdcolor2}\tiny\ding{110}} -\def\labelitemiv{\color{pdcolor2}\tiny\ding{117}} -\pdsetup{ - list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt} -} -\renewcommand\familydefault{\sfdefault} -%</pdaggie> -% -%<*pdhusky> -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01] -\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-husky}[2005/12/10 v1.3 husky style (JS,HA)] -\RequirePackage{times} -\RequirePackage{pifont} -\RequirePackage{pst-grad} -\pddefinepalettes{default}{ - \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.03,0,.29} - \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.75,0,0} - \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.92,.92,.92} -} -\pddefinetemplate{titleslide}{ - titlefont=\Large\rmfamily\bfseries\color{pdcolor2}\centering, - clockcolor=pdcolor1,clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight}, - lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - lffont=\tiny\color{white}, - cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - cffont=\tiny\color{white}, - rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - rffont=\tiny\color{white}, - texthook=t,textpos={.5\slidewidth,.75\slideheight}, - textwidth=.9\slidewidth,textfont=\centering, - textheight=.66\slideheight, - ifsetup=portrait, - textheight=.63\slideheight, - lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.03\slideheight}, - cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.03\slideheight}, - rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.03\slideheight}, -}{{% - \psset{linestyle=none,linecolor=pdcolor3}% - \pspolygon*(\slidewidth,.385\slideheight)% - (.6\slidewidth,\slideheight)(.85\slidewidth,\slideheight)% - (\slidewidth,.57\slideheight)% - \pspolygon*(\slidewidth,.25\slideheight)% - (.15\slidewidth,\slideheight)(.5\slidewidth,\slideheight)% - (\slidewidth,.35\slideheight)% - \pspolygon*(\slidewidth,.15\slideheight)% - (0,.65\slideheight)(0,\slideheight)(.01\slidewidth,\slideheight)% - (\slidewidth,.225\slideheight)% - \pspolygon*(\slidewidth,.07\slideheight)% - (0,.25\slideheight)(0,.535\slideheight)% - (\slidewidth,.13\slideheight)% - \psframe[fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2,% - gradend=white,gradmidpoint=1,gradangle=90](0,.9\slideheight)% - (\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)% - \psframe[fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2,% - gradend=white,gradmidpoint=1,gradangle=90](0,.893\slideheight)% - (\slidewidth,.893\slideheight)% - \pd@huskybg -}} -\pddefinetemplate{basic}{ - titlepos={.2\slidewidth,.93\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.75\slidewidth,textheight=.66\slideheight, - titlefont=\Large\rmfamily\slshape\bfseries\color{pdcolor2}\raggedright, - clockcolor=pdcolor1,clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight}, - lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - lffont=\tiny\color{white}, - cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - cffont=\tiny\color{white}, - rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - rffont=\tiny\color{white}, - tocslidesep=.8ex, - toctcolor=black, - tochlcolor=pdcolor2, - tochltcolor=white, - ifsetup=portrait, - toctcolor=white, - tochlcolor=black, - titlepos={.05\slidewidth,.93\slideheight}, - lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.03\slideheight}, - cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.03\slideheight}, - rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.03\slideheight}, - textpos={.05\slidewidth,.85\slideheight}, - textheight=.73\slideheight, - textwidth=.9\slidewidth, - tocsecsep=.8ex, - stochook=tr,stocpos={.48\slidewidth,.09\slideheight}, - stocfont=\tiny\raggedleft, - ntochook=tl,ntocpos={.52\slidewidth,.09\slideheight}, - ntocfont=\tiny\raggedright, - ifsetup=landscape, - textpos={.2\slidewidth,.83\slideheight}, - textwidth=.75\slidewidth, - textheight=.74\slideheight, -}{{% - \psset{linestyle=none,linecolor=pdcolor3}% - \pspolygon*(\slidewidth,.385\slideheight)% - (.6\slidewidth,\slideheight)(.85\slidewidth,\slideheight)% - (\slidewidth,.57\slideheight)% - \pspolygon*(\slidewidth,.25\slideheight)% - (.15\slidewidth,\slideheight)(.5\slidewidth,\slideheight)% - (\slidewidth,.35\slideheight)% - \pspolygon*(\slidewidth,.15\slideheight)% - (0,.65\slideheight)(0,\slideheight)(.01\slidewidth,\slideheight)% - (\slidewidth,.225\slideheight)% - \pspolygon*(\slidewidth,.07\slideheight)% - (0,.25\slideheight)(0,.535\slideheight)% - (\slidewidth,.13\slideheight)% - \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2,% - gradend=white,gradmidpoint=1,gradangle=90](0,.9\slideheight)% - (\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)% - \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2,% - gradend=white,gradmidpoint=1,gradangle=90](0,.893\slideheight)% - (\slidewidth,.893\slideheight)% - \pd@huskybg -}} -\pddefinetemplate[basic]{wideslide}{ - textwidth=.9\slidewidth, - ifsetup=landscape, - textpos={.05\slidewidth,.83\slideheight}, - titlepos={.05\slidewidth,.93\slideheight} -}{% -} -\pddefinetemplate[basic]{slide}{ - ifsetup=landscape, - tocpos={.015\slidewidth,.83\slideheight}, - tocwidth=.14\slidewidth, - tocsecm={\psline[linewidth=.5pt,linecolor=pdcolor2]% - (-.05,-.05)(.143\slidewidth,-.05)}, -}{% - \pdifsetup{landscape}{% - \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=white,% - gradend=black,gradmidpoint=.5](.175\slidewidth,.12\slideheight)% - (.18\slidewidth,.95\slideheight)% - }{% - \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=white,% - gradend=black,gradmidpoint=.25](.025\slidewidth,.12\slideheight)% - (.025\slidewidth,\slideheight)% - }% -} -\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{ - titlehook=c, - titlefont=\LARGE\rmfamily\slshape\bfseries\color{pdcolor2}\centering, - ifsetup=landscape, - titlepos={.575\slidewidth,.55\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.75\slidewidth, - ifsetup=portrait, - titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.9\slidewidth -}{} -\pddefinetemplate[wideslide]{sectionwideslide}{ - titlehook=c, - titlefont=\LARGE\rmfamily\slshape\bfseries\color{pdcolor2}\centering, - titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.9\slidewidth -}{} -\def\pd@huskybg{% - \pdifsetup{landscape}{% - \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor2,linewidth=0pt]% - (0,0)(\slidewidth,.075\slideheight)% - \psline[linecolor=black,linewidth=1pt]% - (0,.075\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.075\slideheight)% - }{% - \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor2,linewidth=0pt]% - (0,0)(\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)% - \psline[linecolor=black,linewidth=1pt]% - (0,.1\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)% - }% -} -\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionwideslide} -\def\pd@tocslide#1{\ding{118}\,#1} -\def\labelitemi{\color{pdcolor2}\footnotesize\ding{108}} -\def\labelitemii{\color{pdcolor2}\small\ding{70}} -\def\labelitemiii{\color{pdcolor2}\tiny\ding{110}} -\def\labelitemiv{\color{pdcolor2}\tiny\ding{117}} -\pdsetup{ - list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt} -} -\renewcommand\familydefault{\sfdefault} -%</pdhusky> -% -%<*pdsailor> -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01] -\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-sailor}[2005/12/10 v1.3 sailor style (MH,HA)] -\RequirePackage{calc} -\RequirePackage{amssymb} -\RequirePackage{pst-grad} -\pddefinepalettes{Sea}{% Sea sailor (default) - \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.141,.188,.235} % Dark blue #24303C - \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.298,.392,.490} % Medium blue #4C647D - \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.522,.592,.647} % Light blue #8597A5 - \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.8627,.8941,.9255} % Lighter blue #DCE4EC -}{River}{% River variant - \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.141,.235,.192} % Dark green #243C31 - \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.298,.490,.404} % Medium green #4C7D67 - \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.522,.647,.592} % Light green #85A597 - \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.8627,.9255,.8980} % Lighter green #DCECE5 -}{Wine}{% Wine variant - \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.235,.141,.161} % Dark red #3C2429 - \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.490,.298,.337} % Medium red #7D4C56 - \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.647,.522,.545} % Light red #A5858B - \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.9255,.8627,.8745} % Lighter red #ECDCDF -}{Chocolate}{% Chocolate variant - \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.235,.212,.141} % Dark brown #3C3624 - \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.490,.443,.298} % Medium brown #7D714C - \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.647,.616,.522} % Light brown #A59D85 - \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.9255,.9098,.8627} % Lighter brown #ECE8DC -}{Cocktail}{% Cocktail variant - \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.180,.141,.235} % Dark violet #2E243C - \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.380,.298,.490} % Medium violet #614C7D - \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.576,.522,.647} % Light violet #9385A5 - \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.8902,.8627,.9255} % Lighter violet #E3DCEC -} -\pddefinetemplate{basic}{% - texthook=tl, - titlefont=\Large\bfseries\color{white}\raggedleft, - clockhook=tl,clockpos={0,\slideheight},clockalign=0, - iacolor=pdcolor3, - toctcolor=pdcolor3, - tochlcolor=white, - tochltcolor=pdcolor1, - ifsetup=landscape, - lfpos={.02\slidewidth,.02\slideheight}, - cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.02\slideheight}, - rfpos={.98\slidewidth,.02\slideheight}, - tocsecsep=2.5ex, - tocslidesep=1.2ex, - tocslideindent=1ex, - tocpos={.01\slidewidth,.8\slideheight}, - tocwidth=.14\slidewidth, - tocsecm={\psline[linewidth=.5pt,linecolor=pdcolor1]% - (-.05,-.05)(.14\slidewidth,-.05)}, - ifsetup=portrait, - lfpos={.02\slidewidth,.015\slideheight}, - cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.015\slideheight}, - rfpos={.98\slidewidth,.015\slideheight}, - tocsecsep=.1ex, - tocslidesep=.1ex, - stochook=tr, - stocpos={.49\slidewidth,.09\slideheight}, - stocfont=\tiny\raggedleft, - stocwidth=.48\slidewidth, - ntocpos={.51\slidewidth,.09\slideheight}, - ntocwidth=.48\slidewidth, -}{} -\pddefinetemplate[basic]{topframe}{% - titlehook=r, - clockcolor=white, - ifsetup=landscape, - titlewidth=.9\slidewidth, - titlepos={.95\slidewidth,.92\slideheight}, - textheight=.74\slideheight, - textpos={.2\slidewidth,.8\slideheight}, - textwidth=.77\slidewidth, - ifsetup=portrait, - titlewidth=.94\slidewidth, - titlepos={.98\slidewidth,.95\slideheight}, - textheight=.75\slideheight, - textpos={.03\slidewidth,.87\slideheight}, - textwidth=.94\slidewidth -}{% - \pdifsetup{landscape}{% - \pd@sailorroundedtopframe{.15\slideheight}% - }{% - \pd@sailorroundedtopframe{.1\slideheight}% - }% -} -\pddefinetemplate[basic]{titleslide}{% - texthook=rt, - textpos={.95\slidewidth,.77\slideheight}, - textwidth=.9\slidewidth, - textfont=\color{pdcolor1}\raggedleft\tabcolsep0pt, - textheight=.72\slideheight, - titlefont=\Large\bfseries\color{white}, - clockcolor=pdcolor1, - tocpos,ntocpos,stocpos -}{{% - \psset{linecolor=pdcolor1}% - \pdifsetup{landscape}{% - \pd@sailorroundedframe{\slidewidth}{.25\slidewidth}{.7\slideheight}% - {.17\slideheight}% - }{% - \pd@sailorroundedframe{\slidewidth}{.25\slidewidth}{.7\slideheight}% - {.12\slideheight}% - }% - \pd@sailorgrad\slidewidth{.5\slideheight}% - \psset{linecolor=pdcolor3}% - \psarc*(0,.2\slideheight){3pt}{270}{90}% - \multips(.08\slidewidth,.2\slideheight)(.08\slidewidth,0){9}{% - \qdisk(0,0){3pt}% - }% -}} -\pddefinetemplate[topframe]{slide}{}{{% - \pdifsetup{landscape}{% - \pd@sailorgrad{.16\slidewidth}{.5\slideheight}% - \psset{linecolor=pdcolor3}% - \multips(.16\slidewidth,0.75pt)(0,.01\slideheight){82}{% - \qdisk(0,0){.75pt}% - }% - }\pd@sailortocbg -}} -\pddefinetemplate[topframe]{wideslide}{% - tocpos,ifsetup=landscape, - textpos={.03\slidewidth,.8\slideheight}, - textwidth=.94\slidewidth -}{% - \pdifsetup{portrait}\pd@sailortocbg{}% -} -\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{% - titlefont=\Large\bfseries\color{pdcolor1}\centering, - titlehook=c, - titlewidth=.55\slidewidth, - ifsetup=landscape, - titlepos={.58\slidewidth,.55\slideheight}, - ifsetup=portrait, - titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight}, -}{} -\pddefinetemplate[basic]{sectionwideslide}{% - tocpos,stocpos,ntocpos, - titlehook=c,titlewidth=.75\slidewidth, - titlepos={.4\slidewidth,.695\slideheight}, - titlefont=\Large\bfseries\color{white}\centering -}{{% - \pd@sailorgrad\slidewidth{.5\slideheight}% - \psset{linecolor=pdcolor1}% - \pdifsetup{landscape}{% - \pd@sailorroundedframe{0pt}{.75\slidewidth}{.7\slideheight}% - {.1\slideheight}% - }{% - \pd@sailorroundedframe{0pt}{.75\slidewidth}{.7\slideheight}% - {.07\slideheight}% - }% - \psset{linecolor=pdcolor3}% - \psarc*(\slidewidth,.2\slideheight){3pt}{90}{270}% - \multips(.92\slidewidth,.2\slideheight)(-.08\slidewidth,0){9}{% - \qdisk(0,0){3pt}% - }% -}} -\def\pd@sailorroundedtopframe#1{{% - \setlength\@tempdima{\slideheight-#1}% - \psset{linewidth=0pt,fillcolor=pdcolor2,fillstyle=solid,linecolor=pdcolor2}% - \psframe(#1,\slideheight)(\slidewidth,\@tempdima)% - \pswedge*(#1,\slideheight){#1}{180}{275}% - \psset{linecolor=pdcolor1,linewidth=.8pt}% - \psline(\slidewidth,\@tempdima)(#1,\@tempdima)% - \psarc[fillstyle=none](#1,\slideheight){#1}{180}{270}% -}} -\def\pd@sailorroundedframe#1#2#3#4{{% - \setlength\@tempdima{#3+#4}% - \setlength\@tempdimb{#3-#4}% - \psset{linewidth=0pt,linecolor=pdcolor2,fillcolor=pdcolor2,fillstyle=solid}% - \psframe(#1,\@tempdima)(#2,\@tempdimb)% - \ifdim#1>#2\pswedge*(#2,#3){#4}{85}{275}\else\pswedge*(#2,#3){#4}{265}{95}\fi - \psset{linecolor=pdcolor1,linewidth=.8pt}% - \psline(#1,\@tempdima)(#2,\@tempdima)% - \ifdim#1>#2\psarc(#2,#3){#4}{90}{270}\else\psarc(#2,#3){#4}{270}{90}\fi - \psline(#1,\@tempdimb)(#2,\@tempdimb)% -}} -\def\pd@sailorgrad#1#2{% - \psframe[linestyle=none,linewidth=0pt,fillstyle=gradient,% - gradbegin=pdcolor4,gradend=white,gradmidpoint=0](0,0)(#1,#2)% -} -\def\pd@sailortocbg{{% - \psset{linecolor=pdcolor3}% - \pd@sailorgrad\slidewidth{.1\slideheight}% - \multips(1.5pt,.1\slideheight)(.01\slidewidth,0){100}{% - \qdisk(0,0){.75pt}% - }% -}} -\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionwideslide} -\def\pd@title#1{% - \parbox[c][.15\textheight]{.75\slidewidth}{\raggedleft#1}% - \vskip-3em\vskip.2\slideheight -} -\def\pd@tochighlight#1{% - \hskip\@tempdima - \begin{minipage}[b]\@tempdimb - \pd@usedtocfont\color\pd@@tochltcolor#1% - \end{minipage}% -} -\def\labelitemi{\footnotesize\color{pdcolor2}\ensuremath\blacksquare} -\def\labelitemii{\footnotesize\color{pdcolor1}\ensuremath\square} -\def\labelitemiii{\tiny\color{pdcolor2}\ensuremath\blacksquare} -\def\labelitemiv{\tiny\color{pdcolor1}\ensuremath\square} -\pdsetup{list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt}} -\def\rmdefault{phv} -\def\sfdefault{phv} -\def\Hv@scale{.85} -%</pdsailor> -% -%<*pdupen> -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01] -\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-upen}[2005/12/10 v1.3 upen style (PRU,HA)] -\RequirePackage{calc} -\RequirePackage{pifont} -\RequirePackage{pst-grad} -\pddefinepalettes{default}{ - \colorlet{pdcolor1}{white} - \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{0,.01,.37} - \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.01,.06,.65} - \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.98,.78,.18} -} -\pddefinetemplate{basic}{ - titlefont=\large\bfseries\color{pdcolor4}, - clockcolor=pdcolor4,clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight}, - tocslidesep=.6ex, - toctcolor=white, - tochlcolor=pdcolor2, - tochltcolor=pdcolor4, - ifsetup=portrait, - textheight=.64\slideheight, - titlepos={.12\slidewidth,.87\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.83\slidewidth, - textpos={.12\slidewidth,.78\slideheight}, - textwidth=.83\slidewidth, - tocsecsep=.6ex, - stochook=tr,stocpos={.47\slidewidth,.12\slideheight}, - stocfont=\tiny\raggedleft, - ntochook=tl,ntocpos={.52\slidewidth,.12\slideheight}, - lfpos={.05\slidewidth,.045\slideheight}, - cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.045\slideheight}, - rfpos={.95\slidewidth,.045\slideheight}, - ifsetup=landscape, - titlepos={.175\slidewidth,.87\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.775\slidewidth, - textheight=.7\slideheight, - textpos={.175\slidewidth,.77\slideheight}, - textwidth=.775\slidewidth, - lfpos={.05\slidewidth,.03\slideheight}, - cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.03\slideheight}, - rfpos={.95\slidewidth,.03\slideheight}, - tocpos={.02\slidewidth,.77\slideheight}, - tocwidth=.13\slidewidth, - tocsecm={\psline[linewidth=.5pt,linecolor=pdcolor4]% - (-.05,-.05)(.12\slidewidth,-.05)} -}{% - \pdifsetup{landscape}{% - \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2,% - gradend=pdcolor3,gradangle=-90,gradmidpoint=0,linewidth=0pt]% - (0,.8\slideheight)(\slidewidth,0)% - \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2,% - gradend=pdcolor2,gradmidpoint=0,dimen=outer,linewidth=0pt]% - (0,.8\slideheight)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)% - }{% - \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor3,% - gradend=pdcolor2,gradmidpoint=0,dimen=outer]% - (-.01\slidewidth,1.1\slideheight)(1.05\slidewidth,-.01\slideheight)% - }% -} -\pddefinetemplate[basic]{titleslide}{ - texthook=t,textpos={.5\slidewidth,.7\slideheight}, - textwidth=.9\slidewidth,textfont=\centering\color{pdcolor4}, - textheight=.63\slideheight, - titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering,tocpos,ntocpos,stocpos -}{% - \setlength\@tempdima{.8\slideheight+.5pt}% - \psframe[fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor3,gradend=pdcolor4,% - gradangle=90,gradmidpoint=.5,linestyle=none,dimen=outer,linewidth=0pt]% - (0,.8\slideheight)(\slidewidth,\@tempdima)% - \setlength\@tempdima{.2\slideheight+.5pt}% - \psframe[fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor3,gradend=pdcolor4,% - gradangle=90,gradmidpoint=.5,linestyle=none,dimen=outer,linewidth=0pt]% - (0,.2\slideheight)(\slidewidth,\@tempdima)% -} -\pddefinetemplate[basic]{slide}{}{% - \pdifsetup{landscape}{% - \psframe[fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2,gradend=pdcolor3,% - gradmidpoint=1,linestyle=none,dimen=outer,linewidth=0pt]% - (0,\slideheight)(.15\slidewidth,0)% - \pd@upenbg{.15\slidewidth}{.05\slidewidth}% - }{\pd@upenbg{.1\slidewidth}{0pt}}% -} -\pddefinetemplate[basic]{wideslide}{ - titlepos={.05\slidewidth,.87\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.9\slidewidth, - textpos={.05\slidewidth,.77\slideheight}, - textwidth=.9\slidewidth, - ifsetup=landscape,tocpos -}{% - \setlength\@tempdima{.8\slideheight-.5pt}% - \pdifsetup{landscape}{% - \psframe[fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2,gradend=white,linewidth=0pt,% - gradangle=90,gradmidpoint=.2,linestyle=none,dimen=outer]% - (.05\slidewidth,.8\slideheight)(.5\slidewidth,\@tempdima)% - }{% - \psframe[fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2,gradend=white,linewidth=0pt,% - gradangle=90,gradmidpoint=.2,linestyle=none,dimen=outer]% - (0,.8\slideheight)(.45\slidewidth,\@tempdima)% - }% -} -\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{ - titlewidth=.45\slidewidth,titlehook=c, - titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering\color{pdcolor4}, - ifsetup=landscape, - titlepos={.59\slidewidth,.53\slideheight}, - ifsetup=portrait, - titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.53\slideheight} -}{{% - \psset{linewidth=.8pt,linecolor=pdcolor3}% - \pdifsetup{landscape}{% - \psframe[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=pdcolor2,linestyle=none]% - (.34\slidewidth,.65\slideheight)(.84\slidewidth,.4\slideheight)% - }{% - \psframe[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=pdcolor2,linestyle=none]% - (.16\slidewidth,.65\slideheight)(.84\slidewidth,.4\slideheight)% - }% -}} -\pddefinetemplate[wideslide]{sectionwideslide}{% - titlewidth=.62\slidewidth,titlehook=c, - titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering\color{pdcolor4}, - titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.53\slideheight} -}{% - \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor2]% - (.16\slidewidth,.65\slideheight)(.84\slidewidth,.4\slideheight)% -} -\def\pd@upenbg#1#2{% - \setlength\@tempdima{#1+.5pt}% - \psframe[fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2,gradend=white,% - gradmidpoint=.4,linestyle=none,dimen=outer,linewidth=0pt]% - (#1,.5\slideheight)(\@tempdima,\slideheight)% - \setlength\@tempdima{.45\slidewidth+#2}% - \setlength\@tempdimb{.8\slideheight-.5pt}% - \psframe[fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2,gradend=white,linewidth=0pt,% - gradangle=90,gradmidpoint=.2,linestyle=none,dimen=outer]% - (#2,.8\slideheight)(\@tempdima,\@tempdimb)% -} -\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionwideslide} -\def\pd@tochighlight#1{% - \begin{minipage}[b]\pd@@tocwidth - \pd@usedtocfont\color\pd@@tochltcolor#1% - \end{minipage}% -} -\pdifsetup{landscape}{\def\pd@tocentry#1{{\tiny\ensuremath\bullet}\ #1}}{} -\def\labelitemi{\footnotesize\ding{110}} -\def\labelitemii{\color{pdcolor4}\small ---} -\def\labelitemiii{\color{red}\scriptsize\ding{115}} -\def\labelitemiv{\color{yellow}\tiny\ensuremath\circ} -\pdsetup{ - list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt} -} -\def\rmdefault{phv} -\def\sfdefault{phv} -\def\Hv@scale{.85} -%</pdupen> -% -%<*pdbframe> -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01] -\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-bframe}[2005/12/10 v1.2 bframe style (PRU,HA)] -\RequirePackage{pifont} -\RequirePackage{pst-blur} -\pddefinepalettes{default}{ - \colorlet{pdcolor1}{white} - \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.7,.1,.1} - \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.01,.05,.56} -} -\pddefinetemplate{basic}{ - titlehook=B,titlefont=\large\bfseries\centering, - clockcolor=pdcolor3,clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight}, - lfpos={.05\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - rfpos={.95\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - tocslidesep=.6ex, - toctcolor=white, - tochlcolor=pdcolor2, - ifsetup=portrait, - titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.91\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.9\slidewidth, - textpos={.05\slidewidth,.85\slideheight}, - textwidth=.9\slidewidth,textheight=.69\slideheight, - tocsecsep=.6ex, - stochook=tr,stocpos={.48\slidewidth,.13\slideheight}, - stocfont=\tiny\raggedleft, - ntocpos={.52\slidewidth,.13\slideheight}, - ifsetup=landscape, - titlepos={.58\slidewidth,.91\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.75\slidewidth, - textpos={.2\slidewidth,.85\slideheight}, - textwidth=.75\slidewidth,textheight=.69\slideheight -}{} -\pddefinetemplate[basic]{titleslide}{ - texthook=t,textpos={.5\slidewidth,.75\slideheight}, - textwidth=.9\slidewidth,textfont=\centering, - titlepos,textheight=.59\slideheight -}\pd@bframebg -\pddefinetemplate[basic]{wideslide}{ - titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.91\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.9\slidewidth, - textpos={.05\slidewidth,.85\slideheight}, - textwidth=.9\slidewidth -}\pd@bframebg -\pddefinetemplate[basic]{slide}{ - ifsetup=landscape, - tocpos={.015\slidewidth,.83\slideheight}, - tocwidth=.14\slidewidth, - tocsecm={\psline[linewidth=.5pt,linecolor=pdcolor2]% - (-.05,-.05)(.143\slidewidth,-.05)} -}{{% - \psset{linecolor=pdcolor3,shadow=true,blur=true,shadowcolor=gray!60}% - \pdifsetup{landscape}{% - \psframe*[framearc=.3](0,.87\slideheight)(.17\slidewidth,.15\slideheight)% - \psframe*[framearc=.1](.18\slidewidth,.87\slideheight)(.98\slidewidth,.15\slideheight)% - \psframe*[framearc=.3](.02\slidewidth,.01\slideheight)(.98\slidewidth,.08\slideheight)% - }{% - \psframe*[framearc=.3](.02\slidewidth,.01\slideheight)(.98\slidewidth,.14\slideheight)% - \psframe*[framearc=.1](.02\slidewidth,.87\slideheight)(.98\slidewidth,.15\slideheight)% - }% -}} -\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{ - titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering, - ifsetup=landscape, - titlepos={.575\slidewidth,.55\slideheight}, - ifsetup=portrait, - titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight}, -}{} -\pddefinetemplate[wideslide]{sectionwideslide}{ - titlehook=c,titlefont=\color{white}\Large\bfseries\centering, - titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.9\slidewidth -}{} -\def\pd@bframebg{{% - \pdifsetup{landscape}{% - \def\pd@tempa{.08\slideheight}% - }{% - \def\pd@tempa{.14\slideheight}% - }% - \psset{linecolor=pdcolor3,shadow=true,blur=true,shadowcolor=gray!60}% - \psframe*[framearc=.3](.02\slidewidth,.01\slideheight)(.98\slidewidth,\pd@tempa)% - \psframe*[framearc=.1](.02\slidewidth,.87\slideheight)(.98\slidewidth,.15\slideheight)% -}} -\def\pd@slidetitle#1{% - \settowidth\@tempdima{#1}% - \ifdim\@tempdima>\pd@@titlewidth\@tempdima\pd@@titlewidth\fi - \rput[B](0,0){\psframebox*[framearc=.3,fillcolor=pdcolor3,% - shadow=true,blur=true,shadowcolor=gray!60]{% - \parbox[b]\@tempdima{#1}% - }% - }% -} -\def\pd@title#1{% - {\let\thanks\@gobble\let\footnote\@gobble\settowidth\@tempdima{#1}}% - \ifdim\@tempdima>\pd@@titlewidth\@tempdima\pd@@titlewidth\fi - \advance\@tempdima-6pt - \psframebox*[framearc=.3,fillcolor=pdcolor2]{\parbox[b]\@tempdima{#1}}% -} -\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionwideslide} -\pdifsetup{landscape}{\def\pd@tocslide#1{{\tiny\color{yellow}\ding{117}} #1}}{} -\def\labelitemi{\footnotesize\ding{110}} -\def\labelitemii{\small\ding{117}} -\def\labelitemiii{\tiny\ding{110}} -\def\labelitemiv{\tiny\ding{117}} -\pdsetup{ - list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt} -} -\def\rmdefault{put} -%</pdbframe> -% -%<*pdhoratio> -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01] -\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-horatio}[2005/12/10 v1.1 horatio style (ML,HA)] -\RequirePackage{pifont} -\pddefinepalettes{default}{ - \definecolor{pdcolor1}{HTML}{004477} - \definecolor{pdcolor2}{HTML}{5588ae} -} -\pddefinetemplate{basic}{ - titlehook=Bl, - titlepos={.2\slidewidth,.91\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.77\slidewidth, - titlefont=\color{white}\large\bfseries\raggedright, - clockcolor=white,clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight}, - lfpos={.2\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - lffont=\tiny\color{white}, - cfpos={.585\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - cffont=\tiny\color{white}, - rfpos={.97\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, - rffont=\tiny\color{white}, - tocslidesep=.6ex, - textheight=.68\slideheight, - ifsetup=landscape, - toctcolor=pdcolor1, - tochlcolor=pdcolor1, - tochltcolor=white, - tocpos={.01\slidewidth,.81\slideheight}, - tocwidth=.14\slidewidth, - tocsecm={\psline[linewidth=.5pt,linecolor=pdcolor1]% - (-.05,-.05)(.143\slidewidth,-.05)}, - ifsetup=portrait, - toctcolor=white, - tochlcolor=white, - tochltcolor=pdcolor1, - tocsecsep=.6ex, - stochook=tr,stocpos={.55\slidewidth,.09\slideheight}, - stocfont=\tiny\raggedleft, - ntocpos={.57\slidewidth,.09\slideheight} -}{{% - \psset{linecolor=pdcolor1}% - \psframe*(0,0)(\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)% - \psframe*(0,.85\slideheight)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)% - \psset{linecolor=pdcolor2,linewidth=1pt}% - \psline(.17\slidewidth,0)(.17\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)% - \psline(.17\slidewidth,.85\slideheight)(.17\slidewidth,\slideheight)% -}} -\pddefinetemplate[basic]{titleslide}{ - titlefont=\large\bfseries\centering, - texthook=t, - textpos={.5\slidewidth,.7\slideheight}, - textwidth=.75\slidewidth, - textfont=\centering, - textheight=.57\slideheight, - ifsetup=landscape,tocpos,ifsetup=portrait,stocpos,ntocpos -}{} -\pddefinetemplate[basic]{slide}{ - textpos={.2\slidewidth,.81\slideheight}, - textwidth=.77\slidewidth, - ifsetup=portrait, - textpos={.05\slidewidth,.81\slideheight}, - textwidth=.9\slidewidth -}{% - \pdifsetup{landscape}{% - \psline[linewidth=1pt,linecolor=pdcolor2]% - (.17\slidewidth,0)(.17\slidewidth,\slideheight)% - }{}% -} -\pddefinetemplate[basic]{wideslide}{ - textpos={.03\slidewidth,.81\slideheight}, - textwidth=.94\slidewidth, - ifsetup=landscape,tocpos,ifsetup=portrait, - textpos={.05\slidewidth,.81\slideheight}, - textwidth=.9\slidewidth -}{} -\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{ - titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering, - ifsetup=landscape, - titlepos={.6\slidewidth,.55\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.7\slidewidth, - ifsetup=portrait, - titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.75\slidewidth -}{} -\pddefinetemplate[wideslide]{sectionwideslide}{ - titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering, - titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.75\slidewidth -}{} -\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionwideslide} -\def\labelitemi{\small\ding{'64}} -\def\labelitemii{\small\ding{'70}} -\def\labelitemiii{\small\ding{'63}} -\def\labelitemiv{\small\ding{'67}} -\pdsetup{ - list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt} -} -\def\rmdefault{cmss} -%</pdhoratio> -% -%<*pdpaintings> -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01] -\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-paintings}[2005/12/10 v1.1 paintings (TDK,HA)] -\RequirePackage{times} -\RequirePackage{pifont} -\pddefinepalettes{Syndics}{% Rembrandt van Rijn: "The Syndics" - 1662 - \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.06,.06,.06} % Black hat - \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.97,.97,.94} % Collar of rising man - \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.22,.09,.09} % Tablecloth lower right - \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.97,.97,.91} % Book page - \definecolor{pdcolor5}{rgb}{.58,.19,.13} % Tablecloth lower left - \definecolor{pdcolor6}{rgb}{.42,.2,.22} % Back wall - \definecolor{pdcolor7}{rgb}{.84,.71,.55} % Forehead of man in background -}{Skater}{% Gilbert Stuart: "The Skater (Portrait of William Grant)" - 1782 - \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.09,.06,.09} % Hat - \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{1,.97,.94} % White collar - \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.26,.22,.19} % Ice - \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.94,.91,.87} % Sky - \definecolor{pdcolor5}{rgb}{.78,.52,.45} % Right cheek - \definecolor{pdcolor6}{rgb}{.45,.39,.26} % Ground under small figures - \definecolor{pdcolor7}{rgb}{.71,.71,.68} % Frozen lake at left -}{GoldenGate}{% Giotto: "Meeting of Joachim and Anne at the Golden Gate" - 1305-10 - \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.13,.09,.13} % Dress of woman in black - \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.94,.94,.91} % Bridge - \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.06,.09,.22} % Blue sky - \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.94,.91,.87} % Dress of woman with shawl - \definecolor{pdcolor5}{rgb}{.52,.26,.26} % Joachim's robe - \definecolor{pdcolor6}{rgb}{.65,.35,.16} % Anne's robe - \definecolor{pdcolor7}{rgb}{.91,.84,.42} % Joachim's halo -}{Lamentation}{% Giotto: "Lamentation of Christ" - 1305-10 - \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.16,.09,.06} % Dark hair of man - \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.91,.91,.94} % White robe at lower left - \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.19,.22,.29} % Cloak of Christ - \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.94,.94,.91} % Skin of Christ - \definecolor{pdcolor5}{rgb}{.55,.26,.22} % Mary Magdalene dress - \definecolor{pdcolor6}{rgb}{.19,.26,.52} % Sky - \definecolor{pdcolor7}{rgb}{.84,.74,.71} % Mary Magdalene sleeve -}{HolyWood}{% Piero della Francesca: "Discovery of the Holy Wood" - ca. 1455 - \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.19,.21,.19} % Horse's ear - \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.97,.97,.94} % Attendant's neck - \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.29,.13,.13} % Attendant's russet dress - \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.94,.94,.91} % Horse's rear - \definecolor{pdcolor5}{rgb}{.22,.35,.55} % Queen of Sheba's dress - \definecolor{pdcolor6}{rgb}{.74,.48,.42} % Dusky rose dress - \definecolor{pdcolor7}{rgb}{.84,.71,.61} % Queen of Sheba's hand -}{Europa}{% Titian: "The Rape of Europa" - 1559-62 - \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.09,.06,.03} % Bull's eye - \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{1,.97,.84} % Europa's bodice - \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.16,.13,.09} % Sea - \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{1,.97,.84} % Europa's breast - \definecolor{pdcolor5}{rgb}{.58,.26,.13} % Flying cape - \definecolor{pdcolor6}{rgb}{.32,.29,.39} % Deep blue sky - \definecolor{pdcolor7}{rgb}{.84,.78,.52} % Bull's right front leg -}{Moitessier}{% Jean Auguste Dominque Ingres: "Madame Moitessier, Standing" - 1851 - \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.06,.03,.03} % Black dress - \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.87,.84,.78} % Accessories at lower left - \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.22,.03,.06} % Deep red wall - \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{1,.97,.91} % Accessories at lower left - \definecolor{pdcolor5}{rgb}{.78,.35,.32} % Flower in hair - \definecolor{pdcolor6}{rgb}{.58,.55,.71} % Blue jewel on left wrist - \definecolor{pdcolor7}{rgb}{1,.78,.65} % Left forearm -}{MayThird}{% Francisco Goya: "Third of May, 1808" - 1814 - \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{0,0,0} % Black sky - \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.97,.97,.94} % Shirt of victim - \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.29,.19,.13} % Face of victim - \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.97,.97,.97} % Left side of lantern - \definecolor{pdcolor5}{rgb}{.55,.26,.22} % Blood of man in foreground - \definecolor{pdcolor6}{rgb}{.68,.48,.16} % Trousers of victim - \definecolor{pdcolor7}{rgb}{.68,.65,.58} % Coattails of foreground soldier -}{PearlEarring}{% Johannes Vermeer: "Girl with a Pearl Earring" - 1665 - \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.06,.06,.06} % Pupil of eye - \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.97,.97,.91} % Sclera of left eye - \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.26,.29,.42} % Blue head scarf - \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{1,1,.9} % Reflection off earring - \definecolor{pdcolor5}{rgb}{.71,.61,.39} % Beige head scarf - \definecolor{pdcolor6}{rgb}{.65,.35,.29} % Lower lip - \definecolor{pdcolor7}{rgb}{.68,.71,.78} % Light blue over forehead -}{Charon}{% Michelangelo: "Charon" (Detail from "The Last Judgment" - 1534-41 - \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.91,.91,.87} % Sclera of right eye - \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.13,.13,.13} % Pupil of right eye - \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.39,.39,.48} % Left ear - \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.91,.91,.94} % Right forehead - \definecolor{pdcolor5}{rgb}{.65,.71,.84} % Sky at upper right - \definecolor{pdcolor6}{rgb}{.81,.78,.65} % Right eyebrow - \definecolor{pdcolor7}{rgb}{.42,.35,.39} % Moustache -} -\pddefinetemplate{titleslide}{ - titlefont=\LARGE\sl\color{pdcolor4}\centering, - clockcolor=pdcolor4,clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight}, - texthook=t, - textpos={.5\slidewidth,.65\slideheight}, - textwidth=.8\slidewidth, - textfont=\large\color{pdcolor4}\centering, - textheight=.5\slideheight -}{% - \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor3](0,\slideheight)(\slidewidth,0)% -} -\pddefinetemplate{slide}{ - titlepos={.05\slidewidth,.93\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.9\slidewidth, - titlefont=\bfseries\color{pdcolor4}\raggedright, - clockcolor=pdcolor4,clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight}, - textpos={.05\slidewidth,.85\slideheight}, - textwidth=.9\slidewidth, - lfpos={.015\slidewidth,.015\slideheight}, - cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.015\slideheight}, - rfpos={.985\slidewidth,.015\slideheight}, - rftemp=\pd@@rf, - textheight=.8\slideheight -}{% - \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor2](0,0)(\slidewidth,.89\slideheight)% - \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor3](0,\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.89\slideheight)% -} -\pddefinetemplate[slide]{wideslide}{}{} -\pddefinetemplate[titleslide]{sectionslide}{ - titlehook=c,titlefont=\LARGE\color{pdcolor4}\centering, - titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.8\slidewidth -}{} -\setkeys[pd]{section}{ - sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionslide -} -\def\labelitemi{\color{pdcolor3}\ensuremath\bullet} -\def\labelitemii{\color{pdcolor5}\ensuremath\bullet} -\def\labelitemiii{\color{pdcolor6}\ensuremath\bullet} -\def\labelitemiv{\color{pdcolor1}\ensuremath\bullet} -\pdsetup{ - list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt}, - dmaxheight=.85\slideheight -} -\def\familydefault{\sfdefault} -%</pdpaintings> -% -%<*pdklope> -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01] -\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-klope}[2005/12/10 v1.1 klope style (CE,HA)] -\RequirePackage{pifont} -\RequirePackage{pst-slpe} -\pddefinepalettes{Spring}{ - \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.475,.376,.271} % cedar - \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.682,.749,.376} % moss - \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{1,.949,.749} % sand - \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.749,.675,.376} % driftwood - \colorlet{myiacolor}{pdcolor4} - \colorlet{sectitlecolor}{pdcolor2} - \colorlet{stitlecolor}{pdcolor3} - \colorlet{lgsquare}{pdcolor1} - \colorlet{smsquare}{pdcolor4} - \colorlet{slidebg}{pdcolor3} - \colorlet{slidehbg}{pdcolor2} - \colorlet{mytoctcolor}{pdcolor1} - \colorlet{mytochltcolor}{pdcolor3} - \def\pd@klopebg{% - \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=slope,slopebegin=pdcolor3,% - slopeend=pdcolor2,slopeangle=270](0,0)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)% - } -}{PastelFlower}{ - \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.349,.5,.5} % sea green - \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.8,.706,.561} % brown - \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.812,.902,.902} % sky blue - \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{.8,.561,.561} % rose - \colorlet{myiacolor}{pdcolor4} - \colorlet{sectitlecolor}{pdcolor4} - \colorlet{stitlecolor}{pdcolor3} - \colorlet{lgsquare}{pdcolor1} - \colorlet{smsquare}{pdcolor4} - \colorlet{slidebg}{pdcolor3} - \colorlet{slidehbg}{pdcolor2} - \colorlet{mytoctcolor}{pdcolor1} - \colorlet{mytochltcolor}{pdcolor3} - \def\pd@klopebg{% - \psframe[linestyle=none,fillstyle=slope,slopebegin=pdcolor3,% - slopeend=pdcolor2,slopeangle=270](0,0)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)% - } -}{BlueWater}{ - \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.902,.957,1} % lightblue - \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.376,.588,.749} % medblue - \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.749,.635,.376} % lighttan - \definecolor{pdcolor4}{rgb}{1,.8,.749} % pink - \colorlet{myiacolor}{pdcolor3} - \colorlet{sectitlecolor}{pdcolor1} - \colorlet{stitlecolor}{pdcolor2} - \colorlet{lgsquare}{pdcolor3} - \colorlet{smsquare}{pdcolor4} - \colorlet{slidebg}{pdcolor2} - \colorlet{slidehbg}{pdcolor1} - \colorlet{mytoctcolor}{pdcolor3} - \colorlet{mytochltcolor}{pdcolor2} - \def\pd@klopebg{% - \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor2](0,0)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)% - } -}{BlackWhite}{ - \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{0,0,0} % white - \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{1,1,1} % black - \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.5,.5,.5} % gray - \colorlet{myiacolor}{pdcolor3} - \colorlet{sectitlecolor}{pdcolor1} - \colorlet{stitlecolor}{pdcolor1} - \colorlet{lgsquare}{pdcolor1} - \colorlet{smsquare}{pdcolor3} - \colorlet{slidebg}{pdcolor2} - \colorlet{slidehbg}{pdcolor2} - \colorlet{mytoctcolor}{pdcolor3} - \colorlet{mytochltcolor}{pdcolor1} - \def\pd@klopebg{% - \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor2](0,0)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)% - } -} -\pddefinetemplate{titleslide}{ - textpos={.15\slidewidth,.75\slideheight}, - textwidth=.7\slidewidth, - titlefont=\bfseries\LARGE\centering, - textfont=\centering, - textheight=.67\slideheight, - clockhook=t,clockpos={.5\slidewidth,.045\slideheight}, - clockalign=1,clockcolor=pdcolor1 -}{{% - \psset{linewidth=0pt}\pd@klopebg - \pd@klopesq+-01\pd@klopesq++00\pd@klopesq-+10\pd@klopesq--11% -}} -\pddefinetemplate{slide}{ - titlepos={.15\slidewidth,.93\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.7\slidewidth, - titlefont=\bfseries\Large\color{stitlecolor}\centering, - stochook=t, - stocpos={.5\slidewidth,.89\slideheight}, - stocwidth=.7\slidewidth,stocorient=h, - toctcolor=mytoctcolor, - tochltcolor=mytochltcolor, - tocsecsep=4pt, - textpos={.05\slidewidth,.8\slideheight}, - textwidth=.9\slidewidth, - textheight=.72\slideheight, - lfpos={.015\slidewidth,.015\slideheight}, - lffont=\tiny, - cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.015\slideheight}, - cffont=\tiny, - rfpos={.985\slidewidth,.015\slideheight}, - rffont=\tiny, - iacolor=myiacolor, - clockhook=t,clockpos={.5\slidewidth,.045\slideheight}, - clockalign=1,clockcolor=pdcolor1 -}{{% - \psset{linewidth=0pt}% - \psframe*[linecolor=slidebg](0,0)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)% - \psframe*[linecolor=slidehbg](0,.85\slideheight)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)% - \pd@klopesq+-01\pd@klopesq--11% - \psset{linewidth=.1pt}% - \psline[linecolor=pdcolor1](0,.05\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.05\slideheight)% - \psline[linecolor=slidehbg](0,.055\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.055\slideheight)% -}} -\pddefinetemplate[slide]{wideslide}{}{} -\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{ - titlepos={.15\slidewidth,.55\slideheight}, - titlefont=\bfseries\LARGE\color{sectitlecolor}\centering, - textpos,lfpos,cfpos,rfpos -}{{% - \psframe*[linecolor=slidebg](0,0)(\slidewidth,.5\slideheight)% - \pd@klopesq++00\pd@klopesq-+10% -}} -\def\pd@klopesq#1#2#3#4{% - \@tempdima#3\slidewidth\@tempdimb#4\slideheight - \advance\@tempdima#1.3cm\advance\@tempdimb#2.3cm - \edef\pd@tempa{\the\@tempdima}\edef\pd@tempb{\the\@tempdimb}% - \advance\@tempdima#1.8cm\advance\@tempdimb#2.8cm - \psframe*[linecolor=lgsquare](\pd@tempa,\pd@tempb)% - (\@tempdima,\@tempdimb)% - \@tempdima\pd@tempa\@tempdimb\pd@tempb - \advance\@tempdima#1.3cm\advance\@tempdimb#2.3cm - \edef\pd@tempa{\the\@tempdima}\edef\pd@tempb{\the\@tempdimb}% - \advance\@tempdima#1.7cm\advance\@tempdimb#2.7cm - \psframe*[linecolor=smsquare](\pd@tempa,\pd@tempb)% - (\@tempdima,\@tempdimb)% -} -\def\pd@tocdisplay#1{\pd@usedtocfont\color\pd@@toctcolor#1} -\def\pd@tochighlight#1{\pd@usedtocfont\color\pd@@tochltcolor#1} -\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionslide} -\def\labelitemi{\footnotesize\ding{110}} -\def\labelitemii{\small\ding{117}} -\def\labelitemiii{\tiny\ding{110}} -\def\labelitemiv{\tiny\ding{117}} -\pdsetup{ - list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt} -} -\def\rmdefault{cmss} -%</pdklope> -% -%<*pdjefka> -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01] -\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-jefka}[2005/12/10 v1.1 jefka style (CE,HA)] -\RequirePackage{pifont} -\pddefinepalettes{brown}{ - \definecolor{pdcolor1}{RGB}{121,96,69} - \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{1,.949,.749} - \definecolor{pdcolor3}{RGB}{190,163,117} -}{seagreen}{ - \definecolor{pdcolor1}{HTML}{FFE680} - \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.349,.5,.5} - \definecolor{pdcolor3}{HTML}{FFC080} -}{blue}{ - \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{.902,.957,1} - \definecolor{pdcolor2}{HTML}{00487D} - \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.749,.635,.376} -}{white}{ - \definecolor{pdcolor1}{rgb}{0,0,0} - \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{1,1,1} - \definecolor{pdcolor3}{rgb}{.5,.5,.5} -} -\pddefinetemplate{titleslide}{ - textpos={.15\slidewidth,.75\slideheight}, - textwidth=.7\slidewidth, - titlefont=\bfseries\LARGE\centering, - textfont=\centering, - textheight=.67\slideheight, - clockhook=t,clockpos={.5\slidewidth,.045\slideheight}, - clockalign=1,clockcolor=pdcolor1 -}{% - \psframe*[linewidth=0pt,linecolor=pdcolor2]% - (0,0)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)% -} -\pddefinetemplate{slide}{ - rfpos={.985\slidewidth,.015\slideheight}, - rffont=\tiny, - iacolor=pdcolor3, - clockhook=t,clockpos={.5\slidewidth,.045\slideheight}, - clockalign=1,clockcolor=pdcolor1, - titlewidth=.7\slidewidth, - titlefont=\bfseries\LARGE\color{pdcolor1}\raggedright, - textwidth=.9\slidewidth, - titlepos={.05\slidewidth,.93\slideheight}, - textpos={.05\slidewidth,.87\slideheight}, - textheight=.76\slideheight -}{{% - \psset{linewidth=0pt}% - \psframe*[linecolor=pdcolor2](0,0)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)% - \pspolygon*[linecolor=pdcolor1]% - (0,0)(.1\slidewidth,0)(0,.1\slideheight) - \pspolygon*[linecolor=pdcolor1](\slidewidth,\slideheight)% - (.9\slidewidth,\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)% -}} -\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{ - titlehook=t,titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight}, - titlefont=\bfseries\LARGE\color{pdcolor1}\centering -}{} -\pddefinetemplate[slide]{wideslide}{}{} -\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionslide} -\def\labelitemi{\footnotesize\ding{110}} -\def\labelitemii{\small\ding{117}} -\def\labelitemiii{\tiny\ding{110}} -\def\labelitemiv{\tiny\ding{117}} -\pdsetup{ - list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt} -} -\def\rmdefault{cmss} -%</pdjefka> -% -%<*pdpazik> -\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01] -\ProvidesPackage{powerdot-pazik}[2005/12/10 v1.1 pazik style (CE,HA)] -\RequirePackage{pifont} -\RequirePackage{pst-char} -\RequirePackage{pst-grad} -\RequirePackage{type1cm} -\DeclareFixedFont\pd@psmath{OML}{cmm}{m}{it}{2cm} -\DeclareFixedFont\pd@psroman{OT1}{cmr}{m}{n}{2cm} -\pddefinepalettes{red}{ - \definecolor{pdcolor1}{RGB}{225,187,100} % gold - \definecolor{pdcolor2}{RGB}{111,24,17} % brick red - \definecolor{pdcolor3}{RGB}{0,0,0} % black - \colorlet{mytoctcolor}{pdcolor1} - \colorlet{mytochlcolor}{pdcolor2!90} - \colorlet{mytitlecolor}{pdcolor1} - \colorlet{myiacolor}{pdcolor1!65!pdcolor3} - \def\pd@pazik@i{\pd@psmath\char25} - \def\pd@pazik@ii{\pd@psroman e} - \def\pd@pazik@iii{\pd@psroman i} - \def\pd@pazik@iv{\pd@psmath\char16} -}{brown}{ - \definecolor{pdcolor1}{RGB}{22,80,100} % blue - \definecolor{pdcolor2}{rgb}{.749,.635,.376} % tan - \definecolor{pdcolor3}{RGB}{0,0,0} % black - \colorlet{mytoctcolor}{pdcolor2} - \colorlet{mytochlcolor}{pdcolor1} - \colorlet{mytitlecolor}{pdcolor2} - \colorlet{myiacolor}{pdcolor1!70} - \def\pd@pazik@i{\pd@psmath h} - \def\pd@pazik@ii{\pd@psmath e} - \def\pd@pazik@iii{\pd@psmath c} - \def\pd@pazik@iv{\pd@psmath\char11} -} -\pddefinetemplate{titleslide}{ - textpos={.15\slidewidth,.75\slideheight}, - textwidth=.7\slidewidth, - titlefont=\bfseries\LARGE\centering, - textfont=\centering, - ifsetup=landscape, - textheight=.67\slideheight, - ifsetup=portrait, - textheight=.55\slideheight -}{{% - \psframe*[linestyle=none,linecolor=pdcolor2!90]% - (0,0)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)% - \psset{linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2!90,% - gradend=pdcolor3,gradmidpoint=0,linewidth=0pt}% - \pdifsetup{landscape}{% - \psframe[gradangle=90](0\slidewidth,0\slideheight)% - (.15\slidewidth,\slideheight)% - \pd@pazik@lbg - }{% - \psframe[gradangle=180](0\slidewidth,0\slideheight)% - (\slidewidth,.2\slideheight)% - \pd@pazik@pbg - }% -}} -\pddefinetemplate{basic}{% - titlefont=\bfseries\LARGE\color{mytitlecolor}\raggedright, - rfpos={.98\slidewidth,.015\slideheight}, - lffont=\tiny,cffont=\tiny,rffont=\tiny, - iacolor=myiacolor, - clockhook=t, - clockalign=1, - clockcolor=pdcolor1, - toctcolor=mytoctcolor, - tochltcolor=mytoctcolor, - tochlcolor=mytochlcolor, - tocfont=\tiny\raggedright, - ifsetup=landscape, - textheight=.82\slideheight, - titlepos={.02\slidewidth,.94\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.96\slidewidth, - ifsetup=portrait, - lfpos={.02\slidewidth,.015\slideheight}, - cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.015\slideheight}, - clockpos={.5\slidewidth,.035\slideheight}, - titlepos={.02\slidewidth,.945\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.96\slidewidth, - textpos={.02\slidewidth,.87\slideheight}, - textwidth=.96\slidewidth, -}{{% - \psframe*[linestyle=none,linecolor=pdcolor2!90]% - (0,0)(\slidewidth,\slideheight)% - \psset{linestyle=none,fillstyle=gradient,gradbegin=pdcolor2!90,% - gradend=pdcolor3,gradmidpoint=0,gradangle=90,linewidth=0pt}% - \pdifsetup{landscape}{% - \psframe(.145\slidewidth,\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)% - \pd@pazik@lbg - }{% - \psframe(0,\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)% - \pd@pazik@pbg - }% -}} -\pddefinetemplate[basic]{slide}{ - ifsetup=landscape, - lfpos={.17\slidewidth,.015\slideheight}, - cfpos={.575\slidewidth,.015\slideheight}, - clockpos={.07\slidewidth,.045\slideheight}, - textpos={.17\slidewidth,.87\slideheight}, - textwidth=.81\slidewidth, - tocwidth=.12\slidewidth, - tocslidesep=.3em,tocslideindent=.2em, - tocsecm={\psline[linewidth=.2pt,linecolor=pdcolor1]% - (-.05,-.05)(.12\slidewidth,-.05)}, - tocpos={.015\slidewidth,.86\slideheight}, - ifsetup=portrait, - textheight=.65\slideheight,tocsecsep=.2em, - stochook=tr,stocpos={.44\slidewidth,.18\slideheight}, - stocfont=\tiny\raggedleft, - tocslidesep=.2em, - ntocpos={.56\slidewidth,.18\slideheight}, - ntocfont=\tiny\raggedright -}{% - \pdifsetup{landscape}{% - \psframe*[linestyle=none,linecolor=pdcolor3]% - (0,0)(.15\slidewidth,\slideheight)% - }{% - \psframe*[linestyle=none,linecolor=pdcolor3]% - (0,0)(\slidewidth,.2\slideheight)% - }% -} -\pddefinetemplate[basic]{wideslide}{% - ifsetup=landscape, - tocpos,textpos={.02\slidewidth,.87\slideheight}, - textwidth=.96\slidewidth, - lfpos={.02\slidewidth,.015\slideheight}, - cfpos={.5\slidewidth,.015\slideheight}, - clockpos={.5\slidewidth,.045\slideheight}, - ifsetup=portrait, - textheight=.82\slideheight, -}{% - \pdifsetup{landscape}{% - \psframe*[linestyle=none,linecolor=pdcolor3]% - (0,\slideheight)(.15\slidewidth,.9\slideheight)% - }{}% -} -\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{% - titlehook=c, - titlefont=\bfseries\LARGE\centering, - titlewidth=.9\slidewidth, - ifsetup=landscape, - titlepos={.585\slidewidth,.6\slideheight}, - ifsetup=portrait, - titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.6\slideheight} -}{% -} -\pddefinetemplate[wideslide]{sectionwideslide}{% - titlehook=c, - titlefont=\bfseries\LARGE\centering, - titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.6\slideheight}, - titlewidth=.9\slidewidth -}{} -\def\pd@pazik@lbg{% - \psset{fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=pdcolor2}% - \rput{-10}(.35\slidewidth,.6\slideheight){\pscharpath{\pd@pazik@i}}% - \rput{15}(.4\slidewidth,.3\slideheight){\pscharpath{\pd@pazik@ii}}% - \rput{-20}(.8\slidewidth,.2\slideheight){\pscharpath{\pd@pazik@iii}}% - \rput{30}(.7\slidewidth,.7\slideheight){\pscharpath{\pd@pazik@iv}}% -} -\def\pd@pazik@pbg{% - \psset{fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=pdcolor2}% - \rput{-10}(.23\slidewidth,.78\slideheight){\pscharpath{\pd@pazik@i}}% - \rput{15}(.35\slidewidth,.4\slideheight){\pscharpath{\pd@pazik@ii}}% - \rput{-20}(.8\slidewidth,.3\slideheight){\pscharpath{\pd@pazik@iii}}% - \rput{30}(.7\slidewidth,.7\slideheight){\pscharpath{\pd@pazik@iv}}% -} -\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionwideslide} -\def\labelitemi{\footnotesize\ding{110}} -\def\labelitemii{\small\ding{117}} -\def\labelitemiii{\tiny\ding{110}} -\def\labelitemiv{\tiny\ding{117}} -\pdsetup{ - list={labelsep=1em,leftmargin=*,itemsep=0pt,topsep=5pt,parsep=0pt} -} -\def\rmdefault{cmss} -%</pdpazik> -% -%<*pdstyletest> -%% -%% For testing, enter your style below. -%% Switch on only one paper/orient option at a time. -\documentclass[ - style=your style, - paper=screen, -%% paper=a4paper, -%% paper=letterpaper, - orient=landscape, -%% orient=portrait, - size=11pt, -%% hlsections, - clock -]{powerdot} - -\pdsetup{ - lf=left footer, - cf=center footer, - rf=right footer, - randomdots,dprop={dotstyle=ocircle} -} - -%% For testing text height. -\makeatletter -\def\textheightrule{% - \raisebox\baselineskip{\rule{1cm}\pd@@textheight}% -} -\makeatother - -\title{This is a test file to test new styles with -- -this title is very long on purpose.\thanks{Adjust textheight -to position this footnote.}} -\author{Hendri Adriaens \and Christopher Ellison} -\date{August 16, 2005} - -\begin{document} - -\maketitle - -\begin{slide}{Test normal slide} - Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Ut purus - elit, vestibulum ut, placerat ac, adipiscing vitae, felis. Curabitur - dictum gravida mauris. Nam arcu libero, nonummy eget, consectetuer - id, vulputate a, magna. Donec vehicula augue eu neque. Pellentesque - habitant morbi tristique senectus et netus et malesuada fames ac - turpis egestas. Mauris ut leo. Cras viverra metus rhoncus sem. - - Notice the color of the equation number! - \begin{equation} - (a+b)^n=\sum_{k=0}^n{n\choose k}a^{n-k}b^k - \end{equation} -\end{slide} - -\begin{slide}{Test itemize} - Some text.\pause - \begin{itemize} - \item level 1\pause - \begin{itemize} - \item level 2\pause - \begin{itemize} - \item level 3\pause - \begin{itemize} - \item level 4 - \end{itemize} - \end{itemize} - \end{itemize} - \end{itemize} - Some text.\footnote{Adjust textheight - to position this footnote.} -\end{slide} - -\section{Normal section} - -\begin{slide}{Test enumerate and inactive color} - Some text.\pause - \begin{enumerate}[type=1] - \item level 1\pause - \begin{enumerate} - \item level 2\pause - \begin{enumerate} - \item level 3\pause - \begin{enumerate} - \item level 4 - \end{enumerate} - \end{enumerate} - \end{enumerate} - \end{enumerate} - Some text. -\end{slide} - -\begin{slide}{The rule has height \texttt{textheight}} - \textheightrule -\end{slide} - -\section[template=wideslide]{Wide slide section} - -\begin{wideslide}{Test wideslide} - Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetuer adipiscing elit. Ut purus - elit, vestibulum ut, placerat ac, adipiscing vitae, felis. Curabitur - dictum gravida mauris. Nam arcu libero, nonummy eget, consectetuer - id, vulputate a, magna. Donec vehicula augue eu neque. Pellentesque - habitant morbi tristique senectus et netus et malesuada fames ac - turpis egestas. Mauris ut leo. Cras viverra metus rhoncus - sem.\footnote{Adjust textheight to position this footnote.} - - Notice the color of the equation number! - \begin{equation} - (a+b)^n=\sum_{k=0}^n{n\choose k}a^{n-k}b^k - \end{equation} -\end{wideslide} - -\begin{wideslide}{The rule has height \texttt{textheight}} - \textheightrule -\end{wideslide} - -\end{document} -%</pdstyletest> -% -%<*pdstyleexample> -\documentclass[paper=letterpaper,style=\style]{powerdot} -\title{Example of the \style\ style} -\author{Hendri Adriaens \and Christopher Ellison} -\pddefinetemplate[slide]{slide}{tocpos}{} -\pdsetup{lf=left footer,rf=right footer} -\begin{document} -\maketitle -\begin{slide}{Example slide} - Here is the binomium formula. - \begin{equation}\label{binomium} - (a+b)^n=\sum_{k=0}^n{n\choose k}a^{n-k}b^k - \end{equation} - We will prove formula (\ref{binomium}) on the blackboard.\\ - \begin{itemize} - \item Here - \begin{itemize} - \item is - \begin{itemize} - \item a - \begin{itemize} - \item list - \end{itemize} - \item with - \end{itemize} - \item seven - \end{itemize} - \item items. - \end{itemize} -\end{slide} -\end{document} -%</pdstyleexample> -% -%<*pdexample1> -\documentclass{powerdot} - -\title{powerdot example 1} -\author{Hendri Adriaens \and Christopher Ellison} - -\begin{document} - -\maketitle - -\begin{slide}{Slide 1} - \begin{itemize} - \item This is the first slide\pause - \item There is nothing special about it. - \end{itemize} -\end{slide} - -\section{First section} - -\begin{slide}{Slide 2} - \begin{itemize} - \item<1-> Here - \begin{itemize} - \item<2-> we - \begin{itemize} - \item<3-> demonstrate - \begin{itemize} - \item<4-> the itemize environment - \end{itemize} - \end{itemize} - \end{itemize} - \end{itemize} -\end{slide} - -\begin{slide}{Slide 3} - \begin{enumerate}[type=1] - \item<1> Here - \begin{enumerate} - \item<2> we - \begin{enumerate} - \item<3> demonstrate - \begin{enumerate} - \item<4> the enumerate environment - \end{enumerate} - \end{enumerate} - \end{enumerate} - \end{enumerate} -\end{slide} - -\end{document} -%</pdexample1> -% -%<*pdexample2> -\documentclass[ - size=12pt, - style=ikeda, - paper=screen, -%% Try me! -%% orient=portrait, -%% mode=handout, -%% display=slidesnotes, - blackslide, - nopagebreaks, - fleqn -]{powerdot} - -\title{powerdot example 2} -\author{Hendri Adriaens\and Christopher Ellison} - -\pdsetup{ - lf=Example 2, - rf=for powerdot, - trans=Wipe, - theslide=slide~\arabic{slide}, - list={itemsep=6pt} -} - -\begin{document} - -\maketitle - -\begin{slide}{Slide 1} - \begin{itemize} - \item This is a bigger example\pause - \item demonstrating more of the possibilities of powerdot. - \end{itemize} -\end{slide} - -\section{This section has a slide} - -\begin{slide}{Slide 2} - Here is the binomium formula.\pause - \begin{equation}\label{binomium} - (a+b)^n=\sum_{k=0}^n{n\choose k}a^{n-k}b^k - \end{equation}\pause - We will prove formula (\ref{binomium}) on the blackboard.\\ - Click the title of this slide to switch to the black slide. -\end{slide} - -\begin{note}{Note to slide 2} - Here we could type the proof that - we want to copy to the blackboard. -\end{note} - -\begin{slide}{Slide 3} - \begin{itemize}[type=1] - \item This happens\dots\pause - \item when you change\dots\pause - \item the type of itemize. - \end{itemize} -\end{slide} - -\section[template=wideslide,tocsection=hidden]{A hidden wide section} - -\begin{slide}{Slide 4} - \begin{itemize} - \item We only treat this material\dots\pause - \begin{itemize} - \item if we have some time left.\pause - \item But don't hesitate\dots\pause - \end{itemize} - \item to read it yourself. - \end{itemize} -\end{slide} - -\begin{wideslide}{Slide 5} - This wide slide can contain more material - as it is wider and does not have a table - of contents. -\end{wideslide} - -\end{document} -%</pdexample2> -% -%<*pdexample3> -\documentclass[style=klope,clock,hlsections]{powerdot} - -\usepackage{amsmath} -\usepackage{pst-node} -\usepackage{listings} - -\lstnewenvironment{example}[1][]{% - \lstset{basicstyle=\footnotesize\ttfamily,columns=flexible,% - frame=single,backgroundcolor=\color{yellow!20},% - xleftmargin=\fboxsep,xrightmargin=\fboxsep,gobble=1% - }\lstset{#1}}{} -\lstnewenvironment{examplesmall}[1][]{% - \lstset{basicstyle=\tiny\ttfamily,columns=flexible,% - frame=single,backgroundcolor=\color{yellow!20},% - xleftmargin=\fboxsep,xrightmargin=\fboxsep,gobble=2% - }\lstset{#1}}{} - -\title{powerdot example 3 --- verbatim and random dots} -\author{Hendri Adriaens\and Christopher Ellison} - -\pdsetup{ - lf=Example 3, - rf=for powerdot, - palette=Spring, - randomdots, - dprop={dotstyle=ocircle,linewidth=.25pt}, - dmindots=5,dmaxdots=5, - dminsize=600pt,dmaxsize=700pt, - dbright=50, - logohook=c, - logopos={.505\slidewidth,.08\slideheight}, - logocmd={\includegraphics[scale=.05]{powerdot-default.ps}} -} - -\begin{document} - -\maketitle - -\begin{slide}{Overview} - \begin{enumerate}[type=1] - \item This file demonstrates \pause - \begin{itemize} - \item some uses of \texttt{verbatim} \pause - \end{itemize} - \item and \pause - \begin{itemize} - \item some uses of randomdots - \end{itemize} - \end{enumerate} -\end{slide} - -\section{section} - -\begin{slide}[palette=PastelFlower,method=direct, - dprop={dotstyle=*}, - dminsize=5pt,dmaxsize=10pt, - dmindots=5,dmaxdots=10]{Name that quote} - G\"odel, Escher, Bach: an Eternal Golden Braid \pause - - \verb|G\"odel, Escher, Bach: an Eternal Golden Braid| \pause - - \begin{quote} - The two of you may find it amusing to listen - to such totally meaningless cacophony, but I assure you it is not at - all pleasant for a sensitive composer to be subjected to such - excruciating, empty dissonances and meaningless rhythms. Achilles, - I thought you had a good feeling for music. Could it be that your - previous pieces had merit merely by coincidence? - \end{quote} -\end{slide} - -\begin{slide}[palette=BlueWater, - dprop={dotstyle=osquare,linewidth=.2pt}, - dminsize=4pt,dmaxsize=10pt, - dmindots=5,dmaxdots=10]{Itemize} - \begin{itemize} - \item<1> here - \item<2> we - \item<3> go - \end{itemize} -\end{slide} - -\begin{slide}[toc=What day is it?,bm=What day is it?,method=direct, - dprop={dotstyle=*},dminsize=4pt,dmaxsize=20pt, - dmindots=30,dmaxdots=30]{What day is it?\hfill A test} -\begin{example} - <?php - if ($day == "monday") - { - $callInSick = true; - } - else - { - $callInSick = false; - } - ?> -\end{example} -\end{slide} - -\section[slide=false]{The \texttt{direct} and \texttt{file} methods} - -\begin{slide}[method=direct,randomdots=false]{Quadratic} - With \verb|method=direct|, there are no overlays.\pause - - But you can still use display verbatim text. - - \[ - x \pause = \pause \frac{-b \pm \sqrt{b^2 - 4ac}}{2a} \pause - \] - - Attempting \pause a \pause pause\ldots\pause - - \verb|Plot[3x,{x,0,10}]| -\end{slide} - -\begin{slide}[method=file,randomdots=false]{Quadratic} - With \verb|method=file|, \pause you can display verbatim text and have overlays.\pause - - \[ - x \pause = \pause \frac{-b \pm \sqrt{b^2 - 4ac}}{2a} \pause - \] - - Attempting \pause a \pause pause\ldots\pause - - \verb|Plot[3x,{x,0,10}]| -\end{slide} - -\section[slide=false]{Nodes} - -\begin{slide}[method=file,randomdots=false]{Taylor} -\begin{lstlisting}[escapechar=|,mathescape] - e^x |\pause| = 1 + |\pause|x + |\pause|x^2/2! + |\color{red}{\ldots}| |\pause| - e^x |\pause| = 1 + |\pause|x + |\pause|$\rnode{A}{\frac{x^2}{2!}}$ + |\color{red}{\ldots}| -\end{lstlisting} -\pause\vspace{.1in} -Notice, \rnode{B}{this} fraction is in \verb|mathmode|. -\onslide*{11-}{\ncarc[linecolor=blue,arcangle=-5]{->}{B}{A}}\pause \vspace{.1in} - -The above (as its own slide) was coded as follows: -\begin{examplesmall}[escapechar=@] - \begin{slide}[method=file]{Taylor} - \begin{lstlisting}[escapechar=|,mathescape] - e^x |\pause| = 1 + |\pause|x + |\pause|x^2/2! + |\color{red}{\ldots}| |\pause| - e^x |\pause| = 1 + |\pause|x + |\pause|$\rnode{A}{\frac{x^2}{2!}}$ + |\color{red}{\ldots}| - \end{lstlisting} - - \pause\vspace{.1in} - - Notice, \rnode{B}{this} fraction is in \verb|mathmode|. - \onslide*{11-}{\ncarc[linecolor=blue,arcangle=-5]{->}{B}{A}}\pause \vspace{.1in} - @\char`\\@end{slide} -\end{examplesmall} -\end{slide} - -\end{document} -%</pdexample3> -% -%<*preamble> -\usepackage{url} -\usepackage{fourier} -\usepackage{xcolor} -\usepackage{enumitem} -\usepackage{graphicx} -\usepackage{pst-char} -\usepackage{listings} -\usepackage{array} -\usepackage{xkeyval} -\usepackage[section]{placeins} -\addtolength\textheight{2cm} -\addtolength\topmargin{-1cm} -\lstnewenvironment{command}{% - \lstset{columns=flexible,frame=single,backgroundcolor=\color{blue!20},% - xleftmargin=\fboxsep,xrightmargin=\fboxsep,escapeinside=`',gobble=1}}{} -\lstnewenvironment{example}[1][]{% - \lstset{basicstyle=\footnotesize\ttfamily,columns=flexible,frame=single,% - backgroundcolor=\color{yellow!20},xleftmargin=\fboxsep,% - xrightmargin=\fboxsep,gobble=1,% -% language=[LaTeX]TeX,keywordstyle=\color{blue},% -% moretexcs=[1]{color,ProvidesPackage},% -% moretexcs=[2]{onslide,pause,pdsetup,maketitle,tableofcontents},% -% texcsstyle=[2]\color{red}% - }\lstset{#1}}{} -\def\mktitledecor{% - \rput[tl]{90}(-5.5,-26.51){% - \psline[linewidth=1pt](0,1.5)(\paperheight,1.5)% - \rput[lB](.075\paperheight,.5){\pscharpath[linecolor=blue!50,% - fillcolor=yellow!20,fillstyle=solid,linewidth=.5pt]% - {\Huge\bfseries\sffamily powerdot}% - }% - \rput[rB](.925\paperheight,.5){\pscharpath[linecolor=blue!50,% - fillcolor=yellow!20,fillstyle=solid,linewidth=.5pt]% - {\Huge\bfseries Documentation}% - }% - \psline[linewidth=1pt](0,0)(\paperheight,0)% - }% -} -\makeatletter -\def\option#1{% - \XKV@for@n{#1}\pd@tempa{% - \fcolorbox{black}{red!20}{\texttt\pd@tempa}\quad - }% - \vspace*{.2cm}% -} -\def\tableofcontents{\@starttoc{toc}} -\renewenvironment{theglossary}{% - \section*{Version history}% - For more information on bug fixes, typeset the source code - documentation (see section~\ref{sec:source}).\par\medskip - \GlossaryParms \let\item\@idxitem \ignorespaces -}{}% -\def\DescribeMacros{\leavevmode\@bsphack - \begingroup\MakePrivateLetters\Describe@Macros} -\def\Describe@Macros#1{\endgroup\strut - \marginpar{\raggedleft - \def\@tempa{#1}\count@\z@ - \XKV@for@o\@tempa\@tempa{% - \ifnum\count@>\z@\\\fi\advance\count@\@ne - \MacroFont\expandafter\string\@tempa - \expandafter\SpecialUsageIndex\expandafter{\@tempa}% - }}% - \@esphack\ignorespaces -} -\def\DescribeOption#1{\leavevmode\@bsphack - \marginpar{\raggedleft\PrintDescribeOption{#1}}% - \SpecialOptionIndex{#1}\@esphack\ignorespaces} -\def\PrintDescribeOption#1{\strut\emph{option}\\\MacroFont #1\ } -\def\SpecialOptionIndex#1{\@bsphack - \index{#1\actualchar{\protect\ttfamily#1} - (option)\encapchar usage}\@esphack} -\def\DescribeOptions#1{\leavevmode\@bsphack - \marginpar{\raggedleft\strut\emph{options}% - \@for\@tempa:=#1\do{% - \\\strut\MacroFont\@tempa\SpecialOptionIndex\@tempa - }}\@esphack\ignorespaces} -\def\SpecialEnvIndex#1{\@bsphack - \index{#1\actualchar{\protect\ttfamily#1} - (environment)\encapchar usage}\@esphack} -\def\changes@#1#2#3{% - \protected@edef\@tempa{% - \noexpand\glossary{\textbf{#1}\hfill\emph{(#2)}% - \levelchar - \ifx\saved@macroname\@empty - \space\actualchar\generalname - \else - \expandafter\@gobble\saved@macroname - \actualchar\string\verb\quotechar*% - \verbatimchar\saved@macroname\verbatimchar - \fi - :\levelchar #3}% - }% - \@tempa\endgroup\@esphack -} -\makeatother -\def\PrintChangesX{% - \begingroup - \let\efill\relax - \PrintChanges - \endgroup -} -\def\PrintIndexX{% - \begingroup - \setcounter{IndexColumns}{2} - \setlength{\columnsep}{18pt}% - \setlength{\columnseprule}{.4pt}% - \PrintIndex - \endgroup -} -\def\larg#1{{\ttfamily\char`\<}\meta{#1}{\ttfamily\char`\>}} -\def\LyX{L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@} -\def\LyXarrow{\leavevmode\,$\triangleright$\,\allowbreak} -\let\pf\textsf -\def\equals{=} -\setcounter{tocdepth}{2} -\newcolumntype{d}{c|l} -\newcolumntype{e}{c|c|c|c} -\newcolumntype{f}{l|p{8cm}} -\RecordChanges -\CodelineIndex -\newcounter{FAQ} -\def\question{% - \stepcounter{FAQ}% - \parskip4pt plus 2pt minus 1pt - \itemsep4pt plus 2pt minus 1pt - \parsep4pt plus 2pt minus 1pt - \item[\textbf{Q\arabic{FAQ}}]% -} -\def\answer{% - \parskip0pt - \itemsep0pt - \parsep0pt - \item[\textbf{A\arabic{FAQ}}]% -} -\def\styleexample#1{% - \IfFileExists{powerdot-styleexample-#1.001}{% - \IfFileExists{powerdot-styleexample-#1.002}{% - \hspace*{\stretch{1}}% - \fbox{\includegraphics[scale=.16,angle=-90,clip]% - {powerdot-styleexample-#1.001}}% - \hspace*{\stretch{2}}% - \fbox{\includegraphics[scale=.16,angle=-90,clip]% - {powerdot-styleexample-#1.002}}% - \hspace*{\stretch{1}}\par - }{\textbf{No example files found for style \pf{#1}.}}% - }{\textbf{No example files found for style \pf{#1}.}}% -} -%</preamble> -% -%<*bib> -@book{companion, - author = {Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens}, - title = {The {\LaTeX} Companion}, - edition = 2, - note = {With Johannes Braams, David Carlisle, and Chris Rowley}, - series = {Tools and Techniques for Computer Typesetting}, - publisher = {Addison-Wesley}, - address = {Boston, Massachusetts}, - year = 2004, - pagenums = {1120}, - bibliography = {yes}, - index = {yes}, - isbn = {0-201-36299-6} -} - -@MISC{PSTricks, - author = {{Timothy Van} {Zandt et al.}}, - title = {\pf{PSTricks} package, v1.07, 2005/05/06}, - howpublished = {\url{CTAN:/graphics/pstricks}} -} - -@MISC{PSTricksWeb, - author = {Herbert Vo\ss}, - title = {\pf{PSTricks} website}, - howpublished = {\url{http://pstricks.tug.org}} -} - -@MISC{xkeyval, - author = {Hendri Adriaens}, - title = {\pf{xkeyval} package}, - howpublished = {\url{CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/xkeyval}} -} - -@MISC{extsizes, - author = {James Kilfiger and Wolfgang May}, - title = {\pf{extsizes} bundle}, - howpublished = {\url{CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/extsizes}} -} - -@MISC{prosper, - author = {Fr\'ed\'eric Goualard and Peter M\o ller Neergaard}, - title = {\pf{prosper} class}, - howpublished = {\url{CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/prosper}} -} - -@MISC{HA-prosper, - author = {Hendri Adriaens}, - title = {\pf{HA-prosper} package}, - howpublished = {\url{CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/HA-prosper}} -} - -@MISC{enumitem, - author = {Javier Bezos}, - title = {\pf{enumitem} package}, - howpublished = {\url{CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem}} -} - -@MISC{hyperref, - author = {Sebastian Rahtz and Heiko Overdiek}, - title = {\pf{hyperref} package}, - howpublished = {\url{CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref}} -} - -@MISC{natbib, - author = {Patrick W. Daly}, - title = {\pf{natbib} package}, - howpublished = {\url{CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/natbib}} -} - -@MISC{geometry, - author = {Hideo Umeki}, - title = {\pf{geometry} package}, - howpublished = {\url{CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/geometry}} -} - -@MISC{xcolor, - author = {Uwe Kern}, - title = {\pf{xcolor} package}, - howpublished = {\url{CTAN:/macros/latex/contrib/xcolor}} -} - -@MISC{graphics, - author = {David Carlisle}, - title = {\pf{graphics} bundle}, - howpublished = {\url{CTAN:/macros/latex/required/graphics}} -} - -@MISC{random, - author = {Donald Arseneau}, - title = {\texttt{random.tex}}, - howpublished = {\url{CTAN:/macros/generic/misc}} -} - -@MISC{CTAN, - author = {CTAN crew}, - title = {{The Comprehensive TeX Archive Network}}, - howpublished = {\url{http://www.ctan.org}} -} - -@MISC{LyXWeb, - author = {{\LyX\ crew}}, - title = {{\LyX\ website}}, - howpublished = {\url{http://www.lyx.org}} -} -%</bib> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-aggie.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-aggie.sty index a96b9d2fd25..a1a847ba7cd 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-aggie.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-aggie.sty @@ -1,17 +1,9 @@ %% %% This is file `powerdot-aggie.sty', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% powerdot.dtx (with options: `pdaggie') -%% %% --------------------------------------------------------------- %% Copyright (C) 2005-2010 Hendri Adriaens and Christopher Ellison %% --------------------------------------------------------------- %% -%% Version 1.4a prepared by Herbert Voss -%% %% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 %% of this license or (at your option) any later version. @@ -20,12 +12,11 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX %% version 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -%% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Hendri Adriaens. +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% %% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. %% +%% \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01] \ProvidesPackage{powerdot-aggie}[2005/12/10 v1.3 aggie style (JS,HA)] \RequirePackage{times} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-bframe.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-bframe.sty index ac02433701e..c71f6768ccc 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-bframe.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-bframe.sty @@ -1,17 +1,9 @@ %% %% This is file `powerdot-bframe.sty', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% powerdot.dtx (with options: `pdbframe') -%% %% --------------------------------------------------------------- %% Copyright (C) 2005-2010 Hendri Adriaens and Christopher Ellison %% --------------------------------------------------------------- %% -%% Version 1.4a prepared by Herbert Voss -%% %% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 %% of this license or (at your option) any later version. @@ -20,12 +12,11 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX %% version 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -%% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Hendri Adriaens. +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% %% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. %% +%% \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01] \ProvidesPackage{powerdot-bframe}[2005/12/10 v1.2 bframe style (PRU,HA)] \RequirePackage{pifont} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-ciment.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-ciment.sty index b1ea45055ad..e2c1ab75eb3 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-ciment.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-ciment.sty @@ -1,17 +1,9 @@ %% %% This is file `powerdot-ciment.sty', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% powerdot.dtx (with options: `pdciment') -%% %% --------------------------------------------------------------- %% Copyright (C) 2005-2010 Hendri Adriaens and Christopher Ellison %% --------------------------------------------------------------- %% -%% Version 1.4a prepared by Herbert Voss -%% %% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 %% of this license or (at your option) any later version. @@ -20,12 +12,11 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX %% version 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -%% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Hendri Adriaens. +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% %% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. %% +%% \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01] \ProvidesPackage{powerdot-ciment}[2005/12/10 v1.3 ciment style (HA)] \RequirePackage{pifont} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-default.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-default.sty index 83e29461853..934b4938e6c 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-default.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-default.sty @@ -1,17 +1,9 @@ %% %% This is file `powerdot-default.sty', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% powerdot.dtx (with options: `pddefault') -%% %% --------------------------------------------------------------- %% Copyright (C) 2005-2010 Hendri Adriaens and Christopher Ellison %% --------------------------------------------------------------- %% -%% Version 1.4a prepared by Herbert Voss -%% %% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 %% of this license or (at your option) any later version. @@ -20,12 +12,11 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX %% version 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -%% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Hendri Adriaens. +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% %% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. %% +%% \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01] \ProvidesPackage{powerdot-default}[2005/12/10 v1.4 default style (HA)] \RequirePackage{pifont} @@ -54,16 +45,16 @@ \colorlet{pdcolor3}{pdcolor3>wheel,45} } \newbox\pd@imagebox -\pdifsetup{landscape}{ +\pdifsetup{landscape}{% \sbox\pd@imagebox{\includegraphics[trim=50 20 0 20,clip,% width=.17\slidewidth,height=.1\slideheight]{powerdot-default.ps}% - } -}{ + }% +}{% \sbox\pd@imagebox{\includegraphics[trim=170 0 80 0,clip,% height=.1\slideheight]{powerdot-default.ps}% - } + }% } -\pddefinetemplate{titleslide}{ +\pddefinetemplate{titleslide}{% titlefont=\large\bfseries\centering, clockcolor=pdcolor1,clockpos={.99\slidewidth,\slideheight}, lfpos={.03\slidewidth,.04\slideheight}, @@ -78,7 +69,7 @@ \psline[linecolor=pdcolor1]% (0,.8\slideheight)(\slidewidth,.8\slideheight)% } -\pddefinetemplate{basic}{ +\pddefinetemplate{basic}{% titlepos={.2\slidewidth,.93\slideheight}, titlewidth=.75\slidewidth,textheight=.68\slideheight, titlefont=\large\bfseries\raggedright, @@ -107,23 +98,21 @@ (0,0)(\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)% \rput[tl](0,\slideheight){\usebox\pd@imagebox}% } -\pddefinetemplate[basic]{wideslide}{ +\pddefinetemplate[basic]{wideslide}{% textpos={.05\slidewidth,.83\slideheight}, - textwidth=.9\slidewidth -}{} -\pddefinetemplate[basic]{slide}{ + textwidth=.9\slidewidth}{} +\pddefinetemplate[basic]{slide}{% ifsetup=landscape, tocpos={.015\slidewidth,.83\slideheight}, tocwidth=.14\slidewidth, - tocsecm={\psline[linewidth=.5pt,linecolor=pdcolor1]% - (-.05,-.05)(.143\slidewidth,-.05)} + tocsecm={\psline[linewidth=.5pt,linecolor=pdcolor1](-.05,-.05)(.143\slidewidth,-.05)} }{% \pdifsetup{landscape}{% \psframe[fillstyle=solid,fillcolor=pdcolor3,linestyle=none,% linewidth=0pt](0,.9\slideheight)(.17\slidewidth,.1\slideheight)% }{}% } -\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{ +\pddefinetemplate[slide]{sectionslide}{% titlehook=c,titlefont=\Large\bfseries\centering, ifsetup=landscape, titlepos={.575\slidewidth,.55\slideheight}, @@ -136,9 +125,7 @@ titlewidth=.9\slidewidth, titlepos={.5\slidewidth,.55\slideheight} }{} -\setkeys[pd]{section}{ - sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionwideslide -} +\setkeys[pd]{section}{sectemp=sectionslide,widesectemp=sectionwideslide} \def\labelitemi{\footnotesize\ding{110}} \def\labelitemii{\small\ding{117}} \def\labelitemiii{\tiny\ding{110}} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-elcolors.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-elcolors.sty index 83751f3dccc..0b83b2849e8 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-elcolors.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-elcolors.sty @@ -1,17 +1,9 @@ %% %% This is file `powerdot-elcolors.sty', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% powerdot.dtx (with options: `pdelcolors') -%% %% --------------------------------------------------------------- %% Copyright (C) 2005-2010 Hendri Adriaens and Christopher Ellison %% --------------------------------------------------------------- %% -%% Version 1.4a prepared by Herbert Voss -%% %% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 %% of this license or (at your option) any later version. @@ -20,9 +12,7 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX %% version 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -%% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Hendri Adriaens. +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% %% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. %% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-fyma.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-fyma.sty index 41ce9e38885..8a779519eb3 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-fyma.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-fyma.sty @@ -1,17 +1,9 @@ %% %% This is file `powerdot-fyma.sty', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% powerdot.dtx (with options: `pdfyma') -%% %% --------------------------------------------------------------- %% Copyright (C) 2005-2010 Hendri Adriaens and Christopher Ellison %% --------------------------------------------------------------- %% -%% Version 1.4a prepared by Herbert Voss -%% %% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 %% of this license or (at your option) any later version. @@ -20,12 +12,11 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX %% version 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -%% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Hendri Adriaens. +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% %% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. %% +%% \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01] \ProvidesPackage{powerdot-fyma}[2005/12/10 v1.3 fyma style (SA,HA)] \RequirePackage{pst-grad} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-horatio.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-horatio.sty index 2e62df23213..3c73495482c 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-horatio.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-horatio.sty @@ -1,17 +1,9 @@ %% %% This is file `powerdot-horatio.sty', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% powerdot.dtx (with options: `pdhoratio') -%% %% --------------------------------------------------------------- %% Copyright (C) 2005-2010 Hendri Adriaens and Christopher Ellison %% --------------------------------------------------------------- %% -%% Version 1.4a prepared by Herbert Voss -%% %% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 %% of this license or (at your option) any later version. @@ -20,9 +12,7 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX %% version 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -%% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Hendri Adriaens. +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% %% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. %% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-husky.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-husky.sty index 6b1021aafba..52c69572368 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-husky.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-husky.sty @@ -1,17 +1,9 @@ %% %% This is file `powerdot-husky.sty', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% powerdot.dtx (with options: `pdhusky') -%% %% --------------------------------------------------------------- %% Copyright (C) 2005-2010 Hendri Adriaens and Christopher Ellison %% --------------------------------------------------------------- %% -%% Version 1.4a prepared by Herbert Voss -%% %% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 %% of this license or (at your option) any later version. @@ -20,9 +12,7 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX %% version 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -%% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Hendri Adriaens. +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% %% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. %% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-ikeda.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-ikeda.sty index 16b65e40b10..18bcc7a16d1 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-ikeda.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-ikeda.sty @@ -1,17 +1,9 @@ %% %% This is file `powerdot-ikeda.sty', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% powerdot.dtx (with options: `pdikeda') -%% %% --------------------------------------------------------------- %% Copyright (C) 2005-2010 Hendri Adriaens and Christopher Ellison %% --------------------------------------------------------------- %% -%% Version 1.4a prepared by Herbert Voss -%% %% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 %% of this license or (at your option) any later version. @@ -20,9 +12,7 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX %% version 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -%% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Hendri Adriaens. +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% %% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. %% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-jefka.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-jefka.sty index d297407210a..12d8b517456 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-jefka.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-jefka.sty @@ -1,17 +1,9 @@ %% %% This is file `powerdot-jefka.sty', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% powerdot.dtx (with options: `pdjefka') -%% %% --------------------------------------------------------------- %% Copyright (C) 2005-2010 Hendri Adriaens and Christopher Ellison %% --------------------------------------------------------------- %% -%% Version 1.4a prepared by Herbert Voss -%% %% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 %% of this license or (at your option) any later version. @@ -20,12 +12,11 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX %% version 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -%% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Hendri Adriaens. +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% %% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. %% +%% \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01] \ProvidesPackage{powerdot-jefka}[2005/12/10 v1.1 jefka style (CE,HA)] \RequirePackage{pifont} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-klope.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-klope.sty index 4cdbc6650ba..48d3d6a458b 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-klope.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-klope.sty @@ -1,17 +1,9 @@ %% %% This is file `powerdot-klope.sty', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% powerdot.dtx (with options: `pdklope') -%% %% --------------------------------------------------------------- %% Copyright (C) 2005-2010 Hendri Adriaens and Christopher Ellison %% --------------------------------------------------------------- %% -%% Version 1.4a prepared by Herbert Voss -%% %% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 %% of this license or (at your option) any later version. @@ -20,12 +12,11 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX %% version 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -%% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Hendri Adriaens. +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% %% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. %% +%% \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01] \ProvidesPackage{powerdot-klope}[2005/12/10 v1.1 klope style (CE,HA)] \RequirePackage{pifont} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-paintings.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-paintings.sty index 83fa808f7ea..dc063cd7d07 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-paintings.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-paintings.sty @@ -1,17 +1,9 @@ %% %% This is file `powerdot-paintings.sty', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% powerdot.dtx (with options: `pdpaintings') -%% %% --------------------------------------------------------------- %% Copyright (C) 2005-2010 Hendri Adriaens and Christopher Ellison %% --------------------------------------------------------------- %% -%% Version 1.4a prepared by Herbert Voss -%% %% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 %% of this license or (at your option) any later version. @@ -20,9 +12,7 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX %% version 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -%% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Hendri Adriaens. +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% %% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. %% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-pazik.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-pazik.sty index 6d3b5500de2..28983c99c24 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-pazik.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-pazik.sty @@ -1,17 +1,9 @@ %% %% This is file `powerdot-pazik.sty', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% powerdot.dtx (with options: `pdpazik') -%% %% --------------------------------------------------------------- %% Copyright (C) 2005-2010 Hendri Adriaens and Christopher Ellison %% --------------------------------------------------------------- %% -%% Version 1.4a prepared by Herbert Voss -%% %% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 %% of this license or (at your option) any later version. @@ -20,12 +12,11 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX %% version 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -%% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Hendri Adriaens. +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% %% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. %% +%% \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01] \ProvidesPackage{powerdot-pazik}[2005/12/10 v1.1 pazik style (CE,HA)] \RequirePackage{pifont} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-sailor.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-sailor.sty index cc7e347e294..fd3b7beddf3 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-sailor.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-sailor.sty @@ -1,17 +1,9 @@ %% %% This is file `powerdot-sailor.sty', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% powerdot.dtx (with options: `pdsailor') -%% %% --------------------------------------------------------------- %% Copyright (C) 2005-2010 Hendri Adriaens and Christopher Ellison %% --------------------------------------------------------------- %% -%% Version 1.4a prepared by Herbert Voss -%% %% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 %% of this license or (at your option) any later version. @@ -20,9 +12,7 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX %% version 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -%% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Hendri Adriaens. +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% %% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. %% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-simple.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-simple.sty index aa7c0304ebb..24f9abad154 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-simple.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-simple.sty @@ -1,17 +1,9 @@ %% %% This is file `powerdot-simple.sty', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% powerdot.dtx (with options: `pdsimple') -%% %% --------------------------------------------------------------- %% Copyright (C) 2005-2010 Hendri Adriaens and Christopher Ellison %% --------------------------------------------------------------- %% -%% Version 1.4a prepared by Herbert Voss -%% %% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 %% of this license or (at your option) any later version. @@ -20,9 +12,7 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX %% version 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -%% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Hendri Adriaens. +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% %% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. %% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-tycja.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-tycja.sty index 82ff25323f8..4a12e57f329 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-tycja.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-tycja.sty @@ -1,17 +1,9 @@ %% %% This is file `powerdot-tycja.sty', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% powerdot.dtx (with options: `pdtycja') -%% %% --------------------------------------------------------------- %% Copyright (C) 2005-2010 Hendri Adriaens and Christopher Ellison %% --------------------------------------------------------------- %% -%% Version 1.4a prepared by Herbert Voss -%% %% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 %% of this license or (at your option) any later version. @@ -20,9 +12,7 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX %% version 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -%% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Hendri Adriaens. +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% %% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. %% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-upen.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-upen.sty index 3b8169cdf2e..e459c6231ff 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-upen.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot-upen.sty @@ -1,17 +1,9 @@ %% %% This is file `powerdot-upen.sty', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% powerdot.dtx (with options: `pdupen') -%% %% --------------------------------------------------------------- %% Copyright (C) 2005-2010 Hendri Adriaens and Christopher Ellison %% --------------------------------------------------------------- %% -%% Version 1.4a prepared by Herbert Voss -%% %% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 %% of this license or (at your option) any later version. @@ -20,9 +12,7 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX %% version 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -%% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Hendri Adriaens. +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% %% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. %% diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot.cls b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot.cls index a5976f8c826..8b7f17378e1 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot.cls +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/powerdot/powerdot.cls @@ -1,16 +1,11 @@ %% %% This is file `powerdot.cls', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% powerdot.dtx (with options: `powerdot') %% %% --------------------------------------------------------------- %% Copyright (C) 2005-2010 Hendri Adriaens and Christopher Ellison %% --------------------------------------------------------------- %% -%% Version 1.4a prepared by Herbert Voss +%% Version 1.4d prepared by Herbert Voss %% %% This work may be distributed and/or modified under the %% conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3 @@ -20,15 +15,10 @@ %% and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX %% version 2003/12/01 or later. %% -%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "maintained". -%% -%% This Current Maintainer of this work is Hendri Adriaens. -%% -%% This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt. +%% This work has the LPPL maintenance status "unmaintained". %% \NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/12/01] -\ProvidesClass{powerdot} - [2010/10/07 v1.4a powerdot presentation class (HA,CE)] +\ProvidesClass{powerdot}[2010/12/03 v1.4d powerdot presentation class (HA,CE)] \newif\ifpd@overlay \newif\ifpd@section \newif\ifpd@ifsetup @@ -354,7 +344,7 @@ tocsecm=,toctcolor=black,tochlcolor=black,tochltcolor=white,% tocsecindent=0pt,tocslideindent=0pt,% lfhook=Bl,lfpos=,lffont=\scriptsize,lftemp=\pd@@lf,% - cfhook=B,cfpos=,cffont=\scriptsize,cftemp=\pd@@cf,% + cfhook=Bc,cfpos=,cffont=\scriptsize,cftemp=\pd@@cf,% rfhook=Br,rfpos=,rffont=\scriptsize,rftemp=\pd@@rf\ifx\pd@@rf \@empty\else\ifx\theslide\@empty\else\ -- \fi\fi\theslide,% iacolor=lightgray,% @@ -1124,12 +1114,14 @@ \ifx\@empty#2\@empty\else \def\pd@closeitem{\gdef\pd@currentstate{0}}% \fi - \pd@orig@item[#1]\leavevmode\ignorespaces + \pd@orig@item[#1]%\relax\leavevmode\ignorespaces + %% without \relax a trailing space is introduced in a trivlist environment + %% but we do not know what the then missing \leavevmode\ignorespaces may introduce + \leavevmode\ignorespaces% } \let\pd@orig@@trivlist\@trivlist \def\@trivlist{% - \global\expandafter\let\csname pd@currentstate\the\c@pd@trivlist - \endcsname\pd@currentstate + \global\expandafter\let\csname pd@currentstate\the\c@pd@trivlist\endcsname\pd@currentstate \ifnum\pd@@type=\z@\let\pd@closeitem\relax\fi \stepcounter{pd@trivlist}% \pd@orig@@trivlist @@ -1190,15 +1182,15 @@ }% } \define@cmdkeys[pd]{twocolumn}[pd@@]{% - lineheight,lfrheight,rfrheight,lcolwidth,rcolwidth,% - topsep,bottomsep,indent,lineprop,lfrprop,rfrprop% + lineheight,lfrheight,cfrheight,rfrheight,lcolwidth,rcolwidth,% + topsep,bottomsep,indent,lineprop,lfrprop,rfrprop,cfrprop% } \define@key[pd]{twocolumn}{colsep}{\setlength\pd@colsep{#1}} \define@key[pd]{twocolumn}{frsep}{\setlength\pd@frsep{#1}} \presetkeys[pd]{twocolumn}{frsep=1.5mm,colsep=.06\linewidth,% lcolwidth=.47\linewidth,rcolwidth=.47\linewidth,topsep=0cm,% - bottomsep=0cm,indent=0cm,lineprop=,lfrprop=,rfrprop=,% - lineheight=,lfrheight=,rfrheight=% + bottomsep=0cm,indent=0cm,lineprop=,lfrprop=,rfrprop=,cfrprop=,% + lineheight=,lfrheight=,rfrheight=,cfrheight=% }{} \def\twocolumn{\@testopt\pd@twocolumn{}} \long\def\pd@twocolumn[#1]#2#3{% @@ -1213,12 +1205,15 @@ \ifx\pd@@lfrheight\@empty\else \setlength\@tempdimc{\pd@maxdim\pd@@lfrheight\@tempdimc}% \fi - \ifx\pd@@lineheight\@empty\else - \setlength\@tempdimc{\pd@maxdim\pd@@lineheight\@tempdimc}% + \ifx\pd@@cfrheight\@empty\else + \setlength\@tempdimc{\pd@maxdim\pd@@cfrheight\@tempdimc}% \fi \ifx\pd@@rfrheight\@empty\else \setlength\@tempdimc{\pd@maxdim\pd@@rfrheight\@tempdimc}% \fi + \ifx\pd@@lineheight\@empty\else + \setlength\@tempdimc{\pd@maxdim\pd@@lineheight\@tempdimc}% + \fi \begin{pspicture}(-\pd@@indent,\pd@@topsep)(\linewidth,-\@tempdimc)% \psset{linewidth=.25pt,linecolor=\pd@color}% \setlength\@tempdima\pd@@lcolwidth @@ -1406,7 +1401,7 @@ \ifpd@display \psframebox[framesep=7pt,linewidth=1pt]{\usebox\pd@textbox}% \par\smallskip - \pd@@lf\hfill\ifx\pd@@rf\@empty\else\pd@@rf\ -- \fi + \pd@@lf\hfill\pd@@cf\hfill\ifx\pd@@rf\@empty\else\pd@@rf\ -- \fi \def\pd@tempa{note}% \ifx\pd@resa\pd@tempa \ifnum\c@slide=\pd@notet diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/libexec/ctan2tds b/Master/tlpkg/libexec/ctan2tds index 449b9d7168a..e0149124050 100755 --- a/Master/tlpkg/libexec/ctan2tds +++ b/Master/tlpkg/libexec/ctan2tds @@ -555,11 +555,12 @@ $Master = "$mydir/../.."; 'poltawski', "&MAKEcopy", 'popupmenu', "die 'skipping, per author (dps) request'", 'poster', "die 'skipping, requires compilation'", + 'powerdot', "&MAKEflatten", 'prepr', "die 'skipping, circa 1989, never in TL, await request'", 'preview-latex',"die 'skipping, use preview'", 'progkeys', "die 'skipping, noinfo license, author unfindable'", 'proofs', "die 'skipping, nosell license'", - 'prosper', '&MAKEflatten', + 'prosper', "&MAKEflatten", 'ps2eps', "die 'skipping, must go into sources'", 'ps4pdf', "die 'skipping, obsolete'", 'psfig', "die 'skipping, nosell license'", @@ -779,7 +780,6 @@ $Master = "$mydir/../.."; 'cm-super' => '&PREHOOK_cm_super', 'fixme' => '&PREHOOK_fixme', 'ibygrk' => '&PREHOOK_ibygrk', - 'powerdot' => '&PREHOOK_powerdot', 'skb' => '&PREHOOK_flatten1', 'suftesi' => '&PREHOOK_flatten1', 'vhistory' => '&PREHOOK_vhistory', @@ -1501,7 +1501,6 @@ $standardsource='\.(c|drv|dtx|fea|fdd|ins|sfd)$|configure.*|install-sh'; 'pageslts', 'pagesLTS.dtx', 'paper', 'install', 'parrun', 'parrun.ins', - 'powerdot', 'powerdot.dtx', 'seuthesis', 'NULL', # don't want to run iconv, etc. 'stmaryrd', 'stmaryrd.dtx', 'tablists', 'tablists.dtx', @@ -3915,13 +3914,6 @@ sub PREHOOK_flatten1 &SYSTEM ("$MV */* ."); } -sub PREHOOK_powerdot -{ - print "PREHOOK_$package - flatten1 + ignore run dir\n"; - &SYSTEM ("$RM -rf run"); - &SYSTEM ("$MV */* ."); -} - sub PREHOOK_ibygrk { print "PREHOOK_$package - handle ibycus4.map\n"; |